draft environmental management plan - J&k State Pollution ...

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 930 MW KIRTHAI – II HYDRO ELECTRIC POWER PROJECT

Submitted By:

EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. INDIA

304-305, 3rd Floor, Plot No. 16, Rishabh Corporate Tower,

Community Centre, Karkardooma, Delhi – 110092

Phone: 011-30003200, 30003219; Fax: 011-22374775

Website: www.eqmsindia.com ; E-mail – [email protected]

http://www.eqmsindia.com/

mailto:[email protected]

Environmental Management Plan Report for 930MW Kirthai-II Hydro Electric Power Project, District Kishtwar, Jammu & Kashmir

EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. 1

Table of Contents

1. CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT PLAN ............................................................... 6 1.1. Introduction ...................................................................................................... 6 1.2. OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................. 6 1.3. CATCHMENT AREA ....................................................................................... 7 1.4. TOPOGRAPHY ............................................................................................. 11 1.5. SOIL .............................................................................................................. 13 1.6. LANDUSE ..................................................................................................... 16 1.7. SLOPE .......................................................................................................... 20 1.8. METHODOLOGY USED FOR THE STUDY .................................................. 23 1.9. CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT PLAN ..................................................... 28 1.10. Treatment of Individual Sub-Watershed ......................................................... 31 1.11. Cost Analysis Of Different Works Under Biological Measures ........................ 35 1.12. Cost Analysis of Different Works Under Soil And Water Conservation Measures 42 1.13. INSTITUTIONAL MECHANISM ........................ Error! Bookmark not defined. 1.14. SUMMARY OF COST OF WORKS .................. Error! Bookmark not defined. 1.15. Objectives ...................................................................................................... 50 1.16. Catchment Area ............................................................................................. 50 1.17. Topography ................................................................................................... 50 1.18. Soil ................................................................................................................ 50 1.19. Landuse......................................................................................................... 50 1.20. Slope ............................................................................................................. 50 1.21. Methodology Used for The Study................................................................... 50 1.22. Catchment Area Treatment Plan.................................................................... 50 1.23. Treatment of Individual Sub-Watershed ......................................................... 50 1.24. Cost Analysis Of Different Works Under Biological Measures ........................ 50 1.25. Cost Analysis of Different Works Under Soil And Water Conservation Measures 50 1.26. Treatment of Private Land ............................................................................. 50 1.27. Cost of Other Components of Cat Plan .......................................................... 50 1.28. Institutional Mechanism ................................................................................. 56 1.29. Summary of Cost of Works ............................................................................ 56

2. COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION SCHEME .................................................. 58 2.1. General.......................................................................................................... 58 2.2. Methodology and Components ...................................................................... 60 2.3. Cost Estimates for Plantation Per Ha Land .................................................... 61 2.4. Payment of Net Present Value Of Land Transferred ...................................... 65 2.5. Cost Estimate of Compensatory Afforestation Works..................................... 65

3. WILDLIFE AND BIODIVERSITY MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................ 67 3.1. Objective ....................................................................................................... 67 3.2. Kishtwar National Park .................................................................................. 68 3.3. Wildlife Management and Conservation......................................................... 68 3.4. Rural Infrastructure and Community Development ........................................ 71 3.5. Eco-Tourism and Environmental Awareness ................................................. 72 3.6. Capacity Building and Skill-Up Gradation ...................................................... 72 3.7. Research and Monitoring ............................................................................... 72

4. FISHERIES MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................... 74 4.1. Introduction .................................................................................................... 74 4.2. River Chenab Morphology and Habitat Structures ......................................... 74 4.3. Fish Hatchery Development ........................................................................... 76 4.4. Cost Estimate for Hatchery Development ...................................................... 79

5. Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan .................................................................... 81



5.1. Introduction .................................................................................................... 81 5.2. Social Impact Assessment Studies ................................................................ 81 5.3. Resettlement & Rehabilitation Principles ....................................................... 83 5.4. Compensation for Land Owners .................................................................... 88 5.5. Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Entitlement for Affected Families89 5.6. Identification of Project Affected Families ...................................................... 98 5.7. Budget for R&R Benefits ................................................................................ 99 5.8. Infrastructure Facility Proposed in Resettlement Area ................................. 102 5.9. Preference of PAF in Terms of Compensation ............................................. 102 5.10. Compensation Disbursement ....................................................................... 102 5.11. Dispute Redressal Mechanism .................................................................... 102 5.12. Appointment of Ombudsman ....................................................................... 103 5.13. Summary of Cost ......................................................................................... 103

6. GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN ................................................................ 104 6.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 104 6.2. Development of Greenbelt ........................................................................... 104 6.3. Guidelines and Techniques For Green Belt Development ........................... 105 6.4. Green Belt Development ............................................................................. 107 6.5. Cost Estimate of Green Belt Development ................................................... 108

7. RESERVOIR RIM TREATMENT PLAN ............................................................... 109 7.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 109 7.2. Causes of Land Slides / Slope Failures ....................................................... 110 7.3. Treatment Measures for Land Slides ........................................................... 114 7.4. Protection of Houses / Fields ....................................................................... 114 7.5. Treatment at The Mouth Of Streams Joining Reservoir ............................... 118 7.6. Overall Cost of Reservoir Rim Treatment .................................................... 118

8. MUCK MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................................................. 119 8.1. General........................................................................................................ 119 8.2. Quantity of Muck Generated And Its Consumptive Use ............................... 121 8.3. Description on Muck Disposal Sites ............................................................. 123 8.4. Implementation of Engineering & Biological Measures ................................ 130 8.5. Species for Plantation .................................................................................. 132 8.6. Cost Estimate for Muck Disposal Plan ......................................................... 132 8.7. Cost Model for Plantation ............................................................................ 133

9. RESTORATION PLAN FOR QUARRY SITES ..................................................... 136 9.1. General........................................................................................................ 136 9.2. Details of Quarry Sites ................................................................................. 136 9.3. Environmental Impacts ................................................................................ 141 9.4. Treatment Measures for Restoration ........................................................... 142 9.5. Cost Estimate for Restoration Of Borrow Areas ........................................... 142 9.6. Landscape and Restoration Plan ................................................................. 143

10. DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ...................................................................... 145 10.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 145 10.2. MODEL FOR DAM BREAK ANALYSIS ....................................................... 145 10.3. METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................ 146 10.4. STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM ............................................................... 148 10.5. AVAILABILITY OF DATA ............................................................................. 149 10.6. RESULT AND CONCLUSIONS ................................................................... 149 10.7. Disaster Management Plan.......................................................................... 152 10.8. Flood Forecasting ........................................................................................ 159 10.9. Cost Estimate .............................................................................................. 160

11. WATER, AIR AND NOISE MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................... 162 11.1. Control of Air Pollution ................................................................................. 162 11.2. Impacts on Noise Levels .............................................................................. 164 11.3. Control of Water Pollution During Construction Phase ................................. 166



11.4. Cost Involved Towards Control of Water, Air & Noise Pollution ................... 166 12. PUBLIC HEALTH DELIVERY PLAN .................................................................... 167

12.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 167 12.2. Likely Impacts on Human Health Due to The Project ................................... 168 12.3. Proposed Health Management Plan ............................................................ 168 12.4. Cost Estimate for Health Management Plan ................................................ 171

13. LABOUR MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR HEALTH AND SAFETY ........................... 172 13.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 172 13.2. Legal Framework for Health and Safety Management ................................. 172 13.3. Health and management safety requirement ............................................... 172 13.4. Occupational Health Management Plan ....................................................... 176 13.5. Safe Working Procedure: ............................................................................. 179 13.6. Cost Estimate for Occupational Health and Safety Management During Construction ............................................................................................................ 190

14. SANITATION AND SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................. 191 14.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 191 14.2. Responsibilities of Project Authority ............................................................. 191 14.3. Solid Waste from Labour Colony ................................................................. 194 14.4. Bio-Medical Wastes from Hospitals ............................................................. 195 14.5. Sewage Management in Nearby Villages .................................................... 196 14.6. Cost Estimate for Solid Waste Management ................................................ 196

15. LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT PLAN ................................................................ 198 15.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 198 15.2. Local Area Development Committee ........................................................... 198 15.3. Preparation of Shelf of Schemes ................................................................. 200 15.4. Cost Under Human Resource and Local Area Development Plan ............... 203

16. ENVIRONMENTAL SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES INCLUDING ROAD CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................... 204

16.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 204 16.2. Construction Related Impacts and consequent safeguards ......................... 204 16.3. Road Construction ....................................................................................... 206 16.4. Impacts Due to Construction of Roads ........................................................ 206 16.5. Management Measures ............................................................................... 206 16.6. Budget ......................................................................................................... 208

17. ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES ........................................................... 209 17.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 209 17.2. Alternate to Fuelwood .................................................................................. 209 17.3. Scheme for Substitute Fuel To Labourers .................................................... 209 17.4. Debitable Cost of Providing Fuelwood Substitute ........................................ 210

18. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ............................................................ 212 18.1. The Need ..................................................................................................... 212 18.2. Areas Of Concern ........................................................................................ 212 18.3. Environmental Monitoring ............................................................................ 212 18.4. Equipment Required for Monitoring ............................................................. 217 18.5. Monitoring of Erosion & Siltation .................................................................. 219 18.6. Environment Monitoring Through Remote Sensing Technology .................. 219 18.7. Ecosystem Studies ...................................................................................... 219 18.8. Monitoring of Muck Disposal. ....................................................................... 220 18.9. Monitoring of Socio-Economic Structure ...................................................... 220 18.10. Sharing of Monitoring Results ...................................................................... 220 18.11. Capacity Building ......................................................................................... 220 18.12. Cost of Environment Monitoring Programme ............................................... 228

19. SUMMARY OF COST .......................................................................................... 231 19.1. Summary of Cost ......................................................................................... 231



List of Tables

Table 1.1 : Basin Characteristics of Different Sub-watersheds ............................................. 50 Table 1.2 : Land use Details of Sub-watersheds in the Free Draining Catchment ................ 50 Table 1.3 : Slope Ranges showing the intensity of catchment area ...................................... 50 Table 1.4 : Slope Classes for Study Area ............................................................................. 50 Table 1.5 : Delivery Ratio (DR) Criteria Adopted for the Kirthai HEP, Stage-I Study ............ 50 Table 1.6 : SYI and Priority Rating as per Erosion Intensity ................................................. 50 Table 1.7 : Erosion Intensity & Weightages .......................................................................... 50 Table 1.8 : Erosion Intensity Categories in Sub-Watersheds ................................................ 50 Table 1.9 : Per Ha. Cost Norms for Model Plantation Works ................................................ 50 Table 1.10 : Cost Estimate for Afforestation Measures ......................................................... 50 Table 1.11 : Cost Analysis per ha. of Enrichment Plantation ................................................ 50 Table 1.12 : Cost Estimate for Enrichment Plantation .......................................................... 50 Table 1.13 : Cost Analysis per ha. of High Density Energy Plantation .................................. 50 Table 1.14 : Cost Estimate for High Density Energy Plantation ............................................ 50 Table 1.15 : Cost analysis of treatment of alpine pasture ..................................................... 50 Table 1.16 : Cost Estimate for Treatment of Alpine Pastures ............................................... 50 Table 1.17 : Cost Estimates for Implementing Nursery Support ........................................... 50 : Cost Analysis per ha of Bio-Engineering Works ................................................................ 50 Table 1.18 ............................................................................................................................ 50 Table 1.19 : Cost Estimate for Bio-Engineering Works ......................................................... 50 Table 1.20 : Cost Analyses of Structures ............................................................................. 50 Table 1.21 : Abstract of Works under Civil Structures .......................................................... 50 Table 1.22 : Cost of private land treatment ........................................................................... 50 Table 1.23 : Cost Estimate for Support Infrastructure ........................................................... 50 Table 1.24 : The Break-up of Cost under Different Non-conventional and Fuel Saving

Devices for Stake-holders ............................................................................................. 50 Table 1.25 : Cost Estimate of CAT Plan ............................................................................... 50 Table 2.1 : Land Requirement of Submergence and Project Component ............................. 58 Table 2.2 : List of Plant Species Identified for Afforestation .................................................. 58 Table 2.3 : Per Ha Cost Norm for Model Plantation Works ................................................... 58 Table 2.4 : Total Cost of Scheme ......................................................................................... 58 Table 3.1 : Financial Abstract for Activities under the plan ................................................... 73 Table 4.1 : Manpower required for hatchery operation ......................................................... 81 Table 4.2 : Cost Estimate for Setting up of Trout Hatchery ................................................... 81 Table 5.1 : Land Requirement of Submergence and Project Component ........................... 104 Table 5.2 : Financial aids required for 6 week Entrepreneurship training programme for a

group having 20 trainees ............................................................................................. 104 Table 5.3 : Community Development works around Machel & Gulabgarh ......................... 104 Table 5.4 : Development of Educational facilities ............................................................... 104 Table 5.5 : Cost estimates for community development ..................................................... 104 Table 6.1 : Suggested Plant Species for Green Belt Development ..................................... 107 Table 6.2 : Summary of Cost for Green Belt Development ................................................. 108 Table 7.1 : Details of Nadi / Nala into which the Reservoir Extends ................................... 110 Table 7.2 : Details of Proposed Engineering and Biological Control Measures................... 114 Table 7.3 : Village wise length of RCC Wall Protection ...................................................... 114 Table 7.4 : Cost of Protection Walls ................................................................................... 118 Table 7.5 : Cost Estimate of Mouth Treatment of Stream ................................................... 118 Table 7.6 : Total Cost of Reservoir Rim Treatment ............................................................ 118 Table 8.1 : Component Wise Details of the Muck Generated and its Management ............ 120 Table 8.2 : Muck Disposal Site Details ............................................................................... 123 Table 8.3 : Name of the Plant Species ............................................................................... 132 Table 8.4 : Cost Estimate for Muck Disposal Plan indicating Engineering, Biological, Bio-

Technological Measures and Maintenance ................................................................. 132



Table 8.5 : Cost Model for Plantation on Muck Dumping Sites (For One Hectare Area) ..... 133 Table 9.1 : Quantity of Various Materials............................................................................ 136 Table 9.2 : Cost estimates for restoration of borrow areas ................................................. 142 Table 9.3 : Cost Estimate for Landscaping Plan ................................................................. 144 Table 10.1 : Status of Emergency ...................................................................................... 145 Table 10.2 : Cost Estimate for Implementing DMP ............................................................. 145 Table 11.1 : Emission limits for DG sets prescribed by CPCB ............................................ 162 Table 11.2 : Maximum Exposure Periods specified by OSHA ............................................ 162 Table 11.3 : Schedule of Medical Check-up ....................................................................... 162 Table 11.4 : Cost Estimate ................................................................................................. 162 Table 11.5 : Cost of Mitigative Measures ........................................................................... 162 Table 12.1 : Existing Health Facilities in the Project Affected Area ..................................... 167 Table 12.2 : Summary of Diseases Prevalent in the Study Area ........................................ 167 Table 12.3 : Budget Estimate of Health Management Plan ............................................... 167 Table 14.1 : Solid Waste Generated from Project Colony (kg dry weight) ........................ 191 Table 14.2 : Cost Estimate for Solid Waste Management Plan .......................................... 191 Table 16.1 : Project Roads to the Different Work Sites ....................................................... 204 Table 16.2 Details of expenditure for implementation of measures for management of

Impacts due to construction of roads ........................................................................... 204 Table 17.1 : Cost of providing fuel wood substitute ............................................................ 211 Table 18.1 : National River Water Quality Standards for Different Uses* ........................... 214 Table 18.2 : Water Quality parameters to be monitored periodically ................................... 217 Table 18.3 : List of Equipments .......................................................................................... 218 Table 18.4 : Institutional Strengthening and Training ......................................................... 225 Table 18.5 : Scheduling and Reporting .............................................................................. 227 Table 18.6 : Summary of Environment Monitoring Programme .......................................... 229 Table 19.1 : Summary of Total Cost Estimate .................................................................... 231

List of Figures

Figure 1.1 : Free Draining Catchment of the Study Area ...................................................... 50 Figure 1.2 : Map Showing Location of Sub-watersheds ........................................................ 50 Figure 1.3 : Soil Map of the Free Draining Catchment .......................................................... 50 Figure 1.4 : Landuse Map of Free Draining Catchment Area................................................ 50 Figure 1.5 : Slope Map of Free Draining Catchment ............................................................ 50 Figure 1.6 : Erosion Intensity Map of Free Draining Catchment Area ................................... 50 Figure 4.1 : An example of a fish hatchery layout and grow-out facility in one building ......... 81 Figure 5.1 : Flow Line Diagram of R & R Process .............................................................. 104 Figure 6.1 : Schematic Arrangement of Greenbelt Plantation ............................................. 105 Figure 8.1 : Location of Dumping Site ................................................................................ 122 Figure 9.1 : Location Plan of the Quarry/Mining Sites......................................................... 138 Figure 9.2 : The General View of the Quarry Site Q-1 ........................................................ 139 Figure 9.3 : The General View of the Quarry Site Q-2 ........................................................ 140 Figure 9.4 : The General View of the Quarry Site Q-2 ........................................................ 140 Figure 9.5 : The General View of the Quarry Site Q-3 ........................................................ 141 Figure 10.1 : Flow Chart of Responsibilities ....................................................................... 145



1. CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT PLAN

1.1. Introduction

The study of erosion and sediment yield from catchment is of utmost importance as

the deposition of sediment in reservoir reduces its capacity, thus affecting the water

available for the designated use. The eroded sediment from catchment when

deposited on streambeds and banks causes braiding of river reach. The removal of

top fertile soil from catchment also adversely affects the agricultural production.

Another important factor that adds to the sediment load and which contributes to soil

degradation is grazing pressure. A large number of cattle, sheep, and goats graze

the pastures continuously for about six months in a mountainous region.

The lack of proper vegetal cover is a factor to cause degradation and there by results

in severe run off/soil erosion, and subsequently premature siltation of the reservoir.

Thus, a well-designed Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) Plan is essential to

ameliorate the above-mentioned adverse cause and process of soil erosion. The

catchment area treatment involves the understanding of the erosion characteristics of

the terrain and suggesting remedial measures to reduce the erosion rate. For this

reason, the catchment of the directly draining rivers, streams, tributaries, etc. are

treated and the cost is included in the project cost.

The 1457 sqkm area catchment of “Kirthai HEP, Stage-II” consists of three

watersheds. The pre-requisite for a watershed management is the collection of

multipronged data e.g., geology, geomorphology, topography, soil, landuse/

landcover, climate, hydrology, drainage pattern, etc. The multi-pronged data

generated from various published sources and actual data collected from these

watersheds on the above-mentioned parameters forms the basis of the Action Plan

for Catchment Area Treatment is presented here.

Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) plans for the free draining catchment area of the

proposed ‘Kirthai HEP, Stage-II’ has been prepared for areas with high soil erosion

intensity. The CAT Plan targets towards overall improvement in the environmental

conditions of the region. All the activities are aimed at treating the degraded and

potential areas with severe soil erosion. The plan provides benefits due to biological

and engineering measures and its utility in maintaining the ecosystem health. The

plan with objectives addresses issues such as prevention of gully erosion, enhancing

the forest cover for increasing soil holding capacity; and arresting total sediment flow

in the reservoir and flowing waters.

1.2. Objectives

Integrated watershed management plan minimizes the sedimentation of reservoir.

The main aim of the Catchment Area Treatment Plan is to rejuvenate various

potential and degraded ecosystems in the catchment area for longevity of the

reservoir storage capacity. For this purpose, the action plan has been prepared with

the following objectives:



1. To facilitate the hydrological functioning of the catchment and to augment the quality of water of the river and its tributaries.

2. Conservation of soil cover and to arrest the soil erosion, floods and siltation of the river along with its tributaries and consequent reduction of siltation in the reservoir of the project.

3. Demarcation of the priority of watersheds for treatment on the basis of soil erosion intensity in the catchment area.

4. Rehabilitation of degraded forest areas through afforestation and facilitating natural regeneration of plants.

5. Mitigation of landslide, landslip and rock falls.

6. Soil conservation through biological and engineering measures to reduce sediment load in river and tributaries, incidentally improving the quality of water.

7. Ecosystem conservation resulting from increased vegetal cover and water retaining properties of soil.

8. To meet the fuel and fodder requirements of local people.

9. Promotion of non-conventional energy device to reduce pressure on forest.

10. Employment generation through community participation and conservation.

1.3. Catchment Area

The Chenab emanates from Baralacha pass in the Lahul and Spiti part of the Zaskar

Range in Himachal Pradesh. Two small streams viz. the Chandra and the Bhaga

rising from the south-west and north-west faces of the pass respectively, from its

headwaters at about El 4890 masl. The Chandra, that flow south-east for initial 88

km, after traversing 125 km confluence with the other limb, the Bhaga, at Tandi. The

latter negotiates a total river course of 80 km with an average fall of about 24 m/km.

The united stream, called the Chandrabhaga or Gador, flowing northwesterly for 46

km is joined on its right bank by the Miyar Nala. The Chandrabhaga, after flowing in

general northwest direction almost parallel to the Pir Panjal range, crosses at El.

1838 masl the Pangi valley of Himachal Pradesh to enter Paddar block of newly

formed district Kishtwar of Jammu and Kashmir.

After entering the J & K, the Chadrabhaga continues to flow northwest for 56 km and

receive at Bhandalkot on its right bank, the Marusudar, one of its biggest tributary. In

this section, it also meets Bhut Nala on its right bank. Near Kishtwar, it cuts a deep

gorge, sometime 1000m deep. Flowing further downstream south wards for 34 km

upto Thathri and is joined by Niru Nala on its left flank. Thereafter flowing generally in

northwest direction for another 41 km it receives Bichleri, a right bank tributary, and

continues to flow westwards for about 50 km reach where it is joined by small

streams viz. Cheneni, Talsuen, Yabu and Ans on the right bank besides Katu Nala,

Mandial and Painthal Khad on the left bank. After the confluence with river Ans, the

Chenab changes its course to southerly direction for about 45 km and debouches

into plains near Akhnoor in Jammu and Kashmir. Thereafter it swings to the South-

West through the plains of Pakistan Punjab for a distance of 644 km to reach

Panchand where it joins the Satluj after receiving waters of the Jhelum and the Ravi.

The total length of the river from the confluence with the Chandra and Bhaga upto

Akhnoor is about 410 km whereas the total length upto the point of confluence with

the Satluj is 1108 km. the catchment area of the Chenab basin upto international



border with Pakistan is 29050 Sqkm out of which 6242 Sqkm area is under perpetual

snow.

1.3.1. Free Draining Catchment

The total catchment area of the Chenab upto the proposed Kirthai HEP, Stage-II is

9986.9 sqkm out of which the catchment area upto the next upstream project viz.

Kirthai HEP, Stage-I, is 8530 sqkm. Thus, the free draining catchment of the Chenab

extended to the next upstream proposed development is 1456.90 Sqkm. which is

largely contributed by Bhut Nadi, a right bank tributary of the Chenab which

confluences with the latter at Gulabgarh at El 1779 masl. The altitude in the free

draining catchment area varies from El 1620 masl, at dam site, to El 6722 masl. The

area above El …. masl which is predominantly covered under snow is approximately

…. Km. The average river bed slope in between the two stages of development is 10

m/km being gentle up to Kirthai and steeper thereafter.

As per nomenclature contained in Water Atlas of India, Edition 1993, the free

draining catchment under the study area lies in Water Resource Region-I (Indus);

basin 1D (Chenab), Catchment 1D! (Whole Chenab), sub-catchment 1D1D (Middle

Chenab from Marau confluence to Bhaga) and covered in parts under watershed

1D1D1 (left bank Chenab), 1D1D2 (Bhut nala) and 1D1D3 (Dharlang). The free

draining catchment has been further sub-divided into nine sub-watersheds. The basin

characteristics of different sub-watersheds are illustrated in Table 1.1 and the

satellite imagery of the free draining catchment is presented in Figure 1.1 and the

sub-watershed location is shown in Figure 1.2.

Table 1.1 : Basin Characteristics of Different Sub-watersheds

Sl.

No.

Name of

Watershed

Name of

Sub-

watershed

Sub-

watershed

Code

Area (ha) El of the

highest point in

sub-watershed

(m. above masl)

1. Left bank

Chenab

Kirthai IDIDI (1) 9105.90 5029

Total Watershed 9105.90

2. Bhut Nadi Ligri IDID2 (1) 6378.02 4711

Pilali IDID2 (2) 11457.83 6230

Machel IDID2 (3) 5099.53 6135

Gulabgarh IDID2 (4) 7238.01 6062


3. Dharlang Dharlang

Nala

IDID3 (1) 43763.50 6486.00

Bhuzas Nala IDID3 (2) 26840.23 6722.00

Bharaj Nala IDID3 (3) 12116.11 6240.00

Bhazun Nala IDID3 (4) 23702.87 5765.00


Grand Total 145702.00



Figure 1.1 : Free Draining Catchment of the Study Area



Figure 1.2 : Map Showing Location of Sub-watersheds



1.4. Topography

The free draining catchment area lies in grater and less Himalayas Himalayas. At the

project site, the river flows in a very deep gorge having mean elevation of 1650 masl.

The river bed at dam site is about 85 m wide and the abutments are steep sloping on

the left bank at angles of about 600 to 650 and on the right bank slope is 400 upto the

proposed dam top. The elevation of the study area varies from El. 1650 masl at dam

site to El. 6722 masl in the free draining catchment area covered under SWS, Bhujas

nadi. On the left bank of the Chenab River from Kirthai upto Gulabgarh very fertile

agriculture terraces exists in the Paddar valley. Fertile terraced fields in small chunks

have also been observed on both banks of Bhutnala upto Machel. The topography

map of the free draining catchment is shown in Figure 1.3.



Figure 1.3 : Topographical Map of Free Draining Catchment Area



1.5. Soil

The soil resource map of J & K (NBSS Publication No 62) has been used in the

present study. The soil is predominantly fine to coarse loamy soil. The soil map

presented in Figure 1.4 reveals that the soil of the area belongs to those of great

Himalayas and lesser Himalayas having map units, 108, 107, 89, 90, 53, 52, 27, 36,

20, 21 and 22 being soil of side and reposed slopes and also lesser Himalayas in soil

of map units 53. The characteristics of these soils are described hear under:

Soils on fluvial valley Soil belonging to map unit 108 are soils on fluvial valley of Chenab river in project

area. These soils are deep somewhat excessively drained, fine loamy, calcareous

soil on moderate slopes with loamy surface, moderate erosion and slide stoniness

associated with coarse loamy surface moderate erosion and moderate stoniness.

Soil belonging to map unit 107 are soils on side / reposed slopes on right side of the

Bhutnala and right bank of Chenab River. These soils are medium deep well drained

fine loamy soils on gentle slopes with loamy surface and slight erosion; associated

with deep well drained fine loamy calcareous soil with loamy surface and slide to

moderate erosion.

Soil belonging to map unit 90 are soils on side / reposed slopes on left bank of

Chenab d/s of dam to power house site and further below. These soils are medium

deep excessively drained coarse loamy soil on steep slopes, severe erosion and

moderate stoniness; associated with deep well drained fine loamy soils with

moderate erosion.

Soil belonging to map unit 89 are soils on left bank of Chenab covering area of

Kirthai to Arthal u/s of dam. These soils are soils on side / reposed slope and are

shallow excessively drained, loamy soils on steep slopes, severe erosion and

moderate stoniness; associated with medium deep, excessively drained fine loamy

soils with severe erosion.

Soil belonging to map unit 86 are soils on left bank of Chenab covering area of the

upper portion of sub-watershed Kirthai. These are basically rock outcrops associated

with shallows, excessively drained, loamy soils on moderately step slopes with loamy

surface, moderate erosion and moderate stoniness.

Soil belonging to map unit 85 are soils on left bank of Chenab covering area of the

uppermost portion of sub-watershed Kirthai. These soils belong to thermic

temperature regime. These are deep, well drained, thermic, fine loamy, soils on

moderate slope with loamy surface, moderate erosion and slight stoniness

associated with fine loamy, moderate erosion and moderate stoniness.

Soils on Lower Predmont Plains Soil belonging to map unit 82 are soils on left bank of Chenab situated above the

extremity of soils of map units 89 and 90. These soils are deep, imperfectly drained,

fine silty soils on very gentle slopes with loamy surface, slight erosion and

moderately deep ground water.



Soils on Glacio-fluvial Valleys and Morain Soils belonging to map unit 53 covers larger portion of Bhut Nala on either side.

These soils are deep, somewhat excessively drained, coarse loamy soil on moderate

slopes with loamy surface, moderate erosion and moderate stoniness associated

with well drained coarse loamy soils with moderate erosion.

Soils belonging to map unit 52 cover left bank of Bhut Nala from Machel. These soils

are deep, somewhat excessively drained, coarse loamy soil on gentle slopes with

loamy surface, moderate erosion and moderate stoniness associated with well

drained coarse loamy soils with moderate erosion.

Soils belonging to map unit 36 cover left bank of Bhut Nala from confluence with

Chenab to Machel and cover area above the mapping unit 53. These are soil on side

/ reposed slopes and are mainly rock out crops associated with deep excessively

drained, sandy skeletal soils on steep slopes with sandy surface with very severe

erosion and moderate stoniness.

Soils belonging to map unit 27 are soils on side / reposed slopes and are mainly rock

out crops associated with deep, excessively drained, mesic, loamy skeletal soils on

steep slopes with loamy surface with severe erosion and strong stoniness.

Soils belonging to map unit 22 are soils on side/reposed slopes and are mainly rock

out crops associated with medium deep, excessively drained, loamy skeletal soils on

very steep slopes with loamy surface with severe erosion and strong stoniness.

Soils belonging to map unit 21 are soils on side/reposed slopes and are dominantly

rocky landscape associated with very shallow, excessively drained, fragmented soils

on very steep slopes with loamy surface, very severe erosion and strong stoniness.

Soils on Mountain and Valley Glacier Soil belonging to map unit 20 pertains to dominantly glaciers and rock out crops

associated with medium deep, excessively drained, sandy skeletal, soils on very

steep slopes with sandy surface and moderate stoniness.

Soil belonging to map unit 19 pertains to dominantly glaciers and rock out crops

associated with shallow, excessively drained, sandy skeletal, soils on very steep

slopes with severely eroded sandy surface and moderate stoniness.



Figure 1.4 : Soil Map of the Free Draining Catchment



1.6. Landuse

1.6.1. Land use-Land Cover Classification

Based on satellite data and toposheets, a land-use map has been prepared and will

be verified in detail during ground surveys i.e. cross checked with ground truths. The

Land use/ Land-cover map of the free draining catchment area is presented in

Figure 1.5 and its details in each sub-watershed under free draining catchment area

are presented in Table 1.2.

1.6.2. Land use Categories and Erosion

The erosion acts differently in different land-use types. It is important to understand

the nature of erosion in a particular land-use class to further plan for treatment.

1.6.2.1 Agricultural Land

Around 9873.45 ha area of the free-draining catchment constituting 6.78% of the total

free drainage catchment comes under this category. Well-planned and developed

terraces were seen at some places. Almost 50% of the terraces are properly

stabilized by using the stones which itself will manage to reduce the erosion. In

general, at places the sheet and rill type of soil erosion predominates with few gullies

in early stage of its development. Very few or no measures are taken to conserve soil

and tendency exists to interrupt the natural drainage due to faulty agricultural

practices. Runoff often exceeds the safe velocity on long slope lengths. It is

suggested to repair and better design the agricultural terraces, which follows the

faulty agricultural practices.

Temporary and semi-permanent soil conservation structures like brushing dams,

wiring woven and gabion check dams etc. be made for effective adaptive

management.

1.6.2.2 Glacial Deposits / Morains

Under the category about 18654.82 ha area constituting 12.80% of the free draining

catchment is present. This category denotes glaciated low lying areas surrounded by

high snow peaks. Morains deposits and scree material often under snow exists in this

zone. Waste land is characterized by highly degraded land surface and rock

outcrops. No vegetation cover exists. Due to high altitude, no plantation of any kind

of tree species is possible in this land use class.

1.6.2.3 Degraded Forest

Around 5834.98 ha area constituting 4.0% of the free draining catchment area is

classified under this land-use category. These areas are characterized by highly

degraded land surface. Very little and only seasonal vegetation cover exists. Huge

gullies, frequent land slips and high to extremely high erosion rates are other

prominent features. Stream bank protection works followed by well planned

afforestation are suggested for such land-use category. Silvi-pasture plantation and

natural regeneration can also be done.

1.6.2.4 Snow/Glacier



About 14239.94 ha area constituting about 6.37% of the free draining catchment is

present. The area cannot be given any type of treatment and, therefore, has been

excluded in computation of SYI values.

1.6.2.5 Open Forest Land

Under open forest category about 16088.8 ha, constituting 11.04% of the free

draining, is present catchment. Forest crown density ranges from 0-40% or on

average 20% crown density can be assumed to be present in the area. Soils have

relatively good water holding capacity, humus, nutrient content and moderate to

slight erosion rates on steeper slopes. Therefore, rill erosion predominates which in

due course leads to scrub land formation with gullies. Afforestation is suggested so

as increase the crown density by 20% in whole of the area to reduce erosion.

1.6.2.6 Dense Forest

Dense forest covers about 17981.45 ha area constituting 12.34% of the free draining

catchment with the forest crown density above 40%. Soils are very good in water

holding capacity, humus and nutrients with no erosion but due to steeper slopes

some area requires soil conservation measures.

1.6.2.7 Alpine Vegetation / Barren

Around 18587.19 ha area constituting 12.76% of the area draining catchment area is

classified under Alpine vegetation cover. Area at higher level should be left for

natural regeneration and the pasture development can be taken at lower levels.

1.6.2.8 Snow / River / Water body

Around 30353.91 ha area constituting 20.83% of the free draining catchment area is

classified under water bodies. The category needs no treatment except that the

unstable bank shall be provided stream bank stabilization through protection

measures whenever required.



Table 1.2 : Land use Details of Sub-watersheds in the Free Draining Catchment

S.

No.

SWS

Code

Area (ha) Under Different Land Use Class

Dense

Forest

Open

Forest

Degraded

Forest

Scrub

Agriculture

&

Settlement

Glacial

deposits /

Morains

Alpine

Vegetation

/Barren

Glacial

Melts /

Water

body

Snow /

water

body

Area (ha) Percentage

of Total (%)

1 IDIDI(1) 2488.09 1974.34 799.50 650.00 1122.02 615.12 1050.40 406.43 9105.90 6.25

2 IDID2(1) 1181.68 1549.84 1092.58 1273.77 638.25 479.19 155.85 6.86 6378.02 4.38

3 IDID2(2) 758.38 1493.69 1273.88 1727.25 1109.68 1896.06 1722.62 1476.27 11457.83 7.86

4 IDID2(3) 2320.02 1096.60 69.85 265.63 275.96 236.45 476.51 358.51 5099.53 3.50

5 IDID2(4) 3089.97 1788.78 136.60 611.46 548.31 506.52 393.62 162.75 7238.01 4.97

6 IDID3(1) 3770.97 4019.90 599.57 1467.93 6986.37 6276.73 9466.05 11175.98 43763.50 30.04

7 IDID3(2) 2484.85 1695.30 645.01 1378.03 3159.30 3531.51 5879.82 8066.41 26840.23 18.42

8 IDID3(3) 925.13 816.86 465.72 1058.71 1586.31 2115.45 2221.87 2926.06 12116.11 8.32

9 IDID3(4) 962.36 1653.48 752.27 1440.67 3228.62 2930.16 6960.67 5774.64 23702.87 16.26

Total 17981.45 16088.8 5834.98 9873.45 18654.82 18587.19 28327.41 30353.91 145702

% of Total 12.34 11.04 4.00 6.78 12.80 12.76 19.44 20.84 100



Figure 1.5 : Landuse Map of Free Draining Catchment Area



1.7. Slope

The slope of a watershed plays an important role in controlling the soil and water

retention thereby affecting the land-use capability. The percentage of the slope in a

watershed determines the soil erosion susceptibility and forms the basis for

classifying different of the watershed into suitable classes for formulating effective

soil erosion conservation measures. Broadly, the following slope classes and ranges

(Table 1.3.) as per norms of All India Soil & Land Use Survey were adopted to

classify the slopes for the present study.

Table 1.3 : Slope Ranges showing the intensity of catchment area

Sr. No Slope Range (Degrees) Description

1. 0-20 Very Gentle Slope

2. 20-35 Gentle Slope

3. 35-45 Moderate Slope

4. 45-60 Steep Slope

5. 60-75 Very Steep Slope

6. Above 75 Extremely Steep Slope

The Slope map of the free draining catchment is presented in Figure 1.6 and slope

details are as presented under Table 1.4. The data shows that about 79.85% area

lies between very gentle to moderate category of slope and balance 20.15% falls

from steep to extremely steep slope category.



Figure 1.6 : Slope Map of Free Draining Catchment



Table 1.4 : Slope Categories in Respective Sub-Watersheds / Micro-Watersheds of the Catchment area of Kirthai HEP, Stage-II

S.

No.

SWS

Code

Slope Total

Area % 00 - 200 200 - 350 350 - 450 450 - 600 600 - 750 >750

Area % Area % Area % Area % Area % Area %

1 IDIDI(1) 1850.96 20.33 5099.65 56.00 1509.98 16.58 418.46 4.60 220.15 2.42 6.70 0.07 9105.90

2 IDID2(1) 783.14 12.28 3094.22 48.51 1295.71 20.32 721.80 11.32 462.99 7.26 20.16 0.32 6378.02

3 IDID2(2) 1748.42 15.26 4386.25 38.28 2237.66 19.53 1735.17 15.14 1337.72 11.68 12.61 0.11 11457.83

4 IDID2(3) 481.06 9.43 1639.38 32.15 1567.12 30.73 1002.45 19.66 398.29 7.81 11.23 0.22 5099.53

5 IDID2(4) 944.97 13.06 3267.21 45.14 1789.79 24.73 719.28 9.94 501.65 6.93 15.11 0.21 7238.01

6 IDID3(1) 10737.57 24.54 14861.64 33.96 10150.56 23.19 6167.64 14.09 1826.76 4.17 19.33 0.04 43763.50

7 IDID3(2) 6341.33 23.63 7733.39 28.81 4997.97 18.62 4531.62 16.88 3193.06 11.90 42.86 0.16 26840.23

8 IDID3(3) 3835.86 31.66 4173.81 34.45 1835.17 15.15 1277.22 10.54 971.36 8.02 22.69 0.19 12116.11

9 IDID3(4) 7049.09 29.74 8908.94 37.59 4016.53 16.95 2189.76 9.24 1528.47 6.45 10.08 0.04 23702.87

Total 33772.40 23.18 53164.49 36.49 29400.49 20.18 18763.40 12.88 10440.45 7.16 160.77 0.11 145702.00



1.8. Methodology Used for The Study

Superimposing topography, slope, soil and land use data/maps, a tentative

estimation of erosion prone areas and landslides area in the catchment were been

made. The vulnerable and problematic areas were identified in different

physiographic zones.

These data sets were used for preparation of the thematic maps, calculation of

sediment yield index and Erosion Intensity Units.

24.1.1 Soil Loss Using Silt Yield Index (SYI) Method

The Silt Yield Index Model (SYI), considering sedimentation as product of

erosivity, erodibility and aerial extent was conceptualized in the All India Soil and

Land Use Survey (AISLUS) as early as 1969 and has been in operational use

since then to meet the requirements of prioritization of smaller hydrologic units

within river valley project catchment areas.

Methodology for the calculation of sediment yield index developed by All India

Soil & Land Use Survey (Development of Agriculture, Govt. of India) was followed

in this study.

(i) Erosion Intensity and Delivery Ratio

Determination of erosion intensity unit is primarily based upon the integrated

information on soil characters, physiography, slope, land-use/land-cover, litho

logy and structure. This is achieved through super-imposition of different thematic

map overlays. Based upon the field data collected during the field survey and

published data, weightage value and delivery ration were assigned to each

erosion intensity unit. The composite map for delineating different erosion

intensity units was prepared through superimposition of the maps showing soil

types, slope and land-use/land-cover. This thematic mapping of erosion intensity

for entire catchment was done using the overlay and union techniques. Based on

ground truth verification conducted during fieldwork and published data,

weightage and delivery ratio was assigned to each erosion intensity units. The

composite erosion intensity map was then superimposed on the drainage map

with sub-watershed boundaries to evolve CEIU for individual sub-watershed.

Each element of erosion intensity unit is assigned a weightage value. The

cumulative weightage values of the erosion intensity units represent

approximately the relative comparative erosion intensity within the watersheds. A

basic factor of K=10 was used in determining the cumulative weightage values.

The value of 10 indicated an equilibrium condition between erosion and

deposition. Any value of K (10+X) is suggestive of erosion intensity in an

ascending order whereas the value of K (10-X) is suggestive of deposition

intensity in descending order.

The delivery ratios were calculated for each composite erosion intensity unit. The

delivery ration suggests the percentage of eroded material that finally finds entry

into the reservoir or river/stream. Total area of different erosion intensity classes

(composite erosion intensity unit) in each watershed was then calculated.

The delivery ratio is generally governed by the type of material, soil erosion, relief

length ratio, cover conditions, distance from the nearest stream, etc. However, in

the present study the delivery rations to the erosion intensity units were assigned



upon their distance from the nearest stream (being the most important factor

responsible for delivery of the sediments) according to the following scheme. The

delivery ratio criteria adopted for the study is presented in Table 1.5.

Table 1.5 : Delivery Ratio (DR) Criteria Adopted for the Kirthai HEP, Stage-II Study

Nearest Stream Delivery Ratio (DR)

0-0.9 km 1.00

1.0-2.0 km 0.90

2.1-5.0 km 0.80

5.1-15.0 km 0.70

15.1-30.0 km 0.50

(ii) Sediment Yield Index & Prioritization of Sub-Watersheds

The erosivity determinates are the climatic factors and soil and land attributes

that have direct or reciprocal bearing on the units of the detached soil material.

The relationship can be expressed as:

Soil erosivity = f (Climate, physiography, slope, soil parameters land

use/land cover, soil management)

The Silt Yield Index (SYI) is defined as the Yield per unit area and SYI value for hydrologic unit is obtained by taking the weightage arithmetic mean of the products of the weightage value and delivery ratio over the entire area of the hydrologic unit by using suitable empirical equation.

Prioritization of smaller hydrological units within the vast catchments is based on the SYI of the smaller units. The boundary values of range of SYI values for different priority categories are arrived at by studying the frequency distribution of SYI values and locating the suitable breaking point. The watersheds/sub-watersheds is subsequently rated into various categories corresponding to their respective SYI values.

The application of SYI model for prioritization of sub-watersheds in the catchment areas involves the evaluation of: o Climatic factors comprising total precipitation, its frequency and intensity o Geomorphic factors comprising land forms, physiography, slope and drainage

characteristics o Surface cover factors governing the flow hydraulics o Management factors.

The data on climatic factors can be obtained for different locations in the catchment area from the meteorological stations whereas the field investigations are required for estimating the other attributes.

The various steps involved in the application of model are: o Preparation of a framework of sub-watershed through systematic delineation

o Rapid reconnaissance surveys on 1:50,000 scale leading to the generation of a map indicating erosion-intensity mapping units.

o Assignment of weightage values to various mapping units based on relative silt-yield potential.



o Computing Silt Yield Index for individual watersheds/sub watersheds.

o Grading of watersheds/sub-watersheds into very high, high medium, low and very low priority categories.

The area of each of the mapping units is computed and silt yield indices of individual sub-watersheds are calculated using the following equations:

Silt Yield Index

SYI = (Ai x Wi x Di) x 100/Aw; where I = 1 to n

Where

Ai = Area of ith (EIMU)

Wi = Weightage value of ith mapping unit

Di = Delivery ratio

n = No. of mapping units

Aw = Total area of sub-watershed

The SYI values for classification of various categories of erosion intensity rates were

taken for the present study as:

Priority Category SYI Values

1. Very High >1300

2. High 1200-1299

3. Medium 1100-1199

4. Low 1000-1099

5. Very low <1000

Accordingly, after excluding the area under permanent snow/glaciers from the total

geographical area of sub-watershed, the sediment Yield Index shall be calculated for

09 sub-watersheds. The computation of SYI for each MWS is presented in Table 1.6.



Table 1.6 : SYI and Priority Rating as per Erosion Intensity

SWS Code Erosion

Intensity Class Area, ha Weightage

Weightage x

Area DR

Grass Silt

(EXF) SYI Priority

A B C D E F G H I

IDIDI(1)

Slight 887.91 11 9767.01 1.0 9767.01

Moderate 2893.14 13 37610.82 1.0 37610.82

Servere 1718.56 18 30934.08 0.9 27840.67 1381 Very high

Very Severe 177.78 20 3555.60 0.9 3200.04

Total 5677.39 78418.54

IDID2(1)

Slight 1634.11 11 17975.21 1.0 17975.21

Moderate 1537.59 13 19988.67 0.9 17989.80


Very Severe 93.23 20 1864.60 0.9 1678.14

Total 4757.56 61823.76

IDID2(2)

Slight 2044.24 11 22486.64 1.0 22486.64

Moderate 1135.83 13 14765.79 0.9 13289.21

Servere 1365.86 18 24585.48 0.9 22126.93

Very Severe 66.32 20 0.9 1193.76 1281 High

Total 4612.25 59096.54

IDID2(3)

Slight 974.64 11 10721.04 1.0 10721.04

Moderate 1119.99 13 14559.87 1.0 14559.87


Very Severe 127.28 20 2545.60 0.9 2291.04

Total 3423.54 47038.36

IDID2(4)

Slight 1050.20 11 11552.20 1.0 11552.20

Moderate 2505.51 13 32571.63 0.9 29314.47 Very high

Servere 1556.42 18 28015.56 0.9 25214.00 1306

Very Severe 138.35 20 2767.00 0.9 2490.30

Total 5250.48 68570.97

IDID3(1)

Slight 4617.93 11 50797.23 0.9 45717.51

Moderate 3436.09 13 44669.17 0.9 40202.25

Servere 3405.49 18 61298.82 0.8 49039.06 1196 Medium



SWS Code Erosion

Intensity Class Area, ha Weightage

Weightage x

Area DR

Grass Silt

(EXF) SYI Priority

A B C D E F G H I

Very Severe 505.93 20 10118.60 0.8 8094.88

Total 11965.44 143053.70

IDID3(2)

Slight 2535.46 11 27890.06 0.9 25101.05

Moderate 1726.77 13 22448.01 0.8 17958.41

Servere 1924.82 18 34646.76 0.8 27717.41 1168 Medium

Very Severe 337.43 20 6748.60 0.8 5398.88

Total 6524.48 76175.75

IDID3(3)

Slight 1353.84 11 14892.24 0.9 13403.02

Moderate 647.30 13 8414.90 0.9 7573.41

Servere 748.33 18 13469.94 0.8 10775.95 1170 Medium

Very Severe 98.24 20 1964.80 0.8 1571.84

Total 2847.71 33324.22

IDID3(4)

Slight 1801.84 11 19820.24 1.0 19820.24

Moderate 1092.74 13 14205.62 0.9 12785.06

Servere 1325.41 18 23857.38 0.9 21471.64 1289 High

Very Severe 106.87 20 2137.40 0.8 1709.92

Total 4326.86 55786.86



1.9. Catchment Area Treatment Plan

It is known that there are mainly five categories of Land uses for which a proper

treatment plan should be developed. First is the Agricultural Land as this activity can

never be eliminated, because the faulty practice results in heavy loss of fertile soil.

Second, being open forest land for obvious conservation reasons. Third is scrub or

degraded land, which contributes heavily to the silt load and possibilities exist to

bring this area under pastures and other plantation to meet the local demand of fuel

and fodder and thus decreasing the biotic pressure on the forests and leading to

environment friendly approach of sustainable development. The fourth and most

important category is Barren land because with practically no vegetal cover, the area

produces huge amount of silt load. The fifth is dense forest land where in at few

places soil conservation measures are required. For treatment of catchment area, the

areas that require treatment have been delineated from the Composite Erosion

Intensity Unit Map. The sum of weightages was reclassified as per the Table 1.7

below to further subdivide the area as per the erosion intensity classes. The

weightages for Land use, Slope & Soil were summed to get the Erosion Intensity

Classes.

Table 1.7 : Erosion Intensity & Weightages

Erosion Intensity Class Sum of weightages

Very severe (E5) 12 to 14

Severe (E3) 9 to 11

Moderate (E3) 6 to 8

Low (E2) 4 to 5

Negligible (E1) 0 to 3

After exclusion of rocks and inaccessible terrain, only those areas which fall under

very severe and severe erosion intensity category would be taken up for

conservation treatment measures in very high priority category micro-watersheds,

whereas in the rest of micro-watersheds belonging to other priority categories, the

area falling under very severe erosion intensity class shall be taken for treatment with

biological and engineering measures under the CAT Plan.

Considering the topographic factors, soil type, climate, land-use/land-cover in the

catchment area following engineering and biological measures have been proposed

to be undertaken with the aim to check the soil erosion, prevent/check siltation of

reservoir and to maintain its storage capacity in the long run.

The Erosion Intensity Map of the free draining catchment has been generated on the

basis of SYI data and is presented in Figure 1.7 and the statistics are presented in

Table 1.8.



Table 1.8 : Erosion Intensity Categories in Sub-Watersheds

S. No. SWS Code Area (ha) under different erosion intensity class

Snow/Glacier (ha) Total Area (ha) Slight Moderate Severe Very Severe

1 IDIDI(1) 887.91 2893.14 1718.56 177.78 3428.51 9105.90

2 IDID2(1) 1634.11 1537.59 1492.63 93.23 1620.46 6378.02

3 IDID2(2) 2044.24 1135.83 1365.86 66.32 6845.58 11457.83

4 IDID2(3) 974.64 1119.99 1201.63 127.28 1675.99 5099.53

5 IDID2(4) 1050.20 2505.51 1556.42 138.35 1987.53 7238.01

6 IDID3(1) 4617.93 3436.09 3405.49 505.93 31798.06 43763.50

7 IDID3(2) 2535.46 1726.77 1924.82 337.43 20315.75 26840.23

8 IDID3(3) 1353.84 647.30 748.33 98.24 9268.40 12116.11

9 IDID3(4) 1801.84 1092.74 1325.41 106.87 19376.01 23702.87

Total 16900.17 16094.96 14739.15 1651.43 96316.29 145702.00



Figure 1.7 : Erosion Intensity Map of Free Draining Catchment Area



1.10. Treatment of Individual Sub-Watershed

There are mainly five categories of land uses for which a proper treatment plan

should be developed. First is the agricultural land as this activity can never be

eliminated. And, agriculture activities, if faulty, result in heavy loss of fertile soil.

Second, is open forest land for conservation reasons Third is scrub or degraded land,

which contributes heavily to silt load. Possibilities exist to bring this area under

pastures and plantation to meet local demand of fuel and fodder and thus decreasing

the biotic pressure on the forests leading to environment friendly approach of

sustainable development. The fourth and most important category is barren land

because with practically no vegetal cover the area produces huge amount of silt load.

The fifth is dense forest land where a few places soil conservation measures are

required.

Areas falling under very severe and severe erosion intensity category would be taken

up for conservation treatment measures after excluding the percentage of area

above 500 slope from the area coming under very severe and severe erosion

intensity class falling under rocks and inaccessible terrain where no treatment is

feasible, the rest of area of very severe and severe categories is to be treated with

biological, bio-engineering and engineering measures under CAT Plan. In the

present case, an area of 4550 ha has been proposed to be treated under the CAT

plan. This area includes 4300 ha area of free draining catchment which shall be

treated by biological / engineering measures and 250 ha area under private land

treatment within the free draining catchment.

Considering the topographic factors, soil type, climate, land-use/land-cover in the

catchment area following measures have been proposed to be undertaken with aim

to check soil erosion, prevent/check siltation of reservoir and to maintain its storage

capacity in the long run.

1.10.1. Activities to be Undertaken

1.10.1.1 Normal Afforestation

In critically degraded areas, plantation of locally useful diverse and indigenous plant

species such as timber plantation species, fodder species, fuel wood species,

grasses, shrubs and legumes, medicinal and aromatic plants would be undertaken.

The forestation will include rising of multi-tier mixed vegetation of suitable local

species in the steep and sensitive catchment areas of rivers/streams with the

objective of keeping such areas under permanent vegetative cover. Furthermore,

degraded areas would also be brought under vegetation cover. Suitable trees of

economic value to local people shall be raised in the degraded forest areas near to

villages with the objective of supplementing income of the villagers.

With a view to conserve and augment the state’s rich medicinal plant resources in its

natural habitat through adaptive and participatory management of the local people,

cultivation of high priority medicinal plant species shall be undertaken. Thrust shall be

given to organic cultivation of medicinal plants.

Effective fencing would also be provided for protection of saplings. Before any new

area is taken up, eradication of weeds and unpalatable grass species is important. It



is, therefore, recommended that some parts of the pasture should be closed for

seeding purpose only.

1.10.1.2 Enrichment Plantation

There are a few locations within forest in the catchment area where the crown

density is poor and plantation can be done to increase the patch density of crop. In

such areas, plantation of 600 seedlings per hectare is likely to create dense forest.

1.10.1.3 High Density Energy Plantation

In order to reduce the biotic pressure on the forest areas near the villages, high

density energy plantation in forest areas and barren areas under the village can help

in long way to solve the ever-increasing problem of scarcity of fodder and fuel wood

in hilly areas. To overcome the problem of scarce availability of fodder and fuel it is

proposed to bring substantial area by planting 5000 trees/ha with suitable fast

growing species.

1.10.1.4 Treatment of Alpine Pasture

These are high altitude areas situated in alpine / sub-alpine zones. The flora is

herbaceous and the pastures have the potential to support regulated grazing. These

areas continuously remain under snow from late October to late March. Therefore,

they are in supine state for about six months. The restoration and management of

degraded alpine pasture is a vital objective, both to provide sufficient habitat for

spatial movement of the spill over species outside and within catchment area and to

provide biological resources to the local populace. The alpine pastures have their

own unique significance in the geophysical, environmental and socio-economic set-

up of the region. They are the prime and continual source of herbage for the wild

herbivores which are prey base for carnivores, cattle, sheep and goats. These

pastures are extensively grazed by the live stocks of the local people during

summers for 3-4 months and also frequented by large herds of goats and sheep

which are brought-in and encamped by the migratory grazers (Gadi) from plains. The

large scale and indiscriminate grazing of these pasture over a prolong time has left

these pastures ominously degraded. The palatable grasses are no more than a few

inches tall and the other related pasture species have also started showing signs of

stress. As a result of continuous and heavy pressure of grazing, barren patches have

developed over vast areas and soil erosion is rampant in these alpine pastures.

There is an imperative need to address this abysmal and alarming situation

immediately before these pastures are brought to such a condition, where, their

rejuvenation becomes impossible. Owning to traditional rights of the grazers, it is

difficult to restrict the number of animals grazing there. Thus the only alternative left

is to increase the productivity of these pastures to cope with the grazing pressures.

The situation warrants for a realistic survey and allied research in context of entire

grazing issues and formulation of an action plan for corrective measures within the

gambit of the state policy on the subject matter. Till such time the following

recommendations are made for the management of pastures.

Assessment of the carrying capacity of the pastures through surveys so as to ascertain allowable size of live stocks.



Periodical field checking of the size of the herds mentioned in the permits so as to avoid misuse by some permit holders.

Public awareness.

Periodical closure of areas in pastures for the proliferation of seeds of desirable grass species.

Implementation of rotational deferred grazing system to derive the advantage of early nutritive growth and rest period during the growing season.

Interaction with the local people and the migrating grazers so that a sort of social fencing could be achieved.

Assessment of the carrying capacity of alpine pasture and grazing land in forests. Role of different categories of livestock and their grazing requirement needs to be investigated.

1.10.1.5 Nursery Support

In order the meet the huge requirement of saplings required under biological / bio-

engineering measures and reservoir rim treatment new nursery has to be developed

along with support to the existing nurseries which shall also augment the supply of

saplings for the works proposed.

1.10.1.6 Soil Bioengineering

Soil bio-engineering is state-of-the-art using the living vegetation, either alone or in

conjunction with non-living plant material and civil engineering structures, to stabilize

slopes and/or reduce erosion. Such measures utilize live plants and plant parts,

either alone or in conduction with non-living plant material and hand measures

usually referred to as civil engineering structures, where they provide additional

mechanical support to soil, present barriers to earth movement, function as hydraulic

drains, and act as hydraulic pumps. Soil bio-engineering system use live plant

cuttings, rooted plants, and plant stems that are placed in the ground, or in earthen or

other structures that commonly incorporate inert materials such as rock, wood, geo-

synthetics, geo-composites or other products.

Control of severe landslide or gully erosion usually requires engineering structures to

avoid slope failure and gully cutting. However, such measures involve exorbitant

investment and a high degree of technology. It has been experienced that lack of

timely and adequate maintenance has resulted in spectacular failure of measure

under taken and the resultant erosion is more serious than before the treatment.

The exclusive use of vegetative measures for control of major land slide and severe

gully erosion often results in failure. However, when vegetative measures are

combined with engineering measures, i.e. bio-engineering, the end result can be

effective stabilization of the area from mass movement and gully cutting, and

dramatic reduction of surface erosion, at relatively low cost and high sustainability

and with added benefit of fodder and fuel wood production for local people.

The successful results of bio-engineering techniques have been observed in gully

control, waste land reclamation and slope stabilization. By for these have been

observed to be economically desirable and most-effective for erosion control in

degraded area.



Soil bio-engineering measures shall be adopted in landslide zones and area

degraded due to road excavation. The work shall involve fixing of brush wood check

dams, spraying of grass and legume seeds, plantation of trees @ 1100 trees/ha,

fencing of the area and maintenance for three years. The most common method of

hill and slope stabilization is the seeding of grass and herb mixture.

Dry Seeding is an easy method where seed (5 g/sq.m.) and organic fertilize (100

g/sq.m.) are scattered by hand or machine. It can be applied on flat slopes with rough

surfaces. It is also possible to use hay-flowers instead of common seeds.

On steeper slopes where it is necessary to cover the soil quality, a cover crop

seeding is used. Special types of rye (in fall) and barley (in spring) are spread in a

mixture of 5 gm/sq.m. and covered with soil. On the surface normal seed (5 g/sq.m.)

are spread.

On less steep slope with rough surface and no erosion problems tree and shrub

seeding can be spread. Seeds of trees and shrubs are mixed with sand in a ratio of

1:3 and spread as broadcast, pit oar row seeding.

1.10.1.7 Civil Structures

Brush wood Check Dams and Retaining Walls Brushes wood check dams are useful in arresting further erosion of depressions,

channels, and gullies on the denuded landslides. In addition, retaining walls of stone

masonry and RCC would be constructed to provide support at the base of threatened

slopes.

Slope Modification by Stepping or Terracing The slope stability increases considerably by grading it. The construction of steps or

terraces to reduce the slope gradient is one of the measures.

Bench Terracing The area under moderately steep slope i.e. between 100-150 slopes would be

subjected to bench terracing. The local people would be convinced to follow this type

of terracing for comparatively better yield and with minimum threat to erosion.

Moreover, in a number of habitations in the catchment such practices are already

visible. While making bench terraces, care will have to be taken not to disturb the

topsoil by spreading earth from the lower terraces to higher terraces. The vertical

intervals between terraces will not be more than 1.5m and cutting depth may be kept

at 50 cm. The minimum average width of the terrace would be kept from 4 to 5 m in

order to enable usage of prolong hinge. The shoulder bunds of 30 x 15 cm would

also be provided. Staggered channels will drain off the excess water from the

terraces.

Gully Control-Check Dams Gullies are mainly formed on account of physiographic, soil type, and heavy biotic

interference in an area. The scouring of streams at their peak flows and sediment-

laden run-off cause gullies. The gullies would be required to be treated with

engineering/mechanical as well as vegetative methods. Check dams would be

constructed in some of the areas to promote growth of vegetation that will

consequently lead to the stabilization of slopes/area and prevention of further

deepening of gullies and erosion. Different types of check dams would be required



for different conditions comprising of different materials depending upon the site

conditions and the easy availability of material (stones) at local level and transport

accessibility. Generally, brush wood check dams are recommended to control the

erosion in the first order basin/streams in upper reaches and dry random stone

masonry check dam shall be provided in the lower reaches where discharge is

higher. In such stream where discharge and velocity of flow are still higher gabion

structure shall be provided. Lower down the sub-watershed, i.e., in the third order

drainage silt retention dams in the form of gabion structure shall be provided.

Stream bank Protection Stream bank erosion is caused by variety of reasons such as destruction of

vegetative cover, mass movement on unstable bank slopes, undermining of top

portion of lower bank by turbulent flow and sliding of slopes when saturated with

water. The Stream Bank Protection would include wire crate boulder spurs in two to

three tiers depending upon the high flood level of the streams.

Contour Staggered Trenches Contour staggered trenches are mainly provided to trap the silt and runoff. This is

also done to prepare a fertile base for plantation, in moderately steep to very, very

steep slopes.

Landslide Control Rainfall pattern of the area and water seepage coupled with geological formation

results in landslides. Water plays an important role in triggering of landslides and

mass wasting processes along with other factors such as slope and nature of

soil/land-cover/land-use. However, most of the landslides are caused by human

negligence. Road construction, overgrazing of hill slopes, felling of trees for timber,

fuel, and fodder and upslope extension of cultivation are some of main causes of

landslides. Gabion structures shall be provided at the base of the land slide zones to

control the toe erosion by water.

Catch-water Drains Among the most effective, practical and least expensive measures of landslide

hazard management is construction of catch-water drains for run-off and surface

waters in the identified hazard-prone zone so that little or no water is able to infiltrate

into the ground. All the streams and minor water courses would be diverted around

the crown of the slide or the potentially hazardous area through catch water drains

with an adequate gradient. The catch water drain when provided avoids runoff to

pass over such vulnerable areas and water is guided through these drains provided

on foothill or along the katcha/pucca roads. The ground surface of threatened area is

leveled out to eliminate all depressions where water can accumulate

1.11. Cost Analysis of Different Works Under Biological Measures

1.11.1. Afforestation

Out of the total stock to be planted under afforestation, 20% species shall be tree

species having medicinal values and 10% of fruit bearing wild species useful to

wildlife shall also be planted. The cost analysis per hectare of afforestation, with

three strands barbed wire fencing stretched across creosoted wooden fence posts

reinforced with two layers of live hedge plants inclusive of maintenance for three

years has been worked out as Rs. 36,500/- ha as shown in Table 1.9.



Plantation under normal afforestation component shall be carried through identified

user groups in catchment area. Plantations will be maintained for three years. For

mobilization of user group provision of funds has been made under the plan.

The cost of works under normal afforestation component encompassing the free

draining catchment area of the project has been assessed as Rs. 710.29 lac and is

shown in Table 1.10.

Table 1.9 : Per Ha. Cost Norms for Model Plantation Works

A] Plantation:

S. No. Name of Scheme Component With B/ Wire

A i) Afforestation ii) Re-afforestation of Scrub

Area (1100 plants per ha.)

Fencing cost

Planting cost

6396

12857

Sub-Total Wages 19253

Material cost

Other material cost

Cost of plants raised

(Rs. 3.50 / Plant)

3500

1100

3850

Total 27703

Say Rs. 28000

B] Maintenance:

S. No. Name of Scheme Component With B/ Wire

B Maintenance Cost

First Year Maintenance Maintenance cost 4300

Second Year Maintenance Maintenance cost 2800

Third Year Maintenance Maintenance cost 1400

Total Maintenance Rs. 8500

C Total Cost per Ha. for Afforestation including maintenance for

three years.

Rs. 36500

Table 1.10 : Cost Estimate for Afforestation Measures

SWS No. Name of SWS Area under

Afforestation (Ha.)

Cost @ Rs. 36500/- Ha. (Rs. in lac)

1D1D1(1) Kirthai 552 201.5

1D1D2(1) Ligri 460 167.9

1D1D2(2) Pilali 414 151.1

1D1D2(3) Machel 230 84.0

1D1D2(4) Gulabgarh 460 167.9

1D1D3(1) Dharlang 414 151.1

1D1D3(2) Bhuzah 276 100.7

1D1D3(3) Bharaj 104 37.8



1D1D3(4) Bhazun 104 37.8

3013 1099.7

1.11.2. Enrichment Plantation

The cost analysis of enrichment plantation per hectare with 600 plants and protection

of thorny bushes / twigs for individual plant, with no maintenance cost has been

assessed as Rs. 14500/ha as shown in Table 1.11. The cost of works under

enrichment plantation for the SWS encompassing the free draining catchment area of

the project has been assessed as Rs. 97.44 lac and is shown in Table 1.12.

Table 1.11 : Cost Analysis per ha. of Enrichment Plantation

Sl.

No.

Name of Scheme Component Cost (Rs.)

1 Enrichment plantation with

600 plants/ha and thorny

brush wood protection for

each plant with no

maintenance cost

Fencing – thorny brush wood

protection for individual plant

5250.00

Planting cost 7013.00

Sub Total-Wages 12263.00

Cost of 600 plants raised in P.

bags @ Rs. 3.50 /Plant

2100.00


Or say 14500.00

Table 1.12 : Cost Estimate for Enrichment Plantation


Afforestation (Ha.)


1D1D1(1) Kirthai 192 27.8

1D1D2(1) Ligri 160 23.2

1D1D2(2) Pilali 144 20.9

1D1D2(3) Machel 80 11.6

1D1D2(4) Gulabgarh 160 23.2

1D1D3(1) Dharlang 144 20.9

1D1D3(2) Bhuzah 96 13.9

1D1D3(3) Bharaj 36 5.2

1D1D3(4) Bhazun 36 5.2

1048 152.0

1.11.3. High Density Energy Plantation

The cost analysis of high density energy plantation per hectare with plantation of

5000 plants /ha, with five strand barbed wire fencing stretched across creosoted

wooden fence posts reinforced with two layers of live hedge plants, has been

assessed as Rs. 90,000/ha as shown in Table 1.13. The cost of works under high

density energy plantation for each of the SWS forest, encompassing the free draining



catchment area of the project, has been assessed as Rs. 730.80 lac and is shown in

Table 1.14.

Table 1.13 : Cost Analysis per ha. of High Density Energy Plantation

A. Plantation

Energy / High Density Plantation Cost Norms Per Ha.

(5000 plants per Ha. with Barbed wire Fencing)

Sl.

No.

Name of Scheme Component With B/ Wire

(Rs.)

1 Energy/ High Density

Plantations

Fencing Cost

Planting Cost

6400

58440

i. Sub Total-Wages 64840.00

Material Cost

Other Material Cost

6000

1600

(ii) Sub Total- M&S 7600.00

(iii) Cost of 5000 Plants raised in P.

bags @ Rs. 3.50 /Plant

17500.00

Total i+ii+iii 89940.00

Or Say 90000.00

Table 1.14 : Cost Estimate for High Density Energy Plantation


Afforestation (Ha.)


1D1D1(1) Kirthai 228 205.2

1D1D2(1) Ligri 190 171.0

1D1D2(2) Pilali 171 153.9

1D1D2(3) Machel 95 85.5

1D1D2(4) Gulabgarh 190 171.0

1D1D3(1) Dharlang 171 153.9

1D1D3(2) Bhuzah 114 102.6

1D1D3(3) Bharaj 43 38.5

1D1D3(4) Bhazun 43 38.5

1245 1120.1

1.11.4. Pasture Reclamation

The cost analysis of pasture reclamation by rotational closure with live hedge

fencing, sodding with local grass and legume plants inclusive of maintenance has

been assessed as Rs. 65,000/ha is shown in Table 1.15. The cost of works under

treatment of alpine pastures for the SWS encompassing the free draining catchment

area of the project has been assessed as Rs. 263.90 lac and is shown in Table 1.16.



Table 1.15 : Cost analysis of treatment of alpine pasture

Sl. No. Particulars of Works Quantity Rate Amount for non-

tribal area

A. Fencing Work

1. Survey and demarcation of plantation

area including making of sections, path

and preparation of map

1 ha 102/ha 102.00

2. Live hedge fencing 400 RM 13.25/RM 5300.00

Total fencing cost 5402.00

Or say 5400.00

B. Planting

1. Weeding of obnoxious weeds 1 job LS 4000.00

2. Preparation of patches 45 cm x 45 cm x

25 for sowing of legume plants

500 No. 490.75/% 2453.75

3. Sowing of seeds in patches 45 cm x 45

cm x 25 cm

500 No. 143.25/% 716.25

4. Digging of pits 30 cm x 30 cm x 25 cm 500 No. 477.25/% 2386.25

5. Filling of pits 30 cm x 30 cm x 25 cm 500 No. 272.75/% 1363.75

6. Carriage of plants from nursery to road

side by road including loading and

unloading over a distance of 10 km.

500 No. 1500/trip 1500.00

7. Carriage of plants from road side to

plantation site by manual labour over a

distance of 2 km.

500 No 436/% per 2

km

2180.00

8. Planting of plants 500 No. 184/% 920.00

9. Preparation of strips including sowing

along contour at 100 x 30 x 5 cm at

interval of 2 m for grass sowing

800 No. 920.25/% 7362.00

10. Application of vermin compost / organic

manure

01 job LS 800.00

11. Carriage of fertilized to work site over a

distance of 5 km by manual labour

0.5 Q 76.54/Q/km 191.35

12. Moisture retention intervention including

V-ditches

1 Job LS 8500

13. Cost of fertilizer seeds 1 Job LS 5500

Total B-Planting 37873.35

Grand Total (A + B) 43273.35

Or Say 43300.00

C. Second Year Maintenance Operation

1. Re-digging of pits 30 cm x 30 cm x 25

cm

125 No. 238.63/% 298.28





125 No. 625/trip 625.00



distance of 2 km.

125 No. 436/%/2 km 545.00




Sl. No. Particulars of Works Quantity Rate Amount for non-

tribal area

6. Cost of plants 125 No. 3.50/No. 437.50

7. Re-preparation of strips including sowing



200 No. 920/% 1840.50

8. Cost of fertilizer and seeds 1 job LS 4400.00

Total 8717.22

Or say 8700.00

D. Third Year Maintenance Operation


cm

100 No. 238.63/% 238.63





100 No. 500/trip 500.00



distance of 2 km.

100 No. 436/%/2 km 436.00






160 No. 920/% 1472.00


Total 6503.38

Or say 6500.00

E. Fourth Year Maintenance Operation


cm

100 No. 238.63/% 238.63





100 No. 500/trip 500.00



distance of 2 km.

100 No. 436/%/2 km 436.00






160 No. 920/% 1472.00


Total 6500.00

Or say 6500.00

Abstract

Sl. No. Particulars Cost

1. First year operation 43,300.00

2. Second year-maintenance operation 8,700.00



3. Third year-maintenance operation 6,500.00

4. Fourth year-maintenance operation 6,500.00

Total 65,000.00

Table 1.16 : Cost Estimate for Treatment of Alpine Pastures

SWS No. Name of SWS Total Area to

be treated Area under

Afforestation (Ha.)

Cost @ Rs. 65000/- Ha. (Rs. in

lac)

1D1D1(1) Kirthai 1200 114 74.1

1D1D2(1) Ligri 1000 95 61.8

1D1D2(2) Pilali 900 86 55.6

1D1D2(3) Machel 500 48 30.9

1D1D2(4) Gulabgarh 1000 95 61.8

1D1D3(1) Dharlang 900 86 55.6

1D1D3(2) Bhuzah 600 57 37.1

1D1D3(3) Bharaj 225 21 13.9

1D1D3(4) Bhazun 225 21 13.9

6550 622 404.5

1.11.5. Nursery Support

In the light of the fact that the CAT plan entails plantation over approximately 4550 ha

area, a huge requirement of saplings / plants is comprehended. Such requirement

shall have to be met out from the existing nurseries which are too inadequate to meet

the requirement. Being a mountainous area the suitable sites for developing new

nurseries are not too many. Besides, the free of cost saplings shall be distributed to

the JFM group for raising horticulture crops and private pasture development.

Availability of quality planting material well in time and in close proximity to the areas

where afforestation is to be undertaken, remains a major constraint in implementation

of large scale afforestation. The proposed large scale afforestation in the area due to

establishing of various hydroelectric projects, will certainly lead to establishment of

decentralized nurseries through credit support.

The Cost Estimates for Implementing Nursery Support is given in Table 1.17. The

overall cost under nursery support is reckoned as Rs. 80.0 lac.

Table 1.17 : Cost Estimates for Implementing Nursery Support

S. No. Item Amount (Rs.

in Lac)

1. Nursery equipment’s/ tools 8.00

2. Barbed wire fencing with RCC post/ repair of barbed-wire fencing in

existing nurseries.

5.00

3. Preparation of additional beds in existing nurseries, soil layering in

nurseries, establishment of Poly-house/ Poly-tunnels, soil working,

establishment of compost and vermin-compost units, strengthening of

irrigation facilities, providing insecticides, etc.

15.00



4. Establishment of two new nurseries @ Rs. 25.00 lacs/ha 50.00

5. Miscellaneous 2.00

Total 80.00

1.12. Cost Analysis of Different Works Under Soil And Water Conservation Measures

1.12.1. Bio-engineering Works

Bio-engineering works shall involve minor soil conservation works, fixing of brush

wood check dams, patch sowing of grass and legume seeds, plantation of bio-

engineering species of shrubs, herbs and trees i.e. @ 1400 shrubs and 500 trees/

ha., fencing of the area with live hedge and maintenance for 1 year of shrub species

and 2 years for tree species. The cost analysis per ha of bio-engineering works

comprising of plantation, seed spraying, brush wood check dams, 10 per hectare

keeping in view the severity of gullies, fencing cost and maintenance has been

assessed as Rs. 1,28,000/- and is given in Table-1.18. The cost of works under bio-

engineering measures for the SWS and encompassing the free draining catchment

area of the project has been assessed as Rs. 519.68 lac and is shown in Table-1.19.

Table 1.18 : Cost Analysis per ha of Bio-Engineering Works

Bio-Engineering Cost Norms for Degraded Forest Lands (Per Hectare) (Live Hedge

Fencing)

A] First Year Operations:

S. No. Detail of Works Quantity Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)

1 Survey and demarcation of plantation area, marking

of sections, path and preparation of map.

1 Hectare 102/

Hectare

102

2 Preparation of inspection path. 200 Rm 10.75/Rm 2150

3 Live hedge fencing with Agave, Ipomea, Dodonia,

etc.

300 Rm 13.25/Rm 3975

4 Preparation of gradonial trenches/ staggered

trenches (1 X 0.3 X 0.3 m)

700 Rm 13.50/Rm 9450

5 Digging of 1400 pits on mounds of trenches (2 pits

per mound) 20 X 20 X 20 cms.

1400 Nos. 170/%

Nos.

2380

6 Filling of pits 20 X 20 X 20 cms. 1400 Nos. 75/%

Nos.

1050

7 Planting of 1400 nos. plants (P Bags) on mounds (2

pits per mound) inclusive of carriage of plants.

1400 Nos. 218.25/%

Nos.

3056

8 Preparation of patches of grass/ legume sowing (0.3

X 0.3 X 0.3 m) inclusive of carriage of plants.

700 Nos. 327.13/%

Nos.

2290

9 Sowing of grass/legume seeds in patches 700 Nos. 95.38/%

Nos.

668

10 Cost of raising plants [P. bags (6”x4”)/Root trainers]in

the Nursery

1400 Nos. 3.5 per

plant

4900

11 Cost of grass/legume seed 15 Kg. 400/ Kg 6000

12 Minor / small soil conservation activities as small gully

plugging, brushwood check dams etc. (10 No./ha)

10 Nos. 3000 per

No.

30000

13. Large gully plugging by means of 5 m long, 2 m high 05 Nos. 2800 per 14000



S. No. Detail of Works Quantity Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)

are R.R Dry stone masonry No.

TOTAL 80,029

Or say 80,000

B] Second Year - Maintenance Operations:

S.

No.

Detail of Works Quantity Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)

1 Strengthening/ support to live-hedge fence

(approx. 30%).

300 Rm 13.25 per Rm 3975

2 Soil conservation activities as small gully

plugging, brushwood check dams etc.

03 Nos. 3000/ No. 9000

TOTAL 12,975

Or say 13,000

C] Third Year Operations, Planting of 500 Plants:

S. No. Detail of Works Quantity Rate (Rs.) Amount(Rs.)

1 Strengthening/ support to live-hedge fence

(approximately 20%).

60 Rm 13.5/ Rm 795

2 Digging of pits (60 X 60 X 60 cm) 500 Nos. 1745/

hundred

8725

3 Filling of pits (60 X 60 X 60 cm) 500 Nos. 354.38/

hundred

1771.90

4 Carriage of plants raised in Polythene Bags

(P Bags) of size 4”*6”, from nursery to

roadside by road including loading &

unloading over a distance of say 10 kms.

500 plants

(1 trips)

1500/- per

trip.

1500

5 Carriage of plants (P Bags) from roadside to


distance of 2 kms.

500 plants 436/%/ 2 Km 2180

6 Planting of P. Bags plants 500 Nos. 218.25/

hundred

1091.25

7 Cost of raising plants in P. Bags. 500 Nos. 3.50/ plant 1750

8 Minor small soil conservation activities as

Small gully plugging, brushwood check dams

etc.

02 3000/ Ha. 6000

TOTAL 22823.15

Or say 22,800.00

D] Fourth Year Maintenance Operations:

S.

No.


(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)



1 Re-digging of pits (60 X 60 X 60 cm) – 25%

mortality.

125 Nos. 1049.63/

hundred

1312.03


hundred

442.98

3 Carriage of plants raised in Polythene Bags

(P Bags) of size 4”*6”, from nursery to

roadside by road including loading & unloading

over a distance of say 10 kms.

125 plants

625/- per trip. 625.00



distance of 2 kms.

125 plants 436/%/ 2 Km 545.00

5 Planting of P. Bags plants 125 Nos. 218.25/

hundred

272.81

6 Cost of raising plants in P. Bags. 125 Nos. 3.50/ plant 437.50



etc.

01 3000/ No.. 3000.00

TOTAL 6.635.32

Or say Rs. 6600

E] Fifth Year Maintenance Operations:

S.

No.


(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)

1 Re-digging of pits (60 X 60 X 60 cm) – 15%

mortality.

75 Nos. 1049.63/

hundred

787.22


hundred

265.79

3 Carriage of plants raised in Polythene Bags (P

Bags) of size 4”*6”, from nursery to roadside

by road including loading & unloading over a

distance of say 10 kms.

75 plants

500/- per trip. 500



distance of 2 kms.

75 plants 436/%/ 2 Km 327.00

5 Planting of P. Bags 75 Nos. 218.25/

hundred

163.69

6 Cost of raising plants in P. Bags. 75 Nos. 3.50/ plant 262.50



etc.

01 3000/ No. 3000

TOTAL 5306.20

Or say Rs. 5300

ABSTRACT

Sl.

No.

Particular Amount

(Rs.)

1 First Year Operations 80,000.00

2 Second Year Maintenance Operations 13,000.00



3 Third Year Operations, Planting of 500 Plants 22,800.00

4 First year maintenance of plants planted in 3rd year 6,600.00

5 Second year maintenance of plants planted in 3rd year 5,300.00

Total Cost per Ha. 1,27,700

Or say Rs. 1,28,000

Table 1.19 : Cost Estimate for Bio-Engineering Works

SWS No. Name of SWS Total Area

to be treated

Area under Afforestation

(Ha.)


1D1D1(1) Kirthai 1200 114 145.9

1D1D2(1) Ligri 1000 95 121.6

1D1D2(2) Pilali 900 86 109.4

1D1D2(3) Machel 500 48 60.8

1D1D2(4) Gulabgarh 1000 95 121.6

1D1D3(1) Dharlang 900 86 109.4

1D1D3(2) Bhuzah 600 57 73.0

1D1D3(3) Bharaj 225 21 27.4

1D1D3(4) Bhazun 225 21 27.4

6550 622 796.5

1.12.2. Cost Analysis of Vegetative Structure, Civil Structures for Land Slide and Stream Bank Stabilization and Moisture Retention Operations

These structures are to be constructed as land slide control and stream bank

stabilization over visually active slides and eroded banks of the main river and its

tributaries falling under “Severe” and “Very Severe” erosion intensity areas to control

the sediment flow and further degradation of the free draining catchment areas.

Since these measures are to be carried out by construction of individual structure

such as wire crate spurs, check dams, contour staggered trenches, catch water

drains, retaining walls etc. on site specific basis, the cost of each of such structure

has to be analyzed on the basis of dimensions adopted. The analysis of rates of such

structures is presented in Table 1.20.

Table 1.20 : Cost Analyses of Structures

S. No. Item Quantity Unit Rate Amount

1. Dry Rubble Stone masonry (DRSM)

Check Dam

(a) Excavation in foundation with 50% soft

rock & 50% E & B involving peak and

jumper work in 5.60 m x 1.80 m x 0.50 m

= 5.04 cubic meter

5.04 Cum 224.88 1133.39

(b) Collection of boulder 23.52 Cum 175.25 4121.88

I-Step 5 x 1.5 x 1.25 = 9.38

II – Step 7 x 1.0 x 0.75 = 5.25

Wing Walls 2 x 3.75x 0.6 x 1.5 = 6.75

Total 21.38 x1.1= 23.52



(c) Carriage of boulder by manually beyond

initial 100 m lead up to 1 km

21.38 Cum 561.00 11994.18

(d) Labour charges for dry stone masonry with

outer face stone dressed & 100 m lead.

21.38 Cum 277.50 5932.95

Total 23182.40

Add 3% Contingencies 695.47

Grand Total Rs. 23877.87

Say Rs. 24000.00

2. Wire Crate Check Dam


rock & 50% E & B involving peak and

jumper work in 6.60 m x 2.30 m x 0.50 m =

7.59 cubic meter

7.59 Cum 224.88 1706.84

(b) Collection of boulder 35.24 Cum 175.25 6175.81

Foundation Step - 6.0 x 2.0 x 1.0 m = 12

cubic meter

I- Step - 6.0 m x 1.9m x 1.0m = 11.40

cubic meter

II- Step – 6.0 m x 1.8m x 0.8 m = 8.64

cubic meter

Total requirement of boulder = 32.04 x 1.1

= 35.24 cubic meter

(c) Carriage of boulder manually average lead

1 km

32.04 M3 561.00 17974.44

(d) Weaving of wire netting of GI wire mesh

size 15 cm x 15 cm

113.2 M2 21.75 2462.10

Foundation Step-2(6x2+6x1+2x1) = 40 m2

I- Step-2(6x1.9+6x1+2x1) = 38.8 m2

II- Step- 2(6x1.8 + 6x0.8 + 2x0.8) = 34.4

m2

Total = 113.2 m2

(e) Filling of boulder and hand packing in wire

crates

32.04 M3 144.25 4621.77

(f) Cost of GI wire 2.25 Qtl 8000 18000.00

(g) Carriage of GI wire manually to an

average lead of 1 km

2.25 Qtl 83.50 187.88

Total Rs. 51128.84


Grand Total Rs. 52662.70

Say Rs. 52700

3. Wire crate boulder spurs (large size) for

stream bank protection of main river


rock & 50% E & B

9.5 m x 3.0 m x 0.5m = 14.25 cubic meter 14.25 Cum 224.88 3204.54

(b) Collection of boulder

18.0 (2.25 m x 1.25 m x 1.25 m) = 63.28

cubic meter

63.25 Cum 175.25 11089.82

(c) Carriage of boulder manually for average

lead 1 km

63.28 Cum 561.00 35500.08



(d) Filling of boulder and hand packing in Wire

crates 2.25m x 1.25m x 1.25 in three tiers

i.e. 8 in first tier 6 and 4 each in second

and third tier respectively

63.28 Cum 144.25 9128.14

(e) Cost of G.1 wire crates

18 x 14.375 = 258.75 sq. m.

258.75 Sq. m . 165.00 42693.75

(f) Carriage of G.1. wire crate manually to an

average lead of 1 km

5 Qtl 83.50 417.50

Total 102033.8

3



4

Say Rs. 105000.00

4. Double row brush wood check dam

(a) Cutting of conversion of vegetative posts 40 No. 1295.25/

%

518.00

(b) Carriage of vegetative posts to 5 km.

distance @ Rs. 207.95 per hundred

number per km.

40 No. 1817/%/

5 km

727.00

(c) Digging of holes for vegetative posts 40 No. 906.75/

%

363.00

(d) Fixing of vegetative posts 40 No. 696.13/

%

278.00

(e) Fixing of vegetative spurs double row 12 RM 58.38/R

M

700.00

(f) Filling of gaps between rows of brush

wood with the bundles of bushes and tied

with ropes of grass

01 Job LS 400.00

Total 2986.00

Or Say 3000.00

5. Catch water drain in cement stone

masonry per RM

a. Excavation in formulation with 50% soft

rock and 50% E & B

1 x 1.50 x 0.55 = 0.825 cubic meter

0.825 Cum 224.88 185.53

b. Foundation concrete (CC 1:3:6)

1 x 1.50 x 0.15 = 0.225 cubic meter

0.225 Cum 3125.00 703.13

c. RR stone masonry in cement mortar 1 : 6

2 x 0.4 x 0.4 = 0.32 cubic meter

0.32 Cum 2550 816.00

d. Flush cement pointing

2(0.4+0.4) = 1.6 sq.m.

1.60 Sq.

m.

70 112.00

Total 1816.60


Grand Total 1871.10

Or Say 1870.00

6. RCC retaining wall 6 m high/RM

a. Excavation in soft rock

1 x 3.6 x 0.5 = 1.80 cubic meter

1.80 Cum 292.50 526.50

b. Concrete M:20 (CC 1:1.5:3)

Base = 1 x 3.60 x 0.4 = 1.44

3.29 Cum 4700 15463.00



Stem = 1 x 5.60 x 0.33 = 1.85

Total = 3.29 cubic meter

c. Steel reinforcement at 1% i.e. 40 kg/cubic

meter = 1.32 Qt

1.32 Qt 6000 7920.00

d. Shuttering / form work

Base = 2 x 3.60 = 7.20

Stem = 2 x 5.60 = 11.20

Total = 18.40 sq.m.

18.40 Sq.

m.

134 2465.60

Total 26374.50



Or say 27200.00

7. RR Dry stone masonry / RM

Average dimension = 5 m long, 2m high

and side slope 1:4

a. Excavation in foundation with 50% soft

rock and 50% E & B

5 x 1.10 x 0.3 = 1.65

1.65 Cum 224.88 371.05

b. RR stone masonry dry

5 x (1.10 + 0.60 / 2) x 2.0 = 8.5 cum

8.5 Cum 277.50 2358.75

Total 2729.80


Grand Total 2811.69

Or say 2800.00

8 Bench terracing / ha excavation

a. Earth work 100 Cum 157.25 15725.00

Total 15725.00

9 Contour staggered trenches / ha

excavation

75 Cum 224.88 16866.00

Say 17000.00

1.12.3. Abstract of Works under Civil Structures

The Break-up of works under different sub-watersheds in respect of vegetative

structure, civil structures for land slide and stream bank stabilization and moisture

retention operations with their costs is shown in Table 1.21.



Table 1.21 : Abstract of Works under Civil Structures

Code Name of

SWS

DRSM @ Rs. 0.24 lac each

Wire Crate Check Dam @ Rs. 0.53 lac

each

RR Dry Stone Masonry @ 0.028

lac/RM

Catch Water Drain @ 0.0187

lac/RM

Contour Staggered Trenches @

0.17/ha Total Cost (Rs. lac)

Number Cost Number Cost Number Cost RM Cost ha Cost

1D1D1(1) Kirthai 70 16.80 35 18.55 150 4.20 150 2.81 10 1.70 44.06

1D1D2(1) Ligri 60 14.40 30 15.90 130 3.64 200 3.74 15 2.55 40.23

1D1D2(2) Pilali 45 10.80 40 21.20 140 3.92 200 3.74 30 5.10 44.76

1D1D2(3) Machel 30 7.20 35 18.55 200 5.60 250 4.68 40 6.80 42.83

1D1D2(4) Gulabgarh 40 9.60 45 23.85 250 7.00 175 3.27 25 4.25 47.97

1D1D3(1) Dharlang 30 7.20 15 7.95 150 4.20 175 3.27 15 2.55 25.17

1D1D3(2) Bhuzah 35 8.40 25 13.25 200 5.60 250 4.68 20 3.40 35.33

1D1D3(3) Bharaj 20 4.80 20 10.60 160 4.48 150 2.81 25 4.25 26.94

1D1D3(4) Bhazun 20 4.80 20 10.60 140 3.92 150 2.81 25 4.25 26.38

Total 350 84 265 140.45 1520 42.56 1700 31.79 205 34.85 333.65



1.13. Treatment of Private Land

The silt contribution of private land holding is very significant because it interrupts the

natural drainage and contributes to heavy soil erosion as compared to the other land

use categories like dense forest/open forest. Therefore, better land management shall

help in reducing the sediment flow besides increasing the land productivity by way of

proposed soil cover to increase soil moisture content. Therefore, it is proposed to

provide treatment to private holdings for development of horticulture, agriculture and

private pasture development under SWS Kirthai, Ligri, Pilali, Gulabgarh and Machail..

An area of 60 ha and 20 ha have been earmarked to be undertaken for horticulture

and private pasture development respectively under this plan as a joint venture with

the owners of the land with their share of the cost being the cost of maintenance.

Besides this, terracing in 250 ha area along with some engineering measures to

control erosion/sliding witnessed in the agricultural land is also proposed. The cost of

works proposed under this head work out to Rs. 79.74 lac and is shown in Table

1.22.

Table 1.22 : Cost of private land treatment

S. No. Particular Quantity Unit Rate Amount (Rs

Lac)

(A) Biological Measures

1 Horticulture Development 60 ha 50000.00 30.00

2 Private Pasture

Development.

20 ha 60000.00 12.00

Sub Total (A) 42.00

(B) Soil Conservation &

Retention Measures

1 Bench Terracing 240 ha 15725.00 37.74

Sub Total (B) 37.74

Grand Total (A) + (B) 79.74

1.14. Cost of Other Components of Cat Plan

Apart from the forestry works and drainage line treatment in the catchment area there

are other aspects of the CAT Plan to be addressed and their cost included in the

overall cost estimate of the plan. The eco-restoration works, livelihood support works,

social mobilization, documentation and publication, monitoring and evaluation and

providing environmental services are some of the integral ingredients which have to

be considered and included while formulating the CAT plans.

1.14.1. Implementation of Support Infrastructure Cost

In order to execute the catchment area treatment plan, the forest department would

be requested to establish a catchment area treatment cell for which the executing

agency shall need necessary infrastructure support. Accordingly, provisions have

been made for purchase of office equipment and inspection vehicles with O & M

charges for ten years including maintenance period for plantation. For movement of

the field staff and labour, forest footpath and bridges/culvers would need construction



and repair. Besides, the forest staff shall have to camp nearby the site of work for

which the existing rest houses would require extension and improvements. The cost

of works proposed under the head works out to Rs. 70.0 lac and is shown in Table

1.23.

Table 1.23 : Cost Estimate for Support Infrastructure

S.

No.

Particular Quantity Unit Rate (Rs. in

Lac)

Amount

(Rs. in Lac)

(A) Officer Equipment’s

1 Purchase of Computers complete

with accessories and Laser printer

4 No. 0.50 2.00

2 Purchase of Photocopy Machine 2 No. 1.00 2.00

3 Purchase of Fax Machine 6 No. 0.10 0.60

4 Purchase of GPS and Survey

instruments

LS - - 3.40

5 Purchase of inspection vehicles 4 No. 8.00 32.00

6 O & M charges of inspection

vehicles

4x5 No. 1.5/yr 30.00

Total 70.00

1.14.2. Fuel Wood Saving Devices

In order to reduce the pressure in the forest particularly for fuel wood exerted by

villagers living near forest areas under the catchment, who are totally dependent upon

the fuel wood for cooking purpose some alternate source of energy, is to be provided.

It is proposed to provide LPG gas connection with cylinder at subsidized cost.

Beneficiary under this component shall be the weaker section of society; families

headed by women and scheduled caste households. The Principle for providing

subsidy and cost sharing by the beneficiaries shall be as follows;

i) For Women Headed Households : 100% subsidy

ii) For Schedule Cast Households : 90% subsidy and 10% cost sharing

Identification of women headed households and Schedule Cast households should

be backed by data available with Panchayat Secretary and with local NGOs. Besides

LPG, the stakeholders in the catchment shall be provided solar pressure cooker and

electricity saving device like LED with each household distributed 8 LED during the

project period. The break-up of cost under different non-conventional and fuel saving

devices is shown in Table 1.24. An amount of Rs. 47.0 lac is earmarked for this

activity under the CAT Plan.

Table 1.24 : The Break-up of Cost under Different Non-conventional and Fuel Saving Devices for Stake-holders

S.

No.

Item Quantity Rate (Rs.) Amount

(Rs. in lac)

1. LPG Gas connection

a. At 100% subsidy 500 3500.00 17.50



b. At 90% subsidy 500 3150.00 15.75

2. Solar cooker @ 50% subsidy 1000 1000.00 10.00

3. LED 1000 x 08 = 8000 no. @ 50%

subsidy

8000 50.00 4.00

Total 47.25

Say Rs. 47.00

1.14.3. Training and Extension Programme

There is a need to keep all members of the existing registered VFDCs and

committees to be constituted in other villages and NGOs involved in programme

implementation so that they can play an active role in implementation of the CAT plan

by associating with the development work in their areas. For this purpose, people

need to be trained in respect of different measures for habitat improvement by

afforestation techniques, nursery development, pasture development, soil

conservation and moisture retention works, horticulture development and agriculture

practices in respect of land under the CAT plan with special thrust to local technique

with the use of indigenous material without deteriorating ecology of the area. The

technique of river-training work needs to be explained properly so that desired results

are achieved. For this purpose, a training programme has to be properly devised and

carried out at range office for which a provision of Rs. 12.00 lac is being made.

1.14.4. Provision for Micro Plans

Based on the ground truth reality in each of the village forest department committee

or society under different sub-watersheds, comprehensive micro plan for execution of

the work has to be prepared as per norms. The micro plan for each beats of sub-

watershed shall be prepared in consultation with the members of concerned VFDCs

with due regards to the environmental functions and productive potential of the forests

and their carrying capacity. For this purpose, a provision of Rs. 15.00 lac is being

made.

1.14.5. Provision for Proper Documentation

Emphasis should be laid on the publicity of the work proposed under the plan and

work carried out on annual basis so that transparency is maintained and proper

documentation of the work is also carried out for future reference, and testing the

efficacy of the work in due course of time. On this count a provision of Rs. 5.00 lac is

proposed. The documentation would inter alia include implementation report,

progress reports, photography, videography etc. Publication of the work done may be

distributed to concerned panchayat and village Forest Development

Committees/Societies for wider dissemination.

1.14.6. Gender Support

By far women folk are more industrious than men in the hills. There is a need to keep

them in center stage in programme implementation so that they can play an active

role in preservation of the ecology as well as the socioeconomic development of the

area. Considering the immense potential and genuine needs for women’s

participation in JFM programme, proper training with respect to work related to NTFP



cultivation, animal husbandry, gardening and farm works etc. shall be imparted for

which a provision of Rs. 10.00 lac is being made.

1.14.7. Provision for Mobilizing User Groups

Based on the ground truth reality in each of the Village Forest Development

Committee or Society falling under the different sub-watersheds, mobilizing the user

groups will be of utmost importance so as to involve them in afforestation and other

agreed activities of the CAT Plan. For this purpose, a provision of Rs. 3.0 lac is being

made.

1.14.8. Funds for Educational Activities related to Medicinal Plant Sector

A provision of Rs. 10.00 lac is earmarked for various conservation and educational

activities related to medicinal plant sector.

1.14.9. Development of Eco-tourism

Trekking routes with camping facilities can help to boost eco-tourism in the area.

Concept of “Homesteads” can be promoted. Such host families who are enterprising

and having reasonable traditional accommodation in the village en-route to good eco-

treks can accommodate tourists on payment basis. Such financial support to rural

people can boost the activity. Involvement of local youths can provide self-

employment services like guides, porters, and making arrangements for boarding and

lodging of eco-tourists. The poor families can earn wages by portering or other small

works. Eco- tourism societies can be formulated under the overall control of the

special purpose vehicle (SPV) arrangement for anchoring the eco-tourism activities.

There exists scope for eco-tourism in the area where tourists can see its wild virgin

and pristine glory and catching the everlasting enthralling moments in their mind while

enjoying and learning the nature. Therefore, a provision of Rs 50.00 lac is made on

this.

1.14.10. Provision for Floristic Survey and Forestry Research

Though a provision has been made in environment monitoring plan for ecosystem

monitoring including environmental studies during construction and post

constructional stages respectively, an additional provision of Rs 10.0 lac is made for

carrying out floristic survey of the area after complete implementation of CAT Plan,

i.e., immediately after the fifth year of maintenance.

1.14.11. Provision for Monitoring and Evaluation

The success of implementation of a CAT Plan can be fathomed by increase in vegetal

cover on hill slopes and the enhancement. Various engineering and biological

measures have been aimed at treating degraded and potential areas of severe to very

severe soil erosion by increasing soil holding capacity and thus reducing sediment

flow in the water. Therefore, for recording soil and silt data at regular intervals one

small laboratory/observatory each shall be established at dam site on the Chenab and

at Gulabgarh, where the regular discharges of the streams and silt samples shall be

monitored twice a day for ten years.



A close watch on annual basis shall be maintained in respect of such areas where

habitat improvement works have been carried out so as to verify the work executed

on site itself and also to ascertain the rate of survival of plants and / or any damage to

the new work. For monitoring of works under forestry operation, the use of remote

sensing technique by using digital satellite imagery of IRS P6 LISS-III with high

resolution (2.5 m x 2.5 m) should be made obligatory. The monitoring through satellite

scene should be done before commencement of works under CAT plan and in a block

of two years after completion of CAT plan. The work of monitoring of various works

under the CAT plan should be entrusted to an external agency which has long

experience of carrying out similar work on land use data and evaluating environment

impact.

A provision of Rs. 147.00 lac is being made for monitoring and evaluation activities

including the expenditure likely to be incurred on conducting meetings / seminar /

workshops at the head quarter and outside. This will include payments made to the

non-official members of the monitoring evaluation committee on accounts of their

expenditure on traveling and boarding etc. The payment to the external agencies shall

also be met out from this part.

1.14.12. Provision for Providing Environmental Services

A provision of Rs. 500.00 lac is being made under this sub-head for carrying out such

works which enhance the environmental status and also reduce the adverse impact

on the environment and ecology. Funds for identified and approved activities for

Payment for Environmental Services have also been provided under this component.

The scheme inter-alia includes construction of contour trenches, incentives for fire

protection on private as well as on government land/forests, provision of funds for live

hedge fence on private land and Payment for Environmental Services as per

approved J & K Forest Department activities and norms.

The silt contribution of private landholding is very significant. The agriculture land is

not developed properly and coupled with faulty agricultural practices, like interrupting

the natural drainage, contributes heavy soil erosion as compared to the other land

use categories like dense forest/ open forest. Therefore, better land management

shall help in reducing the sediment flow besides increasing the land productivity by

way of arresting the loss of soil cover and increased soil moisture content.

Accordingly, funds for the following activities on private lands will be made available:

1. Live hedge fencing of private lands - Payment shall be made as per schedule of rates of labour and works of respective Forest Circle, as applicable on the date of establishment of live hedge fence.

2. Contour trenches in private land – norms to be fixed in consultation with Agriculture Department.

3. Incentives for prevention of forest fires shall be provided village-wise.

Fire management and control plan expenditure for the catchment area will be done

under the PES Component. For success and survival of bio-engineering plantations,

protection against the fire will also be very important. In general protection against



forest fire hazards and incidents following indicative action points are proposed to

manage and control fire in the catchment area;

To prevent and tackle fire incidences awareness campaign against the fire hazards and involvement of local people in controlling and prevention of fire incidences to be ensured.

Identification of sensitive hot-spots on past record and accordingly increased patrolling by deploying of appropriate manpower during fire-season.

Maintenance of fire-lines as per the Working Plan.

Winter control burning to be ensured as per the Working Plan.

Strengthening of communication network to ensure timely and immediate response to tackle fire incidences.

Enforcing fire rules and regulations especially during the fire season.

Need based fire equipment be purchase and to be kept at appropriate places.

Fire watch towers and fire huts to house equipment and manpower during fire season be constructed based on requirement after getting approval from the Conservator of Forests.

For nomadic tribes, who migrate along with sheep and goats across the area,

necessary veterinary assistance by providing medicines and other support to maintain

hygiene and health of the animal stock based on the suggestions of local veterinary

office will be provided at pre-identified sites along with time schedule to be worked out

as per the migration period/ time. The cost of medicines and other assistance based

on realistic assessment and inputs from Veterinary Office/ Department will be charged

to PES.

1.14.13. Provision for Forest Protection

The need for rigorous watch and ward of the forest covered under the catchment area

becomes more imperative in view of proposed new plantation under the CAT plan and

due to increased human activity in the form of labour, who shall be engaged for

forestry works. Thus, fire protection measures including construction and

maintenance of fire lines, construction of check-posts, watch towers have to be

undertaken. Besides these construction / repair of forest boundary pillars shall also be

carried out. The forest staff shall have to be properly equipped with modern utility

gadgets like walky-talky, GPS and fire-fighting equipment’s. For these a provision of

Rs. 50.00 lacs is being earmarked.

1.14.14. Capacity Building

Since the effectiveness of the biological and engineering measures and their proper

implementation will depend on the understanding and preparedness of the forest

staff. It is important that the Forest Department makes efforts to sensitize the staff on

implementation and management of plantation issues, soil conservation, flood

protection works and also provide guidance and encourage them to build requisite

capacities. Capacity building can be achieved through training programmes for which

a provision of Rs. 10.00 lacs has been made in the plan.



1.15. Institutional Mechanism

1.15.1. Role of Project Proponent

The forest department would implement the Catchment Area Treatment Plan. A joint

inspection group is suggested that would include officers drawn from State Forest

Department of J & K. and officials from the Environment Cell of the J&K State Power

Development Corporation. The management will have liaison with the forest officials.

As far as the financial disbursement to undertake activity involvement of various stake

holders and collaborative public participation should be encouraged to have

transparency in the system.

1.15.2. CAT Implementation

The designated Environmental Officer of J&K State Power Development Corporation

would coordinate with the forest department for the implementation of the proposed

Plan. The Environment Officer would evaluate/monitor financial aspects. The

modalities of financial disbursement need to be worked out. The implementing agency

shall submit completion certificate in the light of guidelines fixed by the J & K Forest

Department. The implementation of CAT Plan should have enough flexibility and

should be subject to changes as per requirements of specific ecosystem and periodic

gains. A monitoring committee as per the MoEF guidelines such as Kirthai CAT Plan

Society with its headquarters at Kishtwar may be constituted for the project for

administrative guidance and smooth realization of targets.

1.15.3. Project Monitoring and Reporting Procedures

Meetings would be held every three months to resolve problems arising in plan

implementation. A Joint committee may be formed with the Environment Cell of J&K

State Power Development Corporation and State Forest Department; the team

members must ensure implementation and monitoring of the CAT works and review

the progress from time to time. Quarterly progress reports and completion certificates

would be submitted to J & k State Power Development Corporation for evaluation and

disbursement of finance. In addition, the work done should be published through

public awareness campaigns. Visual and print media may be used to gain maximum

benefit by beneficiaries. Such efforts would resolve conflicts which otherwise are

potential sources for project delays.

1.16. Summary of Cost of Works

The cost of all works proposed in the CAT plan is enumerated in Table 1.25.

Table 1.25 : Cost Estimate of CAT Plan

S. No. Particulars Amount

(Rs. In Lac)

1 Habitat treatment works under free draining catchment

(a) Normal afforestation (3013 ha @ Rs. 36500/- per ha) 1099.7

(b) Enrichment Plantation (1048 ha @ Rs. 14500/- per ha) 152

(c) High density energy plantation (1245 ha @ Rs. 90000/- per ha) 1120.1



(d) Pasture reclamation (622 ha @ Rs. 65000/- per ha) 404.5

(e) Nursery support 80

Sub- total (1) 2856.3

2 Soil and water conservation measures

(a) Bio-engineering measures (622 ha @ 128000/ha) 796.5

(b) DSRM check dam (350 no. @ 24000/ha each) 84.00

(c) Wire crate check dam (265 no. @ 52700/each) 140.45

(d) RR dry stone masonry (1520 RM @ 1870/RM) 42.56

(e) Catch water drain (1700 RM @ 1870/RM) 31.79

(f) Contour staggered trenches (205 ha @ 17000/ha) 34.85

Sub- total (2) 1130.15

3 Private land treatment

(a) Horticulture development (60 ha @ 50000/ha) 30

(b) Private pasture development (20 ha @ 60000/ha) 12

(c) Bench terracing (240 ha @ 15730/ha) 37.74

Sub- total (3) 79.74

4 Implementation of Support Infrastructure Cost 70

5 Fuel wood saving devices 47

6 Training and Extension Programme 12

7 Provision for Micro Plan 15

8 Documentation 5

9 Gender Support 10

10 Mobilizing user groups 3

11 Funds for Educational activities related to medicinal plant sector 10

12 Development of Eco-tourism 50

13 Provision for floristic survey and forestry research 10

14 Provision for Monitoring and Evaluation Activities 142

15 Provision for providing Environmental Services 500

16 Forest Protection 50

17 Capacity building 10

Sub-Total Sr. No. 4 to 17 934

Grand Total 5000.19

Say Rs. 5000



2. COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION SCHEME

2.1. General

The compensatory afforestation scheme would be implemented through Forest

Department of Jammu & Kashmir as per integrated afforestation programme. This

includes activities like soil conservation works, fencing, protection, awareness,

monitoring and evaluation along with maintenance for a period of five years.

In hills, trees and other vegetation cover have an important role in the conservation of

ecosystem. Due to increase in the demand of fuel wood, fodder and grazing, the

pressure in the project area adds to the loss of forests due to project development.

The vacant land devoid of trees exists in the region. It is very essential to create more

resources for fuel wood to check further degradation in the area where most of the

human and livestock population stays. This shall provide vegetal cover to barren

slopes to check soil erosion and cater to the increasing demand of fuel wood and

fodder. The plan envisages afforestation on the following model of plantation scheme.

The plantation of vacant land would be carried out depending on plant species. Soil

binding species are proposed to be planted @ 1500 plants per ha. Similarly, broad –

leaved species meant mainly for their fodder and fuel wood utility shall be planted at

the rate of 1500 plants per ha. Fuel wood species will be planted with fodder species.

As there is great pressure of grazing, it is proposed to raise mixed plantation of fuel

wood and fodder together. Each plantation shall have at least 20-30 % of fodder

species and 40 – 50% fuel wood species including few timber species.

2.1.1. Land requirement of the Project

Overall land requirement of the project is 225.25 ha out of which 142.25 ha is forest

land, 43.00 ha is private land and 40.0 ha is revenue land. The project shall submerge

140.00 ha of land comprising of 70.00 forest land, 33.0 ha revenue land and 37.0 ha

private land. The breakup of land required including submergence area, land in

respect of different project components, colonies and offices, road, muck disposal

area and borrow / quarry area is given in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1 : Land Requirement of Submergence and Project Component

Sr.

No.

Component Area of Land, ha Total, ha

Forest Govt. Private

1 Submergence 70.00 33.00 37.00 140.00

2 Project Components 24.00 - - 24.00

3 Quarry Sites 18.40 - - 18.40

4 Muck Disposal Sites 12.85 - - 12.85

5 Colony area - 4.00 4.00 8.00

6 Batching plant/ store /

steel yard

2.00 3.00 1.00 6.00

7 Road / Access roads 15.00 - 1.00 16.00

Total 142.25 40.00 43.00 225.25



The total forest land requirement of 142.25 ha for the project falls under Kishtwar

Forest Division at Kishtwar. The J&K forest protection act, 1997 provides that in case

of diversion of forest land for non-forestry purposes, compensatory afforestation shall

be carried out, if non-forest land is unavailable, in double area of the degraded forest

land. As such, compensatory afforestation is proposed in lieu of 142.25 ha of forest

land, proposed to be diverted, in double of the degraded forest area i.e. 285 ha to be

carried out through the agency of forest department.

The scheme has been formulated to compensate for the loss of forest due to

construction of project and its appurtenant works, quarry site and aggregate crushing,

dumping areas, approach roads to adits, other amenities and infrastructure facilities.

The compensatory afforestation scheme has to be systematically implemented along

with other soil conservation measures and barbed wire fencing i.e. protection

measures to mitigate biotic interference. The species to be planted would be area

specific; to meet the basic needs of the people with respect to fuel wood, fodder, and

timber with an objective on ecological balance and conservation.

2.1.2. Plant species identified for afforestation

The following plant species (Table 2.2) have been identified based on soil and climate

conditions of the proposed compensatory afforestations areas.

Table 2.2 : List of Plant Species Identified for Afforestation

S. No. Trees Local name

1 Ulmus wallichiana Kashmir Elm

2 Populus nigra Populus

3 Morus alba Mulberry, Shehtoot, tuta

4 Pyrus pashia Indian wild pear

5 Prunus armenica Plumcot, Khubani

6 Pyrus malus Apple, Saib

7 Ailanthus excelsa Ardusi, Peeda

8 Aesculus indica Goo Green, Indian Horse Chestnut

9 Juglans regia Walnut, Akhrot

10 Robinia pseudoacacia Black Locust

11 Salix alba White Willow

12 Xanthoxylum armatum Winged prickly-ash

13 Alnus nitida Champ, Himalayan Alder

14 Celtis australialize Khirak

15 Prinsipia utilis Himalayan Cherry

Besides, the above tree species, the shrub species identified for plantations are;

Cotoneaster bacillaris, Colutea nepalensis, Elaeagnus umbellata, Spiraea canescens

and Rosa webbiana.



2.2. Methodology and Components

The degraded forest land has large portion of barren hill slopes, and is devoid of trees

observed from field studies. Soil working and plantation along contours conserves soil

and enhances moisture regime and adverse effects of surface run – off is reduced

considerably. Pits along contour reduce velocity of water, increase moisture and

seepage of water in soil and reduce loss resulting in better growth of plants. Hence

soil works and plantation shall be strictly followed along the contours.

In afforestation areas for digging pits along the contours, it is necessary to first align

contour lines with the contour template and then pits should be dug along the contour

lines, Generally, 30 x 30 x 45 cm size pits are dug in 60% of the area and 45 m x 45

m x 45 m size in 40% of the area leaving a space of 1.5 m between two consecutive

pits or depending on the species to be planted. Then the soil is collected after

removing pebbles and weeds, the pit is half refilled with soil mixed with humus or

fertilizer. For digging 1500 pits per ha pits are dug 15 cm uphill from the contour. The

spacing of pits along contour trenches should not be closer than 1.5 m.

In afforestation areas working should be started in May and completed by September

in context of cold desert areas otherwise should be started in October and completed

by March. It is important that the filling of trenches should not be left to be done along

with plantation during rains to avoid soil wash. Extreme care should be taken in

transporting plants to avoid any damage. Plantation should be done well in time

during rains and few species that get leafless in winter can be planted during winter

rains. The plants in the pits near contour trenches get more moisture and grow fast.

Raising vegetative barrier of hedges has been found very useful not only for soil and

water conservation but also for fuel wood production.

2.2.1. Seedling Requirements

During the first year of the scheme implementation the seedling are to be obtained

from the existing nurseries of Forest Department and in due course of time some new

nurseries should be developed near the compensatory afforestation areas to meet the

requirement of plant seedlings for compensatory afforestation.

2.2.2. Nursery Development

Nurseries would be developed with 6 to 8 seedbeds each and 6-8 beds for potted

plants. On an average 2.5 ha of land is required for nursery development. Nursery

sapling would be developed for species identified for compensatory afforestation

scheme. The Nursery development works should be started from the first year so that

they can suffice the needs of supply of plant sapling from second year or so. The

Nursery area should be near to the road plantation areas and should have irrigation

facilities. It is also suggested that existing nursery at Gulabgarh under Paddar range

and another Nagsani range of Kisthwar forest department should be taken up for

remodeling under this scheme.

2.2.3. Fencing and Closure



A minimum block plantation in a compact area of 5 ha. or as available would be

undertaken by providing wooden post fencing including watch and ward for assuring

protection from biotic interference.

2.2.4. Beating Up

In case of longer spells of draught, sites with adverse natural conditions, some

mortality of plants is bound to occur requiring beating of dead. Considering the

mortality rate to vary from 30% to 10% after first year plantation to 5th year. Beating

up should be done as actually required. In southern slopes where moisture stress is

more the requirement of replacement may be more.

2.2.5. Delineation of Area for Compensatory Afforestation

The delineation of the area where compensatory afforestation is to be carried out

under the guidelines of the MoEF, is the prerogative of the State Forest Department

and depends upon the availability of the degraded forest land in any part of the state

preferentially in the district where the project is proposed but not necessarily in the

project area. Thus, at this juncture it is not feasible to indicate such area on a map.

However, some degraded forest area in Shirir forest on the left bank of the Chenab

under Atholi Forest Block and area above Sora and Shigilash Forest on the right bank

of the Chenab and Bhut Nala under Machel Forest Block can be brought under the

afforestation plan.

2.3. Cost Estimates for Plantation Per Ha Land

Based on average of 5 ha plot of 250 m x 200 m, per ha cost model for afforestation

of degraded forest land cost of compensatory afforestation per ha has been worked

out in Table-2.3.

Table 2.3 : Per Ha Cost Norm for Model Plantation Works (Under CAT / Compensatory Afforestation Works)

(1500 plants per ha with RCC fence posts)

S.

No.

Particulars of Work Quantity Rate

Amount

for Non-

Tribal Area

A. Fencing Work

1 Survey and demarcation of plantation

area including marking of sections, path

and preparation of map

1 ha 85.10/ha 85.10

2 Preparation / purchase of RCC fence

posts 2m long 60 Nos. 200/No. 12,000.00

3 Carriage of fence post upto 2 m long

over distance 2 kms. 60 Nos. 568.03/Km 681.63

4 Preparation / digging of holes 20-30 cm

dia and 50 cm deep 60 Nos. 755.50/hundred 453.30

5 Fixing of posts including strutting 60 Nos. 580.01/hundred 348.00



S.

No.


Amount

for Non-

Tribal Area

6 Carriage of B/wire over average

distance of 2 km uphill 0.90 qtls 142.00/Qtl/Km 255.61

7 Stretching and fixing of barbed wire with

U-staples in each strand (4 stands) 720 Rmt 3.96/Rmt 2851.20

8 Preparation of inspection path 60 cm

wide 250 Rmt 8.96/Rmt 2240.00

9 Preparation of water retention mounds /

trenches LS - 2000.00

10 Interlacing of thorny bushes in B/wire

obtained from planting site 180 Rmt 3.33/Rmt 599.40

Total Fencing Works Cost 21,514.24

B-Planting

1 Digging of pits 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm

(40% of total) 600 Nos 795.19/hundred 4771.14

2 Digging of pits 30 cm x 30 cm x 30 cm

(60% of total) 900 Nos 397.64/hundred 3578.76

3 Filling of pits 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm 600 Nos 227.26/hundred 1363.56


5 Carriage of naked root plants over

distance 2 Km uphills (BL as well as

conifers)

600 Nos 29.37/hundred/Km 352.44

6 Carriage of plants in P/bags over

distance 2 km up hills 900 Nos

181.64/hundred.K

m 3269.52

7

Planting of entire plants raised in P/bags 900 Nos 181.85/hundred 1636.65

8 Planting of naked root plants 600 Nos 153.31/hundred 918.60

9 Planting of grass tufts / preparation of

strips including sowing in strips 100 m x

30 m x 5 cm for grass sowing along

contour

500 strips 766.75/hundred 3833.75

Total Planting Cost 21,154.99

C-Material

1 Cost of barbed wire 0.9 Qtl 7000 per Qtl 6,300.00

Nursury Cost of Plants

1 Naked root plants 600 Nos 6.0/plant 3,600.00

2 Polythene bags plants 900 Nos 8.0/plant 7,200.00

Total Material Cost 17,100.00

Grand Total (A + B + C) 59,769.23

Or Say 60,000.00

D. Maintenance Cost

1st year maintenance 30% mortality

1 Re-digging of pits 45 cm x 45 cm x 45

cm 180 Nos 397.64/hundred 715.75



S.

No.


Amount

for Non-

Tribal Area


cm 270 Nos 198.82/hundred 536.81



5 Planting of polythene bags plants 270 Nos. 181.85/hundred 491.00


7 Planting of grass tufts / preparation of

strips including sowing in strips 100 m x

30 m x 5 cm for grass sowing

200 Nos 766.75/hundred 1533.50

8 Carriage of polythene bags plants over a

distance of 2 km uphill 270 Nos 181.64/hundred/km 980.86

9 Carriage of naked root plants over a

distance of 2 km uphill 180 Nos 29.37/hundred/km 105.73

10 Nursery cost of plants in polythene bags 270 Nos 8.00/plant 2160.00

11

Nursery cost of naked root plant 180 Nos 6/plant 1080.00

12 Repair of fence 180 Rmt 1.53/Rmt 275.40

13 Repair of inspection path L.S. L. S. 700.00

14

Moisture conservation works L.S. L.S. 1000.00

Total Maintenance Cost 10693.19

Or Say 10,700.00

2nd year maintenance 20% mortality


cm 120 Nos 397.64/hundred 477.17


cm 180 Nos 198.82/hundred 357.84



5 Planting of polythene bags plants 192 Nos 181.85/hundred 349.15



distance of 2 km up hills 192 Nos 181.64/hundred 697.50


distance of 2 km up hills 108 Nos 29.37/hundred/km 63.44

9

Nursery cost of plants in polythene bags 192 Nos 8/plant 1536.00

10 Nursery cost of naked root plant 108 Nos 6.00/plant 648.00


12 Repair of inspection path L. S. 500.00

13

Moisture conservation works L. S. L. S. 800.00

Total 2nd Year Maintenance Cost 6428.85

Or Say 6400.00

3rd Year maintenance 10% mortality



S.

No.


Amount

for Non-

Tribal Area

1

Redigging of pits 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm 60 No. 397.64/hundred 238.58

2

Redigging of pits 30 cm x 30 cm x 30 cm 90 No. 198.82/hundred 178.38

3 Filling of pits 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm 60 Nos. 227.26/hundred 136.36

4 Filling of pits 30 cm x 30 cm x 30 cm 90 No. 158.93/hundred 143.04

5 Planting of polythene bags plants 90 No. 181.85/hundred 163.67

6 Planting of naked root plants 60 No. 153.31/hundred 91.99


distance of 2 km up hills 90 No.

181.64/hundred/K

m 326.95


distance of 2 km up hills 60 No. 29.37/hundred/Km 35.24

9

Nursery cost of plants in polythene bag 90 No. 8/plant 720.00

10 Nursery cost of naked root plant 60 Nos. 6/plant 360.00


12 Repair of inspection path L. S. - 400.00

13 Moisture conservation works L. S. 800.00

Total 3rd Year Maintenance Cost 3900.21

Or Say 3900.00

4th Year maintenance 10% mortality


cm 60 Nos. 397.64/hundred 238.58


cm 90 Nos 198.82/hundred 178.38




6 Planting of naked root plants 60 Nos. 153.31 /hundred 91.99


distance of 2 km up hills 90 Nos 181.64/hundred/km 326.95


distance of 2 km up hills 60 Nos. 29.37/hundred/km 35.24

9

Nursery cost of plant in polythene bag 90 Nos 8/plant 720.00




13

Moisture conservation works L. S. 700.00

Total 4th Year Maintenance Cost 3700.21

Or Say 3700.00

5th Year maintenance 10% mortality

1

Redigging of pits 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm 60 Nos. 397.64/hundred 238.58



S.

No.


Amount

for Non-

Tribal Area

2

Redigging of pits 30 cm x 30 cm x 30 cm 90 Nos 198.82/hundred 178.38




6 Planting of naked root plants 60 Nos. 153.31/hundred 91.99


distance of 2 km up hills 90 Nos 181.64/hundred 326.95


distance of 2 km up hills 60 Nos. 29.37/hundred 35.24

9

Nursery cost of plants in polythene bag 90 Nos 8/plant 720.00




13 Repair of soil and moisture conservation

works L. S. 500.00

Total 5th Year Maintenance Cost 3500.21

Or Say 3500.00

Abstract

Amount (in

Rs.)

New plantation cost 60,000.00

I year maintenance cost 10,700.00

II-year maintenance cost 6400.00

III-year maintenance cost 3900.00

IV-year maintenance cost 3700.00

V-year maintenance cost 3500.00


2.4. Payment of Net Present Value Of Land Transferred

In the wake of MoEF&CC New Delhi Circular F. No. 5-1 / 98-FC (Pt-II), dated 17/18

September,2003, in pursuant to the order issued by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of

India, the State Government shall have to charge from the user agency the Net

Present Value (NPV) of land to be converted for non-forestry purposes under the

Forest (Conservation) Act, 1997, depending upon the quantity / density and type of

species, within the range specified there in. In the present context, the value of NPV

of the forest land in question at Rs. 8.97 lac/ha (0.4 – 0.6 canopy density) has been

assessed as Rs. 1276.00 lacs.

2.5. Cost Estimate of Compensatory Afforestation Works

Based on per ha cost of Rs. 88,200.00 per ha for compensatory afforestation works

with maintenance cost for 5 years for an area of 285 ha proposed under the scheme



the cost works out to be Rs 251.37 lacs. Besides this the executing agency shall also

require infrastructure support incidental to the execution of works and upkeep of the

record etc. The project proponent shall also pay compensation for enumerated

standing trees in the forest land to be diverted. The overall cost including NPV of

forest land proposed to be diverted has been assessed as 1800.00 lacs as shown in

Table 2.4.

Table 2.4 : Total Cost of Scheme

Sl.

No.

Particulars Quantity Rate Amount

(Lakh)

1. Total area for compensatory afforestation 285 88,200/ha 251.37

2. Implementation of Support Infrastructure

Cost.

0

(a) Purchase of PC Complete with

accessories and laser printer.

4 50000/No. 2.00

(b) Purchase of Xerox machines. 4 1, 00000/No. 4.00

(c) Purchase of Fax machine. 4 15,000/No 0.60

(d) Purchase of Vehicle 3 10,00,000/No 30.00

(e) O & M of Vehicle for 7 years @ Rs 1.00 lac

per year per vehicle

3 x 7 1,00,000/Yr. 21.00

(f) Cost of Forest land (NPV) 142.25 8.97/ha 1276.00

3 Compensation for trees @ twice the

standard rate in current schedule

1 Job L.S. 130.00

4 Cost of transportation of saplings L.S. 1.00

5 Extraction and carriage of firewood to be

extracted from the enumerated trees

L.S. 24.00

6 Extraction of standing volume to be

extracted from the enumerated trees

L.S. 50.00

7 Miscellaneous expenses and cost

escalation for timber and firewood

extraction

L.S. 10.00

Grand Total 1799.97

Say (Rs.) 1800.00



3. WILDLIFE AND BIODIVERSITY MANAGEMENT PLAN

3.1. Objective

This plan envisages the conservation of biodiversity and sustenance of mountain livelihood

as long term goals. A plan for conserving the biodiversity of the area, ecological

rehabilitation of the tract by pasture development and enrichment, afforestation and land

stabilization measures, improving water regime, control of illicit poaching are some of the

steps to protect and conserve the biodiversity of the area.

Eco-development of the area in addition of aforementioned factors will include sustaining

mountain livelihoods, community development, eco-tourism promotion and protection of

cultural values. To achieve these goals, the objectives of the plan are as under:

i. To improve the habitat and protect the species found in the sanctuary.

ii. To support mammalian fauna including a number of rare and endangered species

found in Kishtwar National Park, J & K.

iii. Carrying out soil stabilization works in erosion prone areas by constructing bio-

engineering/engineering structures to consume and reduce soil erosion.

iv. Promotion of LPG and non-conventional energy to resources so as to reduce pressure

on natural resources.

v. To support livelihood enhancing components so as to reduce the dependence of the

local population on natural resources.

vi. To undertake rural infrastructure and community development works in the area so as to

get their involvement in biodiversity conservation.

vii. To promote eco-tourism and generate awareness regarding environmental values

among local masses especially school children.

viii. To build capacity and impart professional training to the sanctuary staff.

ix. To establish research and monitoring mechanism for effective implementation and

achievement of plan components

The priority will be to conserve and protect the biodiversity of the sanctuary. The eco-

development to promote and sustain the livelihood support systems, promotion of eco-

tourism and creating environmental awareness will be the other key areas requiring varied

management efforts to achieve the long-term goal. In order to achieve the above objectives,

activities under following components based on the objectives outlined above are required

to be implemented.



3.2. Kishtwar National Park

Kishtwar National Park lies about 40 km. north-east of Kishtwar town. It is bounded to the

north by the Rinnay River, south by Kibar Nala catchment, east by main divide of great

Himalayas and to the west by Marwa River. The national park encompasses the catchment

of the Kiar, Nanth and Kibar nalas, all of which drain south-west into Marwa River which

joins the Chenab just about Kishtwar town. Based on revised classification of Champion and

Seth (1968), some thirteen vegetation types are represented.

3.3. Wildlife Management and Conservation

Himalayas representing very fragile ecosystems inhabits unique faunal and floral species.

The key stone species sustaining the critical natural food web require appropriate

management strategy and effective implementation of the plan. The tough rugged

mountains with harsh climatic conditions and less working season during the year, makes

the natural resource management more challenging. The management inputs have to be

appropriate so as to allow nature to function within natural parameters. The preference of

key stone species of the catchment area has to be analyzed for habitat manipulation and

management intervention. The following activities are proposed for the management and

conservation of biodiversity of the free draining catchment:

3.3.1. Habitat Improvement:

Pasture improvement and afforestation; Improvement of alpine pastures and planting of

indigenous useful species will be undertaken. Rotational grazing in alpine pastures and

stocking by genetically superior and improved varieties of grass involving stakeholders will

decrease overgrazing and pasture degradation. Alpine grass species like, Poa alpina, P.

versicolor, Chrysopogon echinulatum, Bothrochoea, Agrostis gigantea, Bromus gracillimus,

B. inermis and legumes such as Melilotus alba and Medicago falcata will be taken up for

pasture improvement. Weed control will also be factored in while carrying out pasture

improvement activities. As the area is mostly situated in alpine pasture zone, planting of

useful species i.e. Populus ciliata, Fraxinus xanthoxyloides, Pinus gerardiana, etc. will be

restricted to the lower end along moist portions.

Creation of water resources: Construction of water ponds and check- dams at

appropriate places will help in augmentation of the water regime. Diversion of water to

northern facing slopes and thereby

Soil conservation measures: Himalayas are prone to landslides due to precipitous terrain

and shallow soil depth. Construction of Bio-engineering/ engineering structures to arrest the

soil erosion and land degradation will help in stabilization of the strata. Soil conservation

along steep slopes improves water regime, which is conducive to support vegetation and

thereafter get stabilized.

Strengthening the protection mechanism: Wild populations are to be protected against

poaching for which support in the form of equipment and training will be required. Wildlife

health initiation by inoculating local cattle to minimize the spread of diseases to the wild

population required support.



Soil Stabilization and Bio- engineering works; To arrest soil erosion for improvement of

moisture regime and productivity, construction of bio-engineering /engineering structures on

private land has to be carried out. Check-dams, spurs (preferably vegetative) and check

walls at appropriate places as per requirement will be constructed.

Promotion of Non-Conventional Energy Sources: Energy saving devices like improved

Chullahs/ Solar Cookers, Crematoriums, Solar Lanterns/ Lights, LPG, Gobar Gas Plants,

etc. will be introduced in the villages located within and outside the protected area to reduce

the requirement of fuel-wood and minimise over dependency of villagers on wood. The

activities will be demand driven and location specific.

Support to sustainable mountain livelihoods Himalayas are also referred to as Living Mountain due to high population concentration as

compared to other mountainous regions of the world. However, as the altitude rise and we

approach high Himalayan Ranges the density of population decreases whereas the

dependency on natural resources of the people increases. In this plan following issues will

help in sustaining the livelihoods of the local population.

Livestock and Fodder Improvement: The aim is to improve productive potential through

improvement of fodder, management practices and genetic upgrading of the livestock. It

will also contribute towards restoration of health, vigour and purity of the production

environment. As targeted support to nomadic groups, this subcomponent will include

implementation of Development Plans which are aimed at better flock management,

improved animal health care and promotion of income generating activities for the migratory

glazier’s. Special emphasis will be given on reducing man – animal conflict in the area and

due compensation will be paid to the farmers for loss of human and cattle life and

agriculture produce done by wild animals after identifying mutually agreeable criteria.

Livestock health will be improved by completing existing practices with additional support in

terms of medicines, de-worming, vaccination, veterinary, aid-kits and organizing veterinary

health camps on a regular basis making use of the existing veterinary facilities. Support will

also be provided for activities like nutritive food for rearing young calves by complementing

the existing system in place. Based on the need, support will be provided in terms of

facilities for artificial insemination as well as natural breeding by strengthening the existing

veterinary services already available in the area.

Fodder Production and Community Woodlots: Agro-forestry, silvi-pasture and alpine

pasture development in the degraded land will be encouraged. Mini-Kits will be provided to

facilitate quality fodder and fuel-wood production. Improved planting material of grass and

other local potential fodder crops will be encouraged on the field boundaries. Community

woodlots through panchayats will be created and managed on PFM principles on

community / forest lands. Existing community management practices in the region will be

supported in the natural resource management sector. Innovation in existing forestry and

wildlife management practices will be adopted and promoted. Fodder will be the main focus

in all forestry based plantations to attract the community participation. Stall feeding will be



encouraged by providing one-time subsidy/ support for (a) renovation of cattle shed (b)

construction of livestock sheds, only for the poorest of the poor and (c) chaff cutters.

Conservation and value addition of fodder will be encouraged through encouraging

practices of hay and silage making and quality will be improved by demonstrating and

encouraging Urea-Molasses treatment of crop residues.

Water Harvesting Structures: Depending on the local potential and suitable terrain, water

resources will be developed for livelihood enhancement in the surrounding of free draining

catchment. Depending on the physiographic and local conditions, the component will

include following indicative activities:

Developing new and improving existing water resources;

Construction of village ponds, tanks, check-dams;

Support and encouragement for roof water harvesting and irrigation;

Efficient use of water by improving conveyance systems, channels and kuhls, sprinkler

and drip irrigation.

The issue of developing new and improving existing water resources gain special

significance in cold areas to promote vegetation to produce soil. The catchment is to be

rehabilitated for recharging the natural water delivery mechanism. Efforts to conserve water

have to be taken well in time as there is no conceivable substitute for such natural services.

Agriculture and Allied Sector: Agriculture and allied activities are the main stay of the

mountain communities’ livelihoods. Strategic investments will be made to create on-farm

based livelihood opportunities and income generation through improved agriculture,

horticulture, forestry, poultry, bee-keeping, livestock and other farm based activities. Based

on local potential and demand, high value crops, aromatic and medicinal plants and

horticulture will be introduced and provision for its grading, processing, storage, branding,

packaging and marketing will be facilitated by the project and will co-finance private sector

entrepreneurs/NGOs (on a one-time subsidy basis). Activities that will be carried out under

this sub-component can be categorized into two focus area; (i) farming systems

development and extension support, and (ii) value addition and marketing.

Support to Farming System and Extension Support: Investments will be made to

enhance farm input services and extension, which includes appropriate technologies

generation and dissemination, provision for improved quality of seeds, integrated pest

management, vermin-composting, soil testing and support for introduction of high value

crops on market demand, medicinal and aromatic crops especially in locations where water

resources are created for supplemental irrigation. Finances from the project will be directed

towards introduction or further development of decentralized, collaborative technology

generation and dissemination activities in villages inside the sanctuary. The mobilization

will ensure greater farmer involvement in planning and implementation of extension and

adaptive programs. The implementation of this sub-component will tactically depend on the

nature of collaboration between the project and other line departments responsible for

agriculture and allied sectors; and public-private partnership with private sector and NGO



service providers. Introduction of innovative agricultural, livestock and poultry production

systems would be actively promoted.

Demonstration, field days, exposure visits, mass-media, development of local resource

persons and master trainers and wherever feasible information technology will be used as

extension tools. The precise nature of demonstrations, training programme and other

interventions will be detailed out in the project implementation plan. Substantial capacity

building and training of extension staff of line departments and farmers would be undertaken

to employer producers and link them with multi sources of information and markets.

Value Addition and Farming: Value addition and marketing is critical for ensuring

sustainable economic growth in the mountains. Providing private entrepreneurs with an

enabling environment, efforts will have made to create a congenial environment for

promoting private entities. Finances (on a one-time subsidy basis) will be made available to

assist potential entrepreneurs to establish sustainable backward linkages with producers

and producer groups, identify business opportunities, identify domestic and export markets

through market surveys, trade fairs, etc. prepare marketing and business plans, and also

access investment funds from GOI sponsored schemes and commercial banks. Basically,

the value-addition element will cover investment on product diversification, processing,

grading storage, packaging, branding, credit linkages and marketing.

3.4. Rural Infrastructure and Community Development

Infrastructure development; This sub-component covers construction of footpaths and

small bridges to improve the accessibility to market and other public institutions for small

and isolated habitations where conventional road construction is not feasible either due to

topographical or economic considerations. It will also contribute towards improvement in

the availability of potable water and rural health and sanitation. Public Health Centers and

Aganwadis will be strengthened.

The project will prepare plans showing paths, footbridges, and culverts required and

indicating how these provide access to each habitation to nearby roads or market centers.

These plans would be prepared in such a way that they complement the existing master

plans for rural roads prepared under the Prime Minister Gram Sadak Yojna (PMGSY). The

traditional bridle paths, existing in many areas, will also be included in the plans. These

plans will be finalized in consultation with the Panchayats and local communities. The

component will also include construction of ropeways in identified areas to transport

agriculture produce or other goods from the area of production to nearby roads (for onward

transport to the marketing centers).

Several of the roads in the project area require slope treatment and other improvements to

check soil erosion and environmental degradation. Soil conservation activities on the rural

infrastructure should be undertaken so that the main dam, roads as well as environment

could be saved from further degradation. Use of appropriate plantation and drainage

improvement would be promoted for this purpose. Ridge to valley approach will be adopted

for catchment treatment.



Community development; Local institutions like, Panchayats, Self Help Groups, Yuvak

and Mahila Mandals will be strengthened. Exposure and study tours of local groups to

places and institutions, which demonstrate innovative ideas/ models to improve their living

standards, will be planned. This will widen their knowledge and enhance their understanding

of natural resources resulting in developing site specific solutions to sustain mountain

livelihood and retain cultural heritage.

3.5. Eco-Tourism and Environmental Awareness

Eco-tourism; Himalayas are well known for trekking and mountain expeditions. Sighting of

wildlife species i.e. as Blue-Sheep and Ibex along well defined trails inside the sanctuary

can boost the tourism in the area. Local youths can get employment by acting as local

Guides. Organizing trekking expeditions is another field having good adventure tourism

potential. Local youth will be imparted training in this field in places which are well-

developed having expertise in similar areas, like Leh (Jammu & Kashmir).

Environment Awareness Centre: Environmental Awareness Centre is proposed to be

established at appropriate place, preferably at district Headquarters, which is not far off from

the sanctuary, for general environmental awareness. With children as target group, centre

will act as knowledge center about environmental values. This will inculcate the sense of

belongingness among them helping in environmental protection and understanding the

biodiversity richness of the Himalayas. The centre will also develop publicity material;

organize environmental awareness meetings and workshops.

3.6. Capacity Building and Skill-Up Gradation

For quality management inputs, the capacity of the field staff deployed will be enhanced

with appropriate training inputs in relevant fields at regular intervals.

Exposure visits and on field study tours to the well managed protected areas like Kishtwar

National Park, High Altitude Hemis National Park in Ladakh and high altitude well managed

sanctuaries will be organized. Besides training in wildlife management field staff will also be

sent to human and social development management courses.

3.7. Research and Monitoring

As is well known that Himalayan biodiversity is not well studied at present. Research

parameters are to be prioritized to study the habitat preferences of the species found in the

sanctuary and accordingly devise and apply the management practices in the sanctuary.

Research and monitoring is an important part of natural resource management. It has

become more significant today as more species are being added to the endangered list. A

mechanism to monitor and evaluate the objectives proposed under the plan will be

established in the beginning for effective implementation. Monitoring wildlife population

trends, non-timber forest produce shall be taken up on priority. Research will also be

required to uplift the socioeconomic condition of the local population for harmony between

man and nature. An Implementation and monitoring committee is proposed to be constituted

for implementation, monitoring and evaluation of the project components under the

chairmanship of the divisional Forest Officer, wildlife Division Kishtwar. The committee shall



have local Panchayat Pradhan, two reputed NGOs, representatives of Mahila Mandals and

Youth clubs as members. The committee will meet once in each quarter in the sanctuary

area.

FINANCIAL ALLOCATION

The comprehensive biodiversity management plan requires a detailed biological diversity

assessment in the project area and in the downstream. The financial allocation is based on

the identified components under the plan. However, an amount of Rs. 110 lac has been

proposed, the break-up of which is shown in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1 : Financial Abstract for Activities under the plan

Sr. No.

Item Amount (Rs. Lac)

1 Awareness program for protection of Wildlife 15.00

2 Wildlife survey & research

a) Survey of wildlife & wildlife habitats 13.00

b) Survey for sensitive / unique wildlife habitats area

in the project

3.00

3 Development of habitat improvement measures in the degraded areas of the impact area d/s of barrage

a) Normal Plantation 8.00

b) Enrichment Plantation 30.00

c) Infrastructure/Vehicle support & rescue operation facility to watch the wildlife*

12.00

d) Construction of Watch Towers & drinking water ponds for wildlife

10.00

4 Linking community development with Wild Life conservation a) Providing pressure cooker / Gas connection / solar cooker/ Lantern /Water heating devices (Hammam) to 15 household for IRDP and assess their response and acceptance

5.00

b) The micro credit schemes in the area may be effective tool e.g. organic farming, education of girl child. Training to school teachers, use of LPG in place of fuel wood, Vermicompost etc.

4.00

c) Support to SHG,s to increase their income level. There may be a need for capacity building of staff and community for this purpose

5.00

d) Vaccination and Medical facilities to domestic cattle 5.00

Total 110.00



4. FISHERIES MANAGEMENT PLAN

4.1. Introduction

The construction of a dam on a river blocks or delay in the upstream fish migration

and contribute to the decline or even the extinction of species that depend on

longitudinal movements along the stream. Fish populations are highly dependent

upon the characteristics of their aquatic habitat, which supports all their biological

functions. Considering the migration of potamodromous fishes- whose entire life

cycle is completed within the inland waters requires different environments for

reproduction (Northcote, 1998). Possible fish passage/fish ladder/fish bypass to

provide migratory passage have been assessed to evolve effective conservation

strategies for sustainable management of aquatic biodiversity. However, these

passages have been found more effective in low head barrage/dam but for high

dams passage are not found viable due to immediate loss of habitats. In case of high

dams the development of fish lift has been tried in some instances. The Operation of

fish lift is not techno-economically feasible considering the low density of migratory

fishes at the project site.

In case of high dams, when there is numerous variability in terms of physical

environment as drastic changes to the habitat upstream or downstream due to

changes in water flow and water quality, and poorly-known fish species behavior,

their swimming abilities, migratory patter, population size and predation etc. are

limiting the significance of fish ways / passage. The other best option which has been

visualized for the present proposed project is captive culture through artificial

propagation of endemic and exotic snow trouts and restoration of remaining free flow

regime Bhut nalla which confluences with Chenab about 16 km u/s of the proposed

dam of Kirthai-II HEP.

The endemic fish snow trout-Schizothorax sp is under threat as blockage of

migratory routes due to cascade development of hydroelectric power projects such

as Salal, Swalikot, Baghliar and Dul-Hasti Hydroelectric projects. That clearly shows

the impact of blockage of river in downstream area as snow trout fish was earlier

present in the region supported by the secondary data. These projects have

impacted on aquatic ecology and fishery of river Chenab in the available free flow

water regime as no provision made for fish migration from downstream to upstream.

4.2. River Chenab Morphology and Habitat Structures

The river Chenab has torrent water flow (3-4 m sec-1) with frequent rapids and

cascade habitats, and few ever pools and runs in some places (Photo). The river

banks showed pocket pools, riffles and shallow water sites which are restricted to

bank sides. The substratum of river is dominated with small to large boulders and

rocks impregnated with fine sand. Cobbles and gravels were observed in lesser

amount. The side banks and flood prone area were predominated with large

boulders impregnated in sand and stable rock hill slopes with sparse vegetation. The

river banks and hill slopes showed sparse and thin vegetation in patches which is



dominated with trees as Cedrous sp. & Alanus spp. mainly followed by few ever

herbs and shrubs.

The morphology of the streams is different due to first order and receives glacial /

snowmelt water. Streams showed very high gradient or slope >10%, with large

boulders and rocky substratum. Cascades and falls form dominant habitat, leading to

formation of scour and step pools. The stream bed and banks are predominated with

rocks and boulder some places impregnated in sand.

The side hills of the project site experiences heavy snow fall during every winter. The

temperature, flow rate and volume of water decreases during winter. The river

discharge increases during April to September due to melting of snow. However, the

area has lesser rainfall or located in rain shadow zone with wet temperate climate.

The temperature of the river was observed during study period was ranged between

4.50C to 6.50 C, clearly indicating cold water flowing zone which supports the trout

fishery though distribution of endemic fishery is not significant in this region. The

presence of trout in river Chandra and Bhaga in uplands of Lahul & Spiti area is due

to its introduction by the Fisheries Department of state of Himachal Pradesh.

However no endemic and exotic trout was found present during study period in the

influential area of the proposed project. The rainbow trout is reared and cultured at

Mugal Maidan state trout hatchery near Chitoor, district Doda is being introduced

upstream and downstream area of Dul-Hasti project.

4.2.1. Anticipated Impact

The natural processes of fish congregation for breeding, development of fries and

fingerlings and the migration of the fishes would be completely affected due to the

construction of the dam (121 m high from river bed level). Almost all fish species will

find a barrier for their upstream migration with the construction of dam and river

resulting in massive failure of recruitment of the stock above the dam. With the

construction of proposed Kiru HEP Downstream the d/s migration will also be

hampered for migratory fish species, which will affect their spawning and feeding.

The only redeemable feature is the existence of free flowing Bhut Nalla which

confluences with Chenab about 16km u/s of the proposed dam of Kirthai-II HEP. For

migratory fishes, Bhut Nalla (Figure 4.1) shall provide a good flow regime for trout

propagation and declared as trout stream for future conservation and restoration.

Figure 4.1 : Bhut Nalla near Village Matti and confluence with the Chenab river

Chenab

Bhut Nala

Bhut Nala



4.2.2. Minimum Environmental Flow Requirement

The minimum stipulated flow for leanest month (December - March), which includes

the breeding period/spawning movement (December and March), has been worked

out on the basis of 20% of average flow in four consecutive leanest months i.e. from

December to March in 90% dependable year which is year 2000-01 for diversion

site. The computation of minimum flow requirement works out to 7.81 cumec, against

this minimum requirement, ecological flow release of 11.0 cumec through auxiliary

power house. During non-leanest and non-monsoon months of October, November,

April and May, which includes the breeding period/spawning movement (November -

March - April) has been worked out as 24.71 cumec and shall be partly made

through the auxiliary power house and TRT. During monsoon months (June-

September), has been worked out on the basis of 30% of the 10-daily flow of the

concerned period and shall be made available through the spillway.

4.2.3. Conservation

Development of fish ladder is not feasible in Kirthai-II HEP due to technical

constrains (Height of the dam). The alternative ways are development of fish lift and

development of fish hatchery. The former is not techno-economically feasible

considering the low density of migratory fishes and the best alternative is

development of a hatchery at the project site. Artificial hatching of fingerlings and

continuous restocking in the river and the reservoir is the best possible option to

sustain riverine fishery.

4.3. Fish Hatchery Development

Considering the importance of cold water fisheries, there is need to conserve the

Chenab River within the project area upstream and downstream to convert into a

trout stream through development of Trout Rearing Unit.

To breed and culture riverine fishes in controlled conditions, a fish hatchery is

proposed by the State Fishery Department. The Directorate of Fisheries,

Government of J&K, would manage the development of fish hatchery. Initially the

project authorities would provide the funds for the establishment and maintenance of

fish seed farm. Thereafter, it is assumed that the established facility would be taken

over by the Directorate of Fisheries, Government of J&K. It is assumed that the

project would be taken over by the Directorate of Fisheries, Government of J&K and

run interpedently.



Figure 4.2 : Honser Stream near Kejai village

To maintain the fish biomass of water body by way of augmentation with fish seed

production of viable and commercially important species of fish, the development of

multidimensional fish farming project has been proposed where in the commercially

important species of fish existing in the area like Schizothorax, Mahseers and Carps

can be produced and reared for augmentation of the affected main river and its

tributaries/hill torrents by way of:

Rehabilitation of important fish fauna and affected species of fish especially

Schizothorax, Mahseer and Trout, the existing species of the river.

To raise the fish seed in the farm for stocking in natural water bodies affected to

compensate the possible loss caused by construction of various concrete

structures.

Establishment of fish farm where economically important species of fish are likely

to be reared, produced under the supervision of Fisheries experts.

To boost the fish farming in the private sector and to compensate the loss

occurring to the people dislodged and people who are involved in the fishery

trade because of construction of power projects.

To generate employment for the affected people as well other inhabitants of the

area by keeping seed of variety of fish available in the farm to help and

encourage them to earn their livelihood by taking fish farming as profession

(either part time or full time).



To keep quality fish available.

A project has been designed with the cooperation of J&K State Fisheries Department

which inter-alia encompasses the following components:

Land Acquisition: For establishing of the Hatchery unit about 10 Kanals (0.5 ha)

land has been identified in Kijai Village near the left bank of Honsar Nala.

Water Intake Channel: In order to cater to regular discharge to all raceways /

ponds, the water shall be taped from a perineal stream (Honsar Nalla) through

inlet channel of 18-inch internal diameter MS pipes to rapid filtration plant.

Thereafter supply shall be continued through cement concrete surface channel.

Desilting Chamber /Rapid Filtration Plant: The silt load of the inflowing

discharge can cause mortality by way of choking the gills of the fishes. Therefore,

construction of rapid filtration plant with walls and floor of either concrete or stone

masonry shall be undertaken.

American Type Raceways: Ten pairs of American type raceways (66 ft X 15 ft

X 4.5 ft) shall be constructed for rearing of the trout fingerlings. The walls and

floor of the raceways shall be constructed with M-20 grade reinforced cement

concrete (RCC). The raceway shall be provided with inlet and outlet channel.

Open Raceways: In order to rear the fish seed in bulk, so as to cater the

demand and to raise the brood stock efficiently, construction of four open

raceways is conceived. The walls and floor of the raceways shall be constructed

with M-20 grade reinforced cement concrete (RCC). The raceway shall be

provided with inlet and outlet channel.

Feed Store: In order to provide sufficient quantity of quality fish, feed to fishes

being reared, abundant quantity of feed needs to be stored within the pump

premises. For this a single storey hall type building with rolling shutter is

proposed.

Hatchery Unit: it is proposed to construct a hatchery unit within the farm

premises to produce quality fish seed / fingerlings. The hatchery shall have

separated breeding as well as preliminary nursery chamber with efficient

chamber of water supply.

Farm House and Guard Huts: For day to day administration, monitoring and

running of the fish farm an office complex with two rooms, one store and one

bathroom is proposed. To ensure efficient vision around the clock, guard house

(Single Storey Hut) having three rooms, one store / kitchen and one bathroom

will be constructed.

Laboratory Block: It is proposed to construct a laboratory block equipped with

modern equipments and material for monitoring important physico-chemical

parameters vital for efficient growth of fish.

Fish Landing: For development of the proposed reservoir fisheries a fish land

centre shall be required to be developed. Provision of clean and sanitary building



with ancillary facilities like portable water, ice, fly proofing arrangement and chill

storage at fishing harbours is an essential requirement to maintain quality and

safety requirement for the landed fish.

Motorboats: For control and management of reservoir fisheries, the requirement

of one motor boat for patrolling and other for rescue operation is essential.

Farm equipment/ Fishing Net / Life Saving Jacket: For execution of different

activities, different types of farm equipment nets like fishing net / shade net, dam

boards, screen trucks, trays and other accessories are required.

To ensure high productivity of fish from the initial stage of filing, obtaining a sustainable

yield of fish from the reservoir, to avoid wasting of fishery resources and also for

conserving the fish stocks, various rules and regulations under the Fisheries Act of the

J&K State are to be followed. The following recommendations are made for the

reservoir fisheries development.

I. Stringent measures are to be adopted on the size of the mesh of the fishing net

to be used and the fish to be caught to prevent the indiscriminate fishing in the

river. Fishing shall be done as per the norms of the Directorate of Fisheries,

Government of J&K.

II. Fishing should be prohibited during the breeding as well as stocking seasons.

III. In order to obtain the huge stocks of the fries of desirable fish, fishing should be

banned two years prior to filling and during the first year of reservoir formation.

IV. In order to ensure optimum fish diversity and density in the area of reservoir, it

is suggested that various tributaries of river Chenab viz. Kabban Nallah, Khoral

Nallah, Dudheri Nallah, Bhut Nallah, Honsar Nallah, Aphani Nallah, Lidder

nallah, Kulheg nallah, Kidur nallah, Kijai nallah etc. in the area should be

managed to ensure fish migration from river Chenab to these tributaries for

breeding and feeding and back to the main river.

V. Stocking of Tor tor and Tor putitora in the reservoir: Main reservoir can be

stocked with various species of Mahseer, which can migrate in the streams for

breeding and feeding. Even larvae and adult of Schizothoracinae from other

places can be introduced in the reservoir and various tributaries joining the

reservoir and upstream of river at various places.

VI. Hatchery should be used only to breed and culture various riverine fishes of

Schizothorax, Schizothorichthyes, Garra and Tor species.

VII. Exotic species like Cyprinus carpio and Hypophthalunichthyes molitrix should

not be introduced at any stage as these have harmful effects on local fishes.

4.4. Cost Estimate for Hatchery Development

The Joint Director Fisheries Projects, Narwal, Jammu Division vide letter no.

JDF/P/2015/-16/990-93 dated 31-10-2015, has formulated a plan for development of

fisheries in the reservoir of Kirthai-I HEP, with an outlay of Rs. 720 lakh, as detailed in

Table 4.1.



Table 4.1 : Abstract of Cost for Development of Trout Hatchery

S.

No.

Particular Quantity Units Rate

(Rs.

Lakh)

Total

Amount

(Rs. Lakh)

1 Acquisition of land and its development 10 Kanals 5.00 50.00

2 Construction of American type of Raceways 15 No. 10 150

3 Construction of Open Raceways 10 No. 4.00 40.00

4 Construction of Ponds 4 No. 12.00 48.00

5 Construction of Farm House 01 No. 40.00 40.00

6 Construction of Watch Hut 2 No. 30.00 60.00

7 Construction of Water Intake Channel 1 No. L.S. 30.00

8 Construction of Desilting Chamber / Rapid

Filtration Plant

1 No. L.S. 60.00

9 Construction of Feed Store 1 No. LS 10.00

10 Construction of Laboratory and Cost of Equipment 1 Job LS 40.00

11 Construction of Hatchery House and Provision of

equipments

1 Job LS 70.00

12 Purchase of Vehicles for transportation of seed

alongwith requisite gadgets.

1 Job LS 20.00

13 Development of fish landing center 5 No. 2.00 10.00

14 Motorboat with accessories for patrolling and one

rescue boat including allied taxes

2 No. 20.00 40.00

15 Farm Equipments/Fishing nets / Life Saving

Jackets etc.

1 Job LS 15.00

16 Development of Internal path and arboriculture 1 Job LS 40.00

17 Survey/Research and investigation including

eqipments/training /Awareness/Orientation etc.

1 Job LS 10.00

18 Extension Activities including purchase and

transportation of Fish Seed/Feed

1 Job LS 20.00

19 Administration Charges/Exigencies Office

Expenses/TA/POL/contingencies/consultancy/need

base expenses/cost of feed/chemicals and other

Misc charges.

1 Job LS 15.00

20 Fish Sale Outlet 1 Job LS 10.00

21 Installation / Provision of Power Supply 1 Job LS 10.00

Total 760.00



5. RESETTLEMENT AND REHABILITATION PLAN

5.1. Introduction

Like any other development / infrastructure project for the public purpose land (Public

and Private) invariably is to be acquired by the appropriate government either for its

own use or for a requiring body as the case may be. The total private land required

for the project is 43 ha which is spread over 7 villages in Paddar block of district

Kishtwar, J & K. Though the project has been conceived with the sole objective of

minimal displacement of people because their property in the project affected area,

the compulsory acquisition of land for public purpose has been necessitated.

5.2. Social Impact Assessment Studies

The Socio-economic survey of the project affected village (PAV) and project affected

Families (PAF) in the form of household survey was undertaken for gathering

baseline information on various socio-economic parameters which included the

following:

a. assessment as to whether the proposed acquisition serves public purpose.

b. estimation of project affected families including families likely to be displaced.

c. Extent of land (Public / Private), houses and other assets, to be affected by the

acquisition.

d. Feasibility of Acquisition at an alternative place.

e. Assessment of bare minimum extent of land needed for the project.

f. Study of social impact and mitigate cost in addressing these and its ramification

on the overall cost of the project vis-à-vis the benefits of the project.

5.2.1. Public Purpose

In the wake of the fact that the land to be acquired is within the territory of J&K State,

the State Government of J&K is the Appropriate Government intends to acquire the

land for construction of the infrastructure projects, in the preset case Kirthai – II HEP

(930 MW), essentially an energy generation project included in the Annexure-I of the

Notification of the Govt. of India, Department of Economic Affairs (Infrastructure

Section) No. 13/6/2009-INF dated 27 march 2012 and even no. amendment dated 1st

April 2013. Thus, the provisions of “The Right to Fair Compensation and

Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013”

applies in respect of all activities related to land acquisition for the project.

5.2.2. Village-wise Project Affected Families

The village-wise details of project affected families and total private land to be

acquired in the village is shown in Table 5.1. It is evident that there shall be 446

affected families (whose land or immovable property shall be acquired) of which

there shall be 5 displaced families (who on account of acquisition of land has to be

re-located and resettled from the affected area to the resettlement area).

Table 5.1 : Village-wise details of PAF



S. No. Name of Village Private Land (ha) No. of PAF

1 Layee 12.14 91

2 Kundal 15.12 177

3 Mati 1.69 33

4 Gulabgarh 7.00 31

5 Laddar 5.10 82

6 Atholi 1.39 30

7 Affani 0.56 2

Total 43.00 446

5.2.3. Extent of land (Public / Private), houses and other assets, to be affected by the

acquisition

For execution of the project 225.25 ha land, falling in Tehsil Paddar of District

Kishtwar, shall be required of which the apportionment between State, Private and

Reserved forest land shall be 40.00 ha, 43.00 ha, 142.25 ha respectively, Besides

the private land residential/non-residential houses, shops and cattle shed shall be

also acquired, the details of which is yet to be provided by the project proponent.

Besides this diversion of 142.25 ha forest land shall be involved. The village-wise

details of PAF is given in Table 5.2.

Table 5.2 : Village-wise details of PAF

S. No. Name of Village Private Land (ha) No. of PAF Houses Kothas (N.R.)

1 Layee 12.14 91 0 17

2 Kundal 15.12 177 3 21

3 Mati 1.69 33 0 5

4 Gulabgarh 7.00 31 0 8

5 Laddar 5.10 82 0 6

6 Atholi 1.39 30 0 1

7 Affani 0.56 2 0 1

Total 43.00 446 3 59

5.2.4. Feasibility of Acquisition at an alternative place.

Kirthai - II Hydro-Electric Project has been conceived as R-O-R scheme across river

Chenab in district Kishtwar. The proposed 165 m high dam (from deepest foundation

level) on the Chenab shall be located near Kidur about 16.5 km d/s of Gulabgarh at

longitude 760 4’ 37” E and latitude 330 18’ 41” N. One no. head race tunnel of 11.25m

diameter and 4.289km long shall be aligned on the left bank from intake structure

and 1 no. intake for auxiliary power house (90 MW) shall be located at the right bank.

The underground power house (140 X 6) shall be located on left bank of the Chenab

near ladrari nala neasr Raothak Khola.

The siting and alignment of the project components like diversion structure, intake

structure, underground conductor system and power house etc. is mainly based on

the geological condition of the rocks. During investigation and planning stage and

also at the time of preparation of DPR, detailed surface and sub-surface



investigations are carried out at different alternative sites and balance is struck in

favor of the best alternative.

The site, about 1 km d/s of the above site and 250 m u/s of Kidur Nallah is suitable

for a concrete dam as no suitable location is possible for locating a Chute /Side

Channel spillway. At the site the river gorge is deep and narrow and granitic genesis

is exposed on both banks. The diversion tunnel can be in the right bank and the

spillway can be in the middle portion of the concrete dam. The length of the power

tunnel, to be located on left bank, would be around 4.29 km..

Thus, it is abundantly clear that the proposed project is site specific. Thus it is clear

that land acquisition at any other alternative place for locating the project

components is not plausible by any stretch of imagination. The locations of quarry

and muck disposal site have also been considered in view of techno-economical

consideration. All the muck designated sites are near to the work components as

well as avoiding private land to the best possible extent. The rock-in-situ quarry sites

are mostly in forest land obviating private land. It is thus manifest that feasibility of

land acquisition at any other alternate site is not feasible in the least.

5.2.5. Assessment of bare minimum extent of land needed for the project.

The land requirement for various components of the project i.e. dam, intake structure

and underground works have been in sync with the dimensions determined on the

basis of detailed hydraulic as well as structural design. The land required for various

components of dam and spillway to pass the design flood discharge is based on as

per standard designed practices, IS:6966(Part-I). likewise, the tunnel diameter has

been finalized on the basis of economical diameter. The dimensions of penstocks,

power house, draft tube and TRT has been fixed on the basis of detailed design.

Some quantity of the muck generated has been proposed for consumptive use for

construction material thereby implying minimization of land required for muck

disposal site as well as quarry sites. Thus, to keep the land requirement to the

minimum, an all-out effort has been made.

5.3. Resettlement & Rehabilitation Principles

On the basis of the primary and secondary data collected in respect of the project

affected families a draft R & R Plan has been formulated in consonance with the

principles enunciated in “The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land

Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013”, which has come into force

from 1-1-2014, notified by Government of India. Besides this meeting the mandatory

requirement, certain works relating to social welfare and community development are

also considered in consultation with local authorities and representatives of affected

families to make the R&R Plan for the proposed project so that a greater degree of

acceptability for implementation of the plan is achieved.

5.3.1. Definitions Followed in the Present R & R Plan

For this project, procedure and compensation will be as per the RFCT_LARR 2013

and following key definitions will be followed:



(a) "Administrator" means an officer appointed for the purpose of rehabilitation

and resettlement of affected families under sub-section (l) of section 43;

(b) "affected area" means such area as may be notified by the appropriate

Government for the purposes of land acquisition; (c) 'affected family"

includes-

(i) a family whose land or other immovable property has been acquired;

(ii) a family which does not own any land but a member or members of such

family may be agricultural labourers, tenants including any form of tenancy

or holding of usufruct right, share-croppers or artisans or who may be

working in the affected area for three years prior to the acquisition of the

land, whose primary source of livelihood stand affected by the acquisition

of land;

(iii) the Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers who have lost

any of their forest rights recognized under the Scheduled Tribes and Other

Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 due to

acquisition of land;

(iv) family whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the

acquisition of the land is dependent on forests or water bodies and

includes gatherers of forest produce, hunters, fisher folk and boatmen and

such livelihood is affected due to acquisition of land;

(v) a member of the family who has been assigned land by the State

Government or the Central Government under any of its schemes and

such land is under acquisition;

(vi) a family residing on any land in the urban areas for preceding three years

or more prior to the acquisition of the land or whose primary source of

livelihood for three years prior to the acquisition of the land is affected by

the acquisition of such land;

(d) "agricultural land" means land used for the purpose of--

(i) agriculture or horticulture;

(ii) dairy farming, poultry farming, pisciculture, sericulture, seed farming

breeding of livestock or nursery g rowing medicinal herbs;

(iii) raising of crops, trees, grass or garden produce; and

(iv) land used for the grazing of cattle;

(e) "appropriate Government" means, -

(i) in relation to acquisition of land situated within the territory of, a State, the

State Government:

(ii) in relation to acquisition of land situated within a Union territory (except

Puducherry), the Central Government;

(iii) in relation to acquisition of land situated within the Union territory of

Puducherry, the Government of Union territory of Puducherry;



(iv) in relation to acquisition of land for public purpose in more than one State,

the Central Government, in consultation with the concerned State

Governments or Union territories; and

(v) in relation to the acquisition of land for the purpose of the Union as may be

specified by notification, the Central Government:

Provided that in respect of a public purpose in a District for an area not

exceeding such as may be notified by the appropriate Government, the

Collector of such District shall be deemed to be the appropriate

Government;

(f) "Authority" means the Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and Resettlement

Authority established under section 5l;

(g) "Collector" means the Collector of a revenue district, and includes a Deputy

Commissioner and any officer specially designated by the appropriate

Government to perform the functions of a Collector under this Act;

(h) "Commissioner'' means the Commissioner for Rehabilitation and Resettlement

appointed under sub-section (l) of section 44;

(i) "cost of acquisition" includes-

(i) amount of compensation which includes solatium, any enhanced

compensation ordered by the Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Authority or the Court and interest payable thereon and any

other amount determined as payable to the affected families by such

Authority or Court;

(ii) demurrage to be paid for damages caused lo the land and standing crops

in the process of acquisition;

(iii) cost of acquisition of land and building for settlement of displaced or

adversely affected families;

(iv) cost of development of infrastructure and amenities at the resettlement

areas;

(v) cost of rehabilitation and resettlement as determined in accordance with

the provisions of this Act:

(vi) administrative cost, -

(A) for acquisition of land, including both in the project site and out of

project area lands, not exceeding such percentage of the cost of

compensation as may be specified by the appropriate Government;

(B) for rehabilitation and resettlement of the owners of the land and

other affected families whose land has been acquired or proposed

to be acquired or other families affected by such acquisition;

(vii) cost of undertaking 'Social impact Assessment study'; (j) "company"

means-

(i) a company as defined in section 3 of the Companies Act, 1956. Other

than a Government company:



(ii) a society registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 or under

any corresponding law for the time being in force in a State;

(k) "displaced family" means any family, who on account of acquisition of land has to

be relocated and resettled from the affected area to the resettlement area;

(l) "entitled to act" in relation to a person, shall be deemed to include the following

persons, namely:

(i) trustees for other persons beneficially interested with reference to any

such case, and that to the same extent as the person beneficially

interested could have acted if free from disability;

(ii) the guardians of minors and the committees or managers of lunatics to

the same extent as the minors, lunatics or other persons of unsound

mind themselves, if free from disability, could have acted:

Provided that the provisions of Order X XX II of the First Schedule to the

Code of Civil Procedure,

I908 shall, mutatis mutandis, apply in the case of persons interested

appearing before a Collector or Authority by a next friend, or by a guardian

for the case, in proceedings under this Act:

(m) "family" includes a person, his or her spouse, minor children, minor brothers and

minor sisters dependent on him:

Provided that widows. divorcees and women deserted by families shall be

considered separate families:

Explanation. -An adult of either gender with or without spouse or children or

dependents shall be considered as a separate fam ily for the purposes of this

Act.

(n) "holding of land" means the total land held by a person as an owner, occupant or

tenant or otherwise;

(o) "infrastructure project" shall include any one or more of the items specified in

clause (b) of subsection ( /) of section 2;

(p) "land" includes benefits to arise out of land, and things attached to the earth or

permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth:

(q) "landless" means such persons or class of persons who may be, -

(i) considered or specified as such under any State law for the time being in

force; or

(ii) in a case of landless not being specified under sub-clause (i), as may be

specified by the appropriate Government;

(r) "land owner" includes any person, -

(i) whose name is recorded as the owner of the land or building or part

thereof, in the records of the authority concerned; or

(ii) any person who is granted forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and

Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act,

2006 or under any other law for the time being in force; or



(iii) who is entitled to be granted Patta rights on the land under any law of

the State including assigned lands: or

(iv) any person who has been declared as such by an order of the court or

Authority;

(s) "local authority" includes a town planning authority (by whatever name called) set

up under any Law for the time being in force, a Panchayat as defined in article

243 and a Municipality as defined in article 243P, of the Constitution;

(t) "marginal farmer" means a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to one

hectare or irrigated land holding up to one-half hectare;

(u) "market value" means the value of land determined in accordance with section 26;

(v) "notification" means a notification published in the Gazette of lndia or, as the case

may be, the Gazette of a State and the expression "notify" shall be construed

accordingly;

(w) "patta" shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in the relevant Central or

Slate Acts or rules or regulations made thereunder; (x) "person interested"

means-

(i) all persons claiming an interest in compensation to be made on account

of the acquisition of land under this Act;

(ii) the Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers, who have lost

any forest rights recognized under the Scheduled Tribes and Other

Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006;

(iii) a person interested in an easement affecting the land;

(iv) persons having tenancy rights under the relevant State laws including

share-croppers by whatever name they may be called; and

(v) any person whose primary source of livelihood is likely to be adversely

affected;

(y) "prescribed" means prescribed by rules made under this Act;

(z) "project" means a project for which land is being acquired, irrespective of the

number of persons affected;

(za) "public purpose" means the activities specified under sub-section (l) of

section 2;

(zb) "Requiring Body" means a company, a body corporate, an institution, or any

other organization or person for whom land is to be acquired by the

appropriate Government, and includes the appropriate Government, if the

acquisition of land is for such Government either for its own use or for

subsequent transfer of such land is for public purpose to a company, body

corporate, an institution, or any other organization, as the case may be,

under lease, license or through any other mode of transfer of land;

(zc) "Resettlement Area" means an area where the affected families who have

been displaced as a result of land acquisition are resettled by the

appropriate Government;

(zd) “Scheduled Areas, means the Scheduled Areas as defined in section 2 of the

Provisions of the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996;



(ze) “small farmer” means a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to two

hectares or with an

(i) irrigated land holding up to one hectare, but more than the holding of a

marginal farmer.

5.4. Compensation for Land Owners

The project proponent, has neither yet acquired the land by negotiation nor initiated any land

acquisition process for private land and not even issued prelimnary notification under

Section-4 of the State J & K Land Acquisition Act, 1990 (1934 A.D). In case the State

Government notify to adopt the RFCTLARRA, 2013 then award under section 11 of the said

Land Acquisition Act shall be made. All provisions of the RFCTLARRA, 2013 related to the

determination of compensation shall apply. The project proponent shall have to move to the

appropriate government along with the details for the land to be acquired for causing

publication of preliminary notification as warranted under Chapter 4 (Section 11) of the Act.

After hearing of the objection under Section 15. The administrator for Rehabilitation and

Resettlement shall prepare a draft Rehabilitation & Resettlement Scheme for the review of

the Commissioner Rehabilitation.

The market value of land shall be determined by the Collector on the basis of the following

criteria:

a. The market value, if any, specified in the India Stamp Act, 1899 (2 of 1899)

for the registration of sale deeds or agreements to sell as the case may be, in

the area, where the land is situated; or

b. The average sale price for similar type of land situated in the nearest village

or nearest vicinity area; or

c. Consented amount of compensation as agreed upon under sub-section (2) of

section 2 in case of acquisition of lands for private companies or for public

private partnership projects.

whichever is higher:

Provided that the date of determination of market value shall be the date on which the

notification has been issued under section 11.

(2) the market value shall be calculated as per above shall be multiplied by a factor to be

specified in first schedule.

The First Schedule

[See section 31(2)]

The following components shall constitute the minimum compensation package to be given

to those whose land is acquired and to tenants referred to in clause (c) of Section 3 in a

proportion to be decided by the appropriate Government.



S.

No.

Component of

compensation package in

respect of land acquired

under the Act

Manner of determination of value

1 Market value of land To be determined as provided under section 26.

2

Factor by which the market

value is to be multiplied in

the case of rural areas

1.00 (one) to 2.00 (Two) based on the distance of

project from urban area, as may be notified by the

appropriate Government

3

Factor by which the market

value is to be multiplied in

the case of urban areas

1 (One)

4 Value of assets attached to

land or building To be determined as provided under section 29

5 Solatium

Equivalent to one hundred per cent of the market value

of land mentioned against serial number 1 multiplied by

the factor specified against serial number 2 for rural

areas pot serial number 3 for urban areas plus value of

assets attached to land or building against serial

number 4 under column (2)

6 Final award in rural areas

Market value of land mentioned against serial number 1

multiplied by the factor specified against serial number 2

plus value of assets attached to land or building

mentioned against serial number 4 under column (2)

plus solatium mentioned against serial number 5 under

column (2).

7 Final award in urban areas

Market value of land mentioned against serial number 1

multiplied by the factor specified against serial number 3

plus value of assets attached to land or building

mentioned against serial number 4 under column (2)

plus solatium mentioned against serial number 5 under

column (2).

8 Other component, if any, to

be included

5.5. Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Entitlement for Affected

Families

Under Chapter V Section 31, the collector has been empowered to pass the Rehabilitation

and Resettlement award for each affected family in terms of entitlement provided in the

Second Schedule.

The Second Schedule

[See section 31(2)]



Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement entitlements for all the affected families (both

land owners and the families whose livelihood is primarily dependent on land acquired) in

addition to those provided in the first schedule.

S.

No.

Elements of Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Entitlements

Entitlement/ provision

1. Provisions of housing units in

case of displacement

If a house is lost in rural areas, a constructed

house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas

Yojana specifications. If a house is lost in urban

areas, a constructed house shall be provided,

which will be not less than 50 sq. mtrs in plinth

area.

The benefits listed above shall also be

extended to any affected family which is without

homestead land and which has been residing in

the area continuously for a period of not less

than three years preceding the date of

notification of the affected area and which has

been involuntarily displaced from such area:

Provided that any such family in urban areas

which opts not to take the house offered, shall

get a onetime financial assistance for house

construction, which shall not be less than one

lakh fifty thousand rupees:

Provided further that if any affected family in

rural areas so prefers, the equivalent cost of the

house may be offered in lieu of the constructed

house:

Provided also that no family affected by

acquisition shall be given more than one house

under the provisions of this Act.

Explanation- The houses in urban areas may, if

necessary, be provided in multi-storied building

complexes.

2. Land for Land In the case of irrigation project, as far as

possible and in lieu of compensation to be paid

for the land acquired, each affected family

owning agricultural land in the affected area

and whose land has been acquired or lost, or

who has, as a consequence of the acquisition



or loss of land, been reduced to the status of a

marginal farmer or landless, shall be allotted,

in the name of each person included in the

records of rights with regard to the affected

family, a minim um of one acre of land in the

command area of the project for which the land

is acquired:

Provided that in every project those persons

losing land and belonging to the Scheduled

Castes or the Scheduled Tribes will be

provided land equivalent to land acquired or

two and a one-half acres, whichever is lower.

3 Offer for Developed Land In case the land is acquired for urbanization

purposes, twenty per cent of the developed

land will be reserved and offered to land owning

project affected families, in proportion to the

area of their land acquired and at a price equal

to the cost of acquisition and the cost of

development.

Provided that in case the land-owning project

affected family wishes to avail of this offer, an

equivalent amount will be deducted from the

land acquisition compensation package

payable to it.

4 Choice of Annuity or

Employment

The appropriate Government shall ensure

that the affected families are provided with

the following options:

(a) Where jobs are created through the

project, after providing suitable training and

skill development in the required field,

make provision for employment at a rate

not lower than the minim um wages

provided for in any other law for the time

being in force, to at least one member per

affected family in the project or arrange for

a job in such other project as may be

required; or

(b) One-time payment of 5 lakh rupees per

affected family; or

(c) Annuity policies that shall pay not less than

2000 rupees per month per family for 20

years, with appropriate indexation to the

consumer price index for agricultural



labourers

5 Subsistence grant for

displaced families for a period

of one year

Each affected family which is displace from the

land acquired shall be given a monthly

subsistence allowance equivalent to 3000

rupees per month for a period of one year from

the date of award.

In addition to this amount, the schedule castes

and the scheduled tribes displaced from

scheduled areas shall receive and amount

equivalent to 50000 rupees.

In cases of displacement from the scheduled

areas, as far as possible, the affected families

shall be relocated in a similar ecological zone,

so as to preserve the economic opportunities,

language, culture and community life of the

tribal com munities.

6 Transportation cost for displace

families

Each affected family which is displaced shall g

et a one-time financial assistance of 50000

rupees as transportation cost for shifting of the

family, building materials, belonging s and

cattle.

7 Cattle shed / Petty shops cost Each affected family having cattle or having a

petty shop shall get one-time financial

assistance of such amount as the appropriate

Government m ay, by notification, specify

subject to a minimum of 25000 rupees for

construction of cattle shed or petty shop as the

case may be.

8 One time grant to artisan, small

traders and certain others

Each affected family of an artisan, small traders

or self-employed person or an affected family

which owned non-agricultural land or

commercial, industrial or institutional structure

in the affected area, and which has been

involuntarily displaced from the affected area

due to land acquisition, shall get one time

assistance of such amount as the appropriate

Government may, by notification, specify

subject to a minimum of 25000 rupees

9 Fishing rights In cases of irrigation or hydel projects, the

affected families may be allowed fishing rights

in the reservoirs, in such manner as may be

prescribed by the appropriate Government

10 One-time Resettlement

Allowance

Each affected family shall be given a one-time

“Resettlement Allowance” of 50000 rupees only

11 Stamp duty and registration fee (1) The stamp duty and other fees payable for



registration of the land or house allotted to

the affected families shall be borne by the

Requiring Body.

(2) The land for house allotted to the affected

families shall be free from all

encumbrances.

(3) The land or house allotted may be in the

joint names of wife and husband of the

affected family.

5.5.1. Compensation for Houses

The compensation for a housing unit shall be determined as substitution/replacement

cost on the basis of latest consolidated Schedule of rate of Public Works Department

without consideration of any depreciation on cost. In case of acquisition of part

structure, the cost of ramanent structure shall be determined on the basis of

substitution/replacement cost in lieu of it considering the safety and practical aspect.

The cost of repair of partly affected structure shall be on the basis of 25% cost for

substitution of replacement reckoned on the basis of consolidated schedule of rate of

the PWD department. In case of “Katcha” structure the occupier / nominated person

shall be paid actual cost of structure subject to a minimum of Rs. 6000.

5.5.2. Compensation for Other Structures

The compensation for other structures shall be determined on the basis of latest

consolidated Schedule of rate of Public Works Department subject to a minimum of

Rs. 15000 per structure.

5.5.3. Compensation for Trees

The compensation for trees shall be payable on the basis of evaluation of cost by the

forest department

5.5.4. Compensation for Cattle shed

The families whose cattle shed has been acquired in the project area shall get one-

time financial assistance of Rs. 10,000/- subject to a maximum of Rs. 25000 per

family.

5.5.5. Resettlement Grant

(1) The PAF rendered small farmers on account of acquisition of land shall be shall

get one-time resettlement grant based on 750 days’ minimum wages besides this all

other PAF shall be paid resettlement grant equivalent to 500 days minimum wages

(2) Displaced shopkeepers will be given shops in allotment in the market complex of

the Project Township wherever the Project constructs such market places. In

addition, they will be entitled to one-time displacement grant of Rs. 20,000/-. The

commercial premises/shops allotted to such displaced shopkeepers shall be utilized



by them or their successors in interest for bonafide use only. In case the project is

unable to provide shops, displaced shopkeepers shall get financial assistance of Rs.

2,00,000/- cash.

(3) Infrastructure facilities in the Rehabilitation colony will include water supply,

sewage, drainage, electricity, streets community center, green area, park and

approach path/roads at the project cost. It shall be endeavored that the water supply

and other facilities shall be made available through Concerned Department / Nigam

such that O&M charges for these facilities are borne by the concerned department.

(4) Transportation at the project cost will be provided for physical movement of all the

PAFs and displaced shopkeepers and their houses hold good / shop goods, as soon

as the houses /shop get constructed in the rehabilitation colony or in some other

location chosen by the PAF or a sum of Rs 20000 in lump sum shall be paid, for

which option will be invited from the affected families’ /shop keepers.

(5) Transitional/Subsistence Allowance based on 25X12 days minimum wages to

each Project Affected family will be paid if the family has become houseless and has

to shift house or become landless and has to shift livelihood to a different location or

change livelihood or has been involuntarily displaced.

(6) Each PAF which is displaced and has Cattle will be given Rs. 20,000/- for

construction of cattle shed.

(7) Each PAF who is an artisan, small trader or self-employed person and has been

displaced shall get a one-time financial assistance of Rs. 50,000/- for construction of

working shed or shop.

(8) The families who have to shift house due to the project will be provided temporary

accommodation at project cost or shall be paid monthly rent @ Rs. 2500 per month

for 12 months.

5.5.6. Loss of income from Forest or Govt. Land:

The PAF‟s having rights over minor forest produce like herbs, chilgoza etc and the

acquisition of Govt/Forest land will deprive them of from income/benefit which they

were lawfully deriving from forest and pasture land shall be paid appropriate lump

sum ex-gratia amount. This lump sum amount shall be based on the income for one

year on the basis of the Schedule Rate of the concerned Forest Department or 25

days minimum agricultural wages for 12 months. If some portion of such land being

acquired and not being submerged or used for construction and kept as such or

maintained as a buffer zone around the reservoir or around the project, the PAF‟s

may be allowed to extract minor forest produce. The right to use forest produce

under this paragraph shall be subject to certification from no officer below the rank of

the DFO.

5.5.7. Employment

Direct Employment



One member of each project affected family rendered landless will be provided

employment by the project authority in the category of skilled/semiskilled/unskilled

workmen subject to fulfilling the requisite criteria/qualification. As and when any fresh

recruitment is done, the project authorities shall ensure that land oustees eligible for

employment, as mentioned above, are given first chance and outsider be considered

for recruitment only if none are eligible and/or not willing. However, persons who are

allotted shops shall not be eligible for benefit of employment and vice versa.

The following criteria will be adhered to by the Deputy Commissioner concerned for

providing of preference while sponsoring the names for employment to the Project

Authority.

i. Affected families whose entire land has been acquired.

ii. Affected families who have become landless on account of acquisition of land

by the project.

iii. If there are some families who have lost their source of livelihood completely

and do not have the capabilities or the financial strength to take any other occupation

or not provided alternate land, the project authorities may consider to provide direct

employment to the members of such families as a special case on the

recommendation from the Deputy Commissioner and after due verification of claims.

iv. The main PAF who are eligible for direct employment but have not been

provided employment will be given a special rehabilitation/employment grant

equivalent to 1000 days of minimum wage per family and the PAF‟s will be

considered for direct employment further.

v. Annuity Policy will be made for each vulnerable PAF [disabled, destitute,

orphans, widows, unmarried girls (with no financial support), abandoned women, or

poor persons above fifty years of age (who are unsupported)] who are not provided

or cannot immediately be provided with alternative livelihood and who are not

otherwise covered as part of a family will provided a pension of Rs. 1000/-PM for 5

years from the date of implementations of this plan and this will be continued for

lifetime. The Vulnerable PAF‟s will be those which are identified by the district

administrator based on the criteria identified.

5.5.8. Secondary Employment

The PAF’s will be provided help to get employment other than direct employment in

the project in the following manners: -

(1) Merit scholarship scheme for the wards of Project Affected Families (PAFs) and

other residents of project affected zone who may be pursuing vocational or

professional course will be introduced by the Project Authorities as per scheme to be

drafted by the Project Authority in consultation with Government of J&K. The Project

authorities will also consider getting some special seats in ITI’s for the project

affected families and other residents of the project affected zone. Some schemes to

provide apprenticeship or on the job training to increase the employability of the



residents of the project affected zone will also be started. Merit Scholarship scheme

for school going students of project affected zone will be started.

(2) The Project Authorities will also consider award of petty contracts to the

cooperatives of eligible families on preferential basis so that some may be engaged

in such jobs. Further, the Project Authorities will advise their contractor to engage

eligible persons from amongst effected families on a preferential basis wherever

possible during construction stage. Other employment opportunities like hiring

vehicles from PAF’s will also be made available. Normally all contracts upto a value

of Rs. 5 Lakh will be given to PAF’s and if PAF’s area not available to families living

in the project affected zone. All vehicles hired by the project will be from PAF’s and if

not available from PAF’s then from residents of Project Affected Zone. The new

vehicles hired from PAF’s may be hired for 3+1 years.

(3) The Project Affected Families will be assisted to start various suitable self-

employment occupations, which include dairy farming, poultry, weaving, bakery,

handicraft, cottage industries unit/shops and taxis, trucks, buses. The Project

Authority will provide a grant of Rs. 50,000/- per family toward seed capital. The

grant will be given once only.

“only those families who have not been provide with direct employment in the

Project or have not been allotted any shop will be eligible for this grant.”

Families residing in the project affected area other than PAF’s can also be

considered for this on merit and if they are needy.

Explanation:

The Deputy Commissioner, will certify the effect on source of livelihood in case of

rural artisans, small traders and self-employed persons for eligibility of the grant.

(4) The PAF’s and other fishermen having fishing rights in the river will also get

fishing rights in the reservoir.

(5) If any manpower is obtained by the project authorities through outsourcing at any

time during construction or running of the project for services like housekeeping,

gardening, typing, maintenance, computer work, office help etc. first opportunity will

be given to PAF’s as contractors and also as personal hired by contractor for their

jobs. If PAF’s are not willing, then other residents of project affected zone may be

considered.

5.5.9. Such tenants who have been residing in the project area for a period not less than 3

years preceding the date of Notification and duly verified by the district

administration shall be entitled for resettlement grant of Rs. 10000 only and a

lump sum amount equivalent to 500 days of minimum wages on account of loss

of livelihood.

5.5.10. Such occupiers who have been residing in any structure on Govt. land in the project

area for a period not less than 3 years preceding the date of Notification and duly



verified by the district administration shall be entitled under Section 4 of Land

Acquisition Act, 1894 for compensation for structure as assessed in the matter of

other matters. Besides a resettlement grant of Rs. 15000 only and a lump sum

amount equivalent to 500 days of minimum wages on account of loss of

livelihood.

5.5.11. In case of non-agriculture labour and project affected family of such labour, in

addition to the above-mentioned matters as applicable, shall be entitled for

amount equivalent to 500 days of minimum wages on account of loss of

livelihood.

5.5.12. Each PAF belonging to the category of ‘landless agricultural labour’, who has been

residing in the project area for a period not less than 3 years preceding the date

of Notification and who is not owner of the land but for livelihood works as

agriculture labour shall be provided a one-time financial assistance equivalent to

500 days of the minimum agricultural wages.

5.5.13. Each affected below poverty line family which is without homestead land and which

has been residing in the affected area continuously for a period of not less than

three years preceding the date of declaration of the affected area and which has

been involuntarily displaced from such area, shall be entitled to a house of

minimum one hundred square metre carpet area in rural areas, or fifty square

metre carpet area in urban areas (which may be offered, where applicable, in a

multi-storied building complex), as the case may be, in the resettlement area or

Rs. 4 lac in lieu of it.

5.5.14. R&R Benefits for PAFs belongings to ST & SC

1. In case of families loose access to forest due to projects a special plan will

be formulated for development of alternate fuel, fodder and no timber

forest produce.

2. Each PAF of ST followed by SC categories shall be given preference in

allotment of land if any land is available for allotment of PAF’s.

3. Each ST family will get an addition one-time financial assistance of 500

days minimum wages for labour for loss of customary right’s or usage of

forest produce.

4. ST. PAF’s will be resettled as far as possible in the same schedule area in

a compound block so that they can retain their ethnic, linguistic and cultural

identity.

5. The resettlement area prominently inhabited by S.T.s shall get 1000 Sqm.

land free of cost for community and religious gatherings or the community

shall be compensated for one time assistance of Rs. 2.5 lac.

6. The ST’s families resettled out of the district will get 25% higher

resettlement grant.



7. Each PAF of SC and ST category shall get reward for the acquired land at

the circle rate prevalent in the nearest area as applicable for the general

category.

5.5.15. Other Benefits

1. Each PAF will be provided 100 units of electricity per month for a period of 10

years from the date of commissioning of the project. If the consumption of the

PAF is less than that then the difference will be compensated in cash.

2. Medical fund: A medical fund will be created for the PAF’s. This fund will be

provided for treatment to the member of PAF’s in hardship due to illness or in

extreme illness or accident cases. Medicines may also be provided to other

residents in the area.

3. Free medical treatment will be provided to PAF’s at the project medical facility.

4. Medical camps will be organized in various places in the project affected zone

from time to time.

5. In order to help the families living in the project affected zone and to improve

their skills in their occupation Agriculture, Horticulture and animal husbandry

training, small business, alternatives for self-employment and awareness

camps will be organized by the Project Authorities from time to time.

6. If it is felt that the fuel supply of the local residents is affected due to

construction of the project, a scheme will be formulated to provide alternative

fuel or fuel saving devices to the families whose fuel supply is affected.

7. Each PAF will be given an identity card which will have names of all the

members of PAF.

8. The project authorities will set up one or more Project Information Officer for

providing information and guidance to the local people particularly the PAF’s.

9. Project authorities will set up a cultural fund for providing grants for organizing

local fairs.

5.6. Identification of Project Affected Families

The details of the project affected families such as family member, livestock,

employment, land holdings, household assets and socio-cultural environment shall

be obtained through door to door survey at household levels and the details of land

likely to be acquired in different (project affected) villages shall be procured from the

concerned Revenue Authorities by Project Proponent for the actual identification of

PAF. Families shall be categorized into Large, Small, Marginal and Landless farmers

on the basis of their land holding capacity. The list of PAPs and their landholding and

other assets (house, shops, cattle sheds and trees) shall be finalized after the

verification from the concerned revenue department by project proponent. The

compensation package shall be accordingly formulated. It is evident from the

reconnaissance survey that total PAF from five villages shall be 640 of which none

shall be displaced due to acquisition of land.



5.7. Budget for R&R Benefits

Budget for R&R benefits shall be prepared keeping in view the numbers of project

affected families losing houses, land, shops, water mills, cattle sheds, etc.

Categorization of Project Affected families, shall be prepared based on the

information provided by the project developer through Revenue Department and also

collected during socio economic survey shall be given in the format shown in Table

5.3.

Table 5.3 : Budget for various R&R benefits

Clause

No.

Provision as per “New LA, R&R Act, 2013” No. of

Eligible

nuclear

families /

persons

Rate as per

Act/Notification

Cost

(in Rs

lac.)

Rehabilitation & Resettlement package for affected families (as per RFCTLARR Act, 2013)

4 Choice of Annuity or employment

The appropriate government shall ensure that the

affected families are provided with the following

options:

a. Where jobs are created through the project,

after providing suitable training and skill

development in the required filed, make

provision for employment at a rate not lower

than the minimum wages provided for in any

other law for the time being in force, to at

least one member per affected family in the

project or arrange for job in such other

project as may be required; or

b. One-time payment of five lac rupees per

affected family; or

c. Annuity policies that shall pay not less than

two thousand rupees per month per family

for twenty years, with appropriate indexation

to the consumer price index for agricultural

labours

460

Rs. 5 lac per

affected family

(Option b)

2230

5 Subsistence grant for displaced families for a period of one year

Each affected family which is displaced from the

land acquired shall be given a monthly subsistence

allowance equivalent to three thousand rupees per

month for a period of one year from the date of

award.

In addition to this amount, the Scheduled Castes

and the Scheduled Tribes displaced from Scheduled

Areas shall receive an amount equivalent to fifty

5 Rs. 3000/- per

month per family for

one year from date

of award + Rs.

50000/- in addition

to the above

amount i.e. 86000

4.30



thousand rupees. per person

6 Transportation cost for displaced families

Each affected family which is displaced shall get a

one-time financial assistance of fifty thousand

rupees as transportation cost for shifting of the

family, building material, belongings and cattle

5 Rs. 50000 2.50

7 Cattle shed / petty shops cost

Each affected family having cattle or having a petty

shop shall get one time financial assistance of such

amount as the appropriate government may, by

notification specify subject to a minimum of twenty –

five thousand rupees for construction of cattle shed

or petty shop as the case may be.

59 Rs. 25000 14.75

8 One timer grant to artisan, small traders and certain others

Each affected family of an artisan, small traders or

self-employed person or an affected family which

owned non-agricultural land or commercial,

industrial or institutional structure in the affected

area, and which has been involuntarily displaced

from the affected area due to land acquisition, shall

get one time assistance of such amount as the

appropriate government may , by notification ,

specify subject to a minimum of 25000 rupees.

20 Rs 25000 5.00

10 One – time Resettlement Allowance

Each affected family shall be give a one-time

“Resettlement Allowance” of fifty thousand rupees

only.

5 Rs. 50000 2.50

Sub Total 2259.05

Rehabilitation & Resettlement package for Affected families

1 The PAF rendered small farmers on account of

acquisition of land shall be shall get one time

resettlement grant based on 750 days minimum

wages besides this all other PAF shall be paid

resettlement grant equivalent to 500 days minimum

wages

446 Rs 500 x 204 454.92

2 Displaced shopkeepers will be given shops in

allotment in the market complex of the Project

Township wherever the Project constructs such

market places. In addition, they will be entitled to

0 Rs. 200000 0.00



one-time displacement grant of Rs. 20,000/-. The

commercial premises/shops allotted to such

displaced shopkeepers shall be utilized by them or

their successors in interest for bonafide use only. In

case the project is unable to provide shops,

displaced shopkeepers shall get financial assistance

of Rs. 2,00,000/- cash

3 Transportation at the project cost will be provided for

physical movement of all the PAFs and displaced

shopkeepers and their houses hold good / shop

goods, as soon as the houses /shop get constructed

in the rehabilitation colony or in some other location

chosen by the PAF or a sum of Rs 20000 in lump

sum shall be paid , for which option will be invited

from the affected families /shop keepers

5 20000 1.00

4 Merit scholarship scheme for the wards of Project

Affected Families (PAFs) and other residents of

project affected zone who may be pursuing

vocational or professional course will be introduced

by the Project Authorities as per scheme to be

drafted by the Project Authority in consultation with

Government of J&K. The Project authorities will also

consider getting some special seats in ITI’s for the

project affected families and other residents of the

project affected zone. Some schemes to provide

apprenticeship or on the job training to increase the

employability of the residents of the project affected

zone will also be started. Merit Scholarship scheme

for school going students of project affected zone

will be started

100 2500 x 12 x 4 120.00

5 The Project Affected Families will be assisted to

start various suitable self-employment occupations,

which include dairy farming, poultry, weaving,

bakery, handicraft, cottage industries unit/shops and

taxis, trucks, buses. The Project Authority will

provide a grant of Rs. 50,000/- per family toward

seed capital. The grant will be given once only

100 Rs. 50000 50.00

6 Each ST family will get an addition one-time

financial assistance of 500 days minimum wages for

labour for loss of customary right’s or usage of forest

produce

100 Rs. 204 X 500 10.20

7 Assistance to villagers of project affected villages at

the village level for meeting the loss of firewood due

to acquisition of van panchayat land for a period of

five years

7 X 12 X 7 10000/month/village 58.80



Sub- Total 694.92

Grand Total 2953.97

Say 2954.00

5.8. Infrastructure Facility Proposed in Resettlement Area

The project as per DPR does not envisage provision for development of

Resettlement and Rehabilitation area as the project affected families shall be paid

compensation for their assets and land, apart from the R&R grant under the

RFCTLARR Act, 2013 and other benefits. As the displaced family, will settle at their

own there shall be no need for creating infrastructure facilities for the PAFs. In case

the displaced PAF wish to be resettled at a new resettlement colony, the new colony

shall be provided with minimum facilities infrastructure amenities/ facilities as

contained in Schedule 3 or the RFCTLARR Act, 2013. Appropriate rehabilitation plan

in consonance with the prevalent laws, at the time of acquisition of land and assets,

shall be implemented. For creating infrastructure facilities, the budgetary provision

has been incorporated in DPR.

5.9. Preference of PAF in Terms of Compensation

Most of the people interacted have shown their willingness to be compensated for

the acquired agriculture land but a few people expected the project proponent to

provide agriculture land. They also expect cash compensation for their houses and

other immovable assets like shops and cattle sheds. They have shown their

willingness to receive in cash other ex-gratia payments and landless grants,

transitional / subsistence allowance.

5.10. Compensation Disbursement

All the compensation related to land, property, infrastructure development should be

made transparent for which a suitable mechanism may be worked out in consultation

with district administration and preferably all the payments should be made through

bank drafts.

5.11. Dispute Redressal Mechanism

For ensuring the implementation of rehabilitation and resettlement scheme and

compliance under the agreed policy, during the implementation of the scheme and

thereafter monitoring and evaluation shall be carried out by departmental and

monitoring committee. The appropriate Govt., for implementing the rehabilitation and

resettlement scheme and monitoring and review of the progress thereof and

conducting social audit by Rehabilitation & Resettlement Administration, where it has

been so designated and where it has not been designated, in that scenario, shall

constitute a committee to be called as resettlement and rehabilitation committee

under Chairmanship of a Senior Government Officer.



The Resettlement & Rehabilitation Committee constituted as above besides the

officers of J&K Govt. shall inter-alia include as one of its members: -

a. A representative of women residing in the affected zone;

b. A representative, each from of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes

residing in the affected zone;

c. A representative from a voluntary organization;

d. A representative of the lead bank.

e. A representative of the land acquisition officer;

f. Chairman or his nominee from Panchayat Raj Institutions located in the affected

zone

g. MPs/MLAs of the area included in the affected zone.

h. Representative for Project Proponent.

5.12. Appointment of Ombudsman

For Timely Redressal of Grievances/Complaints touching and arising within the

framework of this policy, the Govt. of J&K shall appoint an ombudsman.

5.13. Summary of Cost

The cost on account of Rehabilitation Grant shall be worked out on the basis of the

actual information about the PAF and their other assets like house, shops, cattle

sheds and etc.



6. GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

6.1. Introduction

While improving the aesthetic of the area the greenbelt though functioning as

pollutant sinks while scavenging pollutants, also incidentally help in developing

habitats for birds and animals. The plants in their function as scavenger of pollutants

are also prone to suffer toxicity of air pollutants like any other living organism. In

order to mitigate and minimize environmental impacts from air pollution, noise

pollution, soil erosion etc. arising due to construction of project, greenbelt

development around the project sites is a good option. Green canopy not only

absorbs some of these pollutants but also improves the environment. Therefore, a

“Green Belt Development Plan” by using the local species has been proposed

around the project area, colonies and the project roads.

6.2. Development of Greenbelt

The green belt is proposed to be developed within the project area along the network

of approach roads, residential areas, office complex, surge shaft site, power house

site, and other working areas like crushing and aggregate processing plant, batching

plant and workshops. The strategy worked out for development of green belt consists

of the following:

The species selected should be capable of growing fast,

The species should be wind firm and long lived.

Broad leaf trees growing above 10 m in height should be planted along the

roads, offices and infrastructure facilities.

The species should form a dense crown cover.

The species should form a litter in abundance on the plantation flow.

Generally local/indigenous fast growing trees shrubs should be planted.

The trees should be protected by plantation of non-palatable shrub species to

avoid browsing by animals.

Placement of tree guards (metal tree guard, pre-feb RCC tree guard, Fiber tree

guard etc.), should be provided to save avenue plantation.

For protection against biotic interference thorn fencing around the plantation,

circular trench around the planting pit and sown with fast growing thorny shrubs

on the ridge should be followed.

The schematic arrangement of greenbelt development proposed along the roads and

office/colony is presented in Figure 6.1. It is proposed that extensive plantation in

degraded forest land around the periphery of diversion barrage, area around power

house will be taken up besides road side plantation along approach/haul roads. In

areas wherever private land falls along the periphery of the project area the

plantation will be done by distributing saplings free of cost to villagers, so that they

are motivated to take up plantation in their land.



Figure 6.1 : Schematic Arrangement of Greenbelt Plantation

6.3. Guidelines and Techniques for Green Belt Development

Extensive survey in the project area was undertaken to observe the vegetation types

and its density. Soil characteristics were also kept in mind. Based on the survey and

environmental conditions suitable plant species have been proposed for green belt

development. To meet the requirement of saplings for development of green belt, a

temporary nursery with following details is suggested:

6.3.1. Size of Nursery

The size of nursery depends upon the number and type of seedlings to be produced.

To produce 50,000 plants a nursery of about 0.5 ha area would be required.

6.3.2. Nursery Site Selection

A well-drained site near the areas where plantation is to be carried out is always

preferred. Light shading site for the nursery is important for the protection of the

young seedlings against sun, frost, hailstorms or heavy rains. Sites, which are prone

to water logging, should not be selected and sites shall be selected in consultation

with Forest Department preferably near the existing one. Modernization of existing

nursery may also be explored. In the present case the modernization of forest

nursery at Gulabgarh (2.50 ha) is proposed to meet and the demand of 50,000 trees

under the green belt development plan.

6.3.3. Transportation

The nursery should be readily accessible all the year round in order to facilitate

transportation of materials required in the nursery and dispatch of seedlings from the

nursery.



6.3.4. Fertilizer Application

The organic fertilizer produced through domestic organic waste coupled with vermin

compost can be utilized for the nursery. Farmyard manure (FYM) can also be used

but chemical fertilizer should be avoided. The compost / vermin compost proposed to

be developed through solid waste management.

6.3.5. Soil and Soil Fertility

The best site for raising the nursery is the area, which has got a thick layer of humus.

The fertile and well-drained soil with sandy loam to loamy texture, pH varying from

5.5-7.5 should always the preferred for nursery sites.

6.3.6. Water Supply and Drainage

The site should have perennial water supply. The drainage of soil has important

bearing on the health of seedlings.

6.3.7. Species to be Planted

The choice of plant species for plantation in greenbelt is mainly governed by the

natural factors of bio-climate of the area. For efficacious removal of pollutants

(gasses / fugitive dust), It is essential that the plants developed in conditions

confirming to adequate supply of nutrition for their growth, availability of water to

avoid water stress i.e. to maintain openness of stomatal apertures and form of

epidermal structures. Besides the adequate exposure to sunlight and wind i.e.

without hindrance to free flow of air. In the project area, pollutants like SO2 and NOx

shall result from the operation of construction/excavation machinery and movement

of vehicles besides particulate matter mostly SPM/PM10 shall result as fugitive dust

emission from movement of vehicles on Kutcha Haul roads and also as primary

source from quarrying activities. It is suggested that spreading / round canopy

shaped trees should be planted nearby the construction site like stone crushers /

excavation sites and oblong and conical trees along the roadside. For absorption of

gases pollutants, it is necessary to plant such trees which have tolerance towards

pollutants at reasonable concentration; have longer foliage period and freely

exposed foliage besides large number of stomatal apertures. For removal of

suspended particulate matter high trees with good spread of crown with leaves firmly

supported on petioles and abundance of surface area on bark and foliage should be

planted. As per bio-climatic zone of India the study area lies in Western Himalayan

region in valley temperate sub-zone. A list of indigenous trees found suitable after

identification of species for raising in the nursery and for development of green belt

around the project area is given in Table 6.1.

Table 6.1 : Suggested Plant Species for Green Belt Development

S.No. Botanical Name Local Name

1 Aesculus indica Goo Green, Indian Horse Chestnut

2 Ailanthus excelsa Ardusi, Peeda

3 Alnus nitida Champ, Himalayan Alder

4 Juglans regia Walnut, Akhrot



5 Prunus armenica Plumcot, Khubani

6 Pyrus pashia Indian wild pear

7 Pyrus malus Apple, Saib

8 Robinia pseudoacacia Black Locust

9 Salix alba White Willow

10 Ulmus wallichiana Kashmir Elm

11 Celtis australis



and Rosa webbiana.

6.3.8. Precautions during Plantation

Some important precautions should be taken during the plantation, which are as

under:

Open grazing is practiced in general in the area; therefore, protection should be

provided in advance.

Polyculture should be practiced. Mixture by group should be preferred over

intimate mixture.

Species mentioned should be planted in sufficient numbers so as to increase

their population size in the area.

Multipurpose species should be planted in large numbers, so as to provide

direct benefit to people living around.

6.4. Green Belt Development

In order to raise the green belt around project areas and other components the total

requirement of different species of plants will be for 50,000 saplings. Since the green

belt is to be created over a period of five years the maintenance for a period of five

years of nursery and plantation works will be required. The beating up of mortality

may be done with the plant stocks proposed to be generated in the nursery over the

complete duration of the plan.

6.4.1. Road side plantation

Cost of the plantation has been calculated as per the existing schedule of rate,

material cost (plants, FYM, tree guard, etc.) and the total area of treatment. One row

each for tree, shrub and bio-fencing has been proposed with a spacing of 3 m x 3 m

for trees and 2 m x 2 m for shrubs (to take care of the mortality in the next season).

The pit size has been recommended as 45 x 45 x 45 cm for trees and 30 x 30 x 30

cm for shrubs. The cost of pit digging and filling is estimated at Rs. 10 per pit. Input

of FYM @ 2 kg/pit has been suggested costing around Rs.5/pit. Cost of plantation

including transport has been estimated at Rs. 10/plant making the total cost of

planting one tree as Rs. 25. For the protection of trees from the cattle and other

losses, thorny bushes guards are required. Along the approach roads of about 10 km

length plantation will be done on both sides where ever feasible as such plantation of



about 16660 saplings will be done. Plantation along roads must take into account

visibility aspects on curves so as to ensure safe driving.

6.4.2. Green Belt around Diversion Dam/Reservoir / MAT to Power House

Plantation at the intake site, reservoir rim in 10 m width along 9.5 km length on either

banks i.e. in about 19 ha and 1.0 ha in respect of Dam and power house MAT sites

totaling about 20 ha has been proposed for control of erosion and siltation of the

stream and aesthetic importance. The total cost for planting in 20 ha area @ Rs.

88,200/ ha including establishment charges works out to be Rs. 17.64 lacs.

6.4.3. Green Belt around Residential Area and Office Complex

Plantation around the office complexes is proposed to be done so that greenery is

developed. Precaution should be exercised by not planting large size trees around

buildings and other similar structures as during winter the sun rays are obstructed by

them invariably and much wanted sunshine is impaired. Besides this, it is also

proposed to develop green belt around the working areas for trapping the dust and

noise. Plantation of avenue, ornamental and fruit trees is proposed in these areas

along with the area around office complex. The ornamental, fruit plants will be

procured from the local market while the avenue plants will be raised in the project

nursery. For providing green belt around dam, residential areas and office complex

a provision of Rs.38.00 lac has already been made under head M-Plantation in the

DPR.

6.5. Cost Estimate of Green Belt Development

Table 6.2 : Summary of Cost for Green Belt Development

Sl.

No.

Component Cost (in Lacs)

1. Development of 0.5 ha nursery @ Rs. 20.0 lac / ha 10.00

2. Maintenance of nursery @ 2.0 lacs/each year for 5 years 10.00

3. Cost of planting of saplings around dam, intake and power house

MAT site for 15 ha @ Rs. 88200/ha

13.28

4. Maintenance cost for 5 years – 2 chowkidars @ Rs. 8000/- per

month

9.60

5. Thorny brush wood protection guard for 6600 saplings along road

side @ 7.20/No.

0.48

6. Live hedge fencing on either side of the approach and haul road.

(10km) on either side@ Rs. 12/RM

2.40

7. Cost of planting 6600 saplings along road side @ Rs. 25/- each 1.65

8. Plantation around colonies and office complex 40.00

9. Contingency 2.00

Total 89.41

Less provision under sub-head “M-plantation” as per DPR 60.90

Net debitable under green belt development plan 28.51

Say Rs. 29.00



7. RESERVOIR RIM TREATMENT PLAN

7.1. Introduction

The impounding reservoir behind the proposed 146 m high dam, top El 1766 masl,

having FRL and MDDL respectively at 1764 masl and 1750.75 masl, shall extend at

FRL to a distance of 8.75 km in river Chenab and live storage of 17 MCM at FRL

(1764 masl) and diurnal storage 8.5 MCM respectively. The reservoir shall

submerge 331 ha of land. The reservoir shall also extend into eight nadi/nala details

of which are given in Table 13.1. The overall river bed slope in the reservoir area is

about 16.5 m/km which suggests that in the reservoir area the river flows in steep

slopes/rapid. Due to the project a sudden change shall be brought about in the

existing riverine scenario to lacustrine condition. The toe of steep hills towering over

the river bed shall be subjected to elevated water surface level, due to the reservoir.

The rock mass which had not experienced the flow of river before shall be subjected

to hydraulic conditions apart from many other direct and indirect factors responsible

for instability of land masses. All such factors that facilitate sliding in one way or the

other can be grouped into two headings i.e. internal and external factors.

The internal factors include such cause which tends to reduce the shearing strength

of the rocks, the water content of the rock masses, their mineralogical composition

and metrological character, structural features and the state of stress are important

internal factors. External factors include mainly vibrations either naturally by an

earthquake or artificial due to heavy traffic and rock blasting. Besides these, removal

of support at the foot of the slope i.e. toe failure by high velocity of flow is another

cause. Water charging of soil strata due to water storage reduces coefficient of

friction causing land slide or slope failures. Therefore, an assessment of geological

conditions and geo-technical evaluation of the reservoir area gives adequate

information of the behavior of reservoir.

In the stretch of the river where the reservoir shall be formed, it runs through a

narrow defile between very steep cliffs for about 4 km and then before opening out to

comparatively wider vale, Paddar valley. Therefore, most of the area drains directly

into the river. The project area is well interspersed by a system of rivers and

tributaries which are prone to flash floods. It represents a typical steep – sided young

valley with overlapping spurs. The stretch is an area of high energetic relief where

the river is in its active down cutting stage and flows more or less in a straight course

westward. The submergence map with location of five land slide, two on right bank

near village Laie and three on the left bank is shown in Figure 7.1 through 7.5.



Table 7.1 : Details of Nadi / Nala into which the Reservoir Extends

S. No. Name of Nadi / Nala Bank

1 Sungala Right

2 Kichar Right

3 Karna Left

4 Mutha Left

5 Alphani Left

6 Honser Left

7 Punch Left

8 Kundal Left

7.2. Causes of Land Slides / Slope Failures

Identification of causes attributing a landslide is helpful in assessment of appropriate

restoration / protection measures. A few causes responsible for the rampant slides

and other mass movement in the area are:-

Lithological and structural condition of bed rocks Poor structural state of slates and quartzite and their lithological characteristics

are the passive cause of incidence of landslides in the area.

Meteorological Factors The reservoir area receives very nominal annual rainfall. The downpour over

geologically and structurally deformed rocks like shales and phyllite causes slope

failure. During rainy season abundant percolation through joints of

quartzites/slates causes rise in pore water pressure and thus the movement of

grain.

Denudation Deforestation brought about by illegal and indiscriminate felling of trees, removal

of vegetal cover by people aggravated by the forest fire and the construction of

roads through susceptible zones cause denudation of slope surface and

activates the slides.

Toe-Erosion Just like the base failure of any structure caused by eccentric loading condition,

the fast-flowing currents attack the toe material of weaker zones and the erosion

process of the river on outer banks promotes the toe.



HACHOT FOREST

Dhurk

ui

Shirir N

Chanas

Chauki

Open Scurb

RutanaKuheg N

KUGON FOREST

Phulin

SHIMPAN

SHASHO R H

Pan N

ar

SHIRIR FOREST

SHIRIRki

dur

N

KIDURIamur Puhali

Dense mixed jungle

K a

t s

a r

D

h a

rL idre

r N

Rel G

ad

DANDWAR FOREST

Talatun Puholi

Sen PuhaliK

ara

na N

a

CHANDRA BHAGA OR GADOR R

BODARBAN FOREST

Sunga

la N

WUCHIR FOREST

Dense mixed jungle

Dense mixed jungle

Dense mixed jungle

Rotdhar Puhali

KOL

Charwas Puhali

Diaban PuhaliSungul

SORA FOREST

Kahot Puhali

Somot Puhali

Nagariun

GulabgarMat

Arthal

Kundal

P OHugai

Lauj

LAUJ FOREST

kota

rur

Rawhar Puhali

BHETAL BUZAR FOREST

Aphani N

Hahswa

Kijai

Aphani

KirthaiZar

Kadhel

Muth

a Na

Rope Bridge

Laie

Nalhoran

Her Pass

Khatasar Puhali

Gwardhar Puhali

DAM SITE

N

L-1L-2

L-3

L-4

L-5

0 1 2KM

LOCATION MAP OF LAND SLIDE

Scale

CONTOUR

RIVER

ROADLEGEND

DAM SITE

VILLAGE

Figure 7.1 : Location Map of Land Slide



Figure 7.2 : Pictorial View of Landslide L-1




7.3. Treatment Measures for Land Slides

The minor slides observed on hill slopes just in the vicinity of the proposed reservoir

area and the places where mass movement has been distinctly noted and which are

said to be existing for sufficient long time, need corrective or control measures before

water level changes are brought about by the impounding of proposed reservoir.

A control method for landslides is based on either strengthening earth materials

(increasing resisting force) or reducing the mass weight within potential sliding mass

(decreasing driving force) or both. For a sliding mass, the control methods require

halting or reversing those factors that worsen its stability. The conventional methods

are best suited to these slides which are already in their critical stage. The measure

includes profile modifications, adequate surface drainage to avoid saturation of

water, stabilization of landslide by vegetation, “hard” remedial treatment as retaining

or restraining structures and ground anchors etc. The biological measures are

proposed for non-submergence zone and include such mean which render

stabilization of surface of land slide by vegetation such as plantation of grass,

shrubs, trees. Along moist drainage line is suggested. Contours hedge with

extremely dense planting of cutting of perennial shrubs / bushes shall be resorted to.

The details of proposed measures engineering / biological in respect of each of the

land slide with cost are shown in Table 7.2.

Table 7.2 : Details of Proposed Engineering and Biological Control Measures

Land

Slide

No.

Description of Measures Quantity Unit Rate Amount

(INR Lac)

L-1 Retaining wall of stone masonry

in cement mortar 1:6

2x100x4x1.4

1120 m3 1782.00 19.96

Retaining wall of dry stone

masonry

2x100x3x1.3

780 m3 996.00 7.77

RCC retaining wall 6m high 100 RM 26505 26.51

Shrub plantation 40000 No. 5.00 2.00

Seed spray 10 Kg. 5000.00 0.50

Sub-Total for L-1 56.74


in cement mortar

2x250x4x1.4

2800 m3 1782.00 49.90

RCC retaining wall 6m high 250 RM 26505.00 66.27


Seed spray 20 kg 5000.00 1.00



in cement mortar

1680 m3 178200 29.94



Land

Slide

No.


(INR Lac)

300x4x1.4


masonry

3x300x3x1.3

3510 m3 996.00 34.96

RCC retaining wall

4x50

200 RM 26505.00 53.10

Gabian wall

50x10x2x1.5

1500 m3 1240 18.60


Seed spray 10 Kg 5000 0.50

Tree plantation 400 No. 50 0.20



in cm 300x4x1.4

1680 m3 1782.00 29.94


masonry

300x3x1.3

1170 m3 996.00 11.65

RCC retaining wall 6m high 150 RM 26505.00 39.76

Gabion wall

30x10x2x1.5

900 m3 1240.00 11.16


Tree plantation 200 No. 50 0.10



in cement mortar

2x300x4x1.4

3360 m3 1782.00 59.88


masonry

2x300x3x1.3

2340 m3 996.00 23.31

RCC retaining wall

4x50

200 RM 26505.00 53.10

Gabion wall

40x10x2x1.5

1200 m3 1240.00 14.88


Seed spray 40 Kg 5000 2.0




Land

Slide

No.


(INR Lac)

Grand Total L-1 to L-5 567.99

7.4. Protection Of Houses / Fields

The human settlements and agricultural fields at some villages are very close to FRL

of reservoir. Therefore, such places need protection for their land and houses for

which it is proposed to construct concrete retaining wall along the stretch of reservoir

at potentially vulnerable places having a combined length of about 0.6 km as

depicted in Table 7.3. The cost of protection walls of 6 m height has been assessed

as Rs. 160.36 lac and is shown in Table 7.4.

Table 7.3 : Village wise length of RCC Wall Protection

S. No. Name of Village Length (km)

1. Lai 0.40

2. Kirthai 0.20

Total 0.60

Table 7.4 : Cost of Protection Walls

S.

No

Particulars Quantity Unit Rate Amount

1. CC M: 20 for RCC wall

Base = 600 x 3.6 x 0.4 =

864

Stem = 600 x 5.6 x 0.33 =

1109

= 1973

1973 m3 6511 128.46

2. Cost of steel

reinforcement

40 MT 56000 22.40

3. Centering and shuttering

2x600x0.4 = 480

2x600x5.6 = 6720

= 7200

7200 m2 132.00 9.50

Total 160.36

7.5. Treatment At The Mouth Of Streams Joining Reservoir

The hill torrents / rivulet have steep gradient and during rains very high discharges

flow in them with high velocity. Wherever these torrents meet main rivers there is a

large difference in their bed levels. Such torrents are also potential carrier of highly

sediment concentrated flows resulting from high velocities attained by them during



flash floods which some time becomes as high as 10m/sec. loose deposits or shoal

are therefore often witnessed just upstream of confluence point of such streams with

main river. The mouths of these streams have a tendency of sliding and widening

basically because of following reasons:

These are subjected to change in hydraulic conditions depending upon the fluctuation of water level of the main river during different period of the year and abrupt water level changes brought about during monsoon. The changed gradient of ground water affects the pore water pressure of the soil mass of banks at the mouthing and reduces the shear strength of the rock-mass which disintegrates.

The sediment load carried by the hill streams get deposited at the mouth and thus obstruct the high flow during monsoon there by increasing the flow velocity near banks which cause toe-erosion.

Due to the changes in flow conditions at the mouth of streams, from super critical to sub critical the energy dissipation takes place and the bank material faces the onslaught.

The FRL of the reservoir has to vary between El. 1764 masl to 1750.75 masl i.e. 13.25 m though the variation is to take effect over a considerable long period/duration, there are no chances of sudden draw down of water in the reservoir, yet due to looseness of strata at the mouths sliding cannot be ruled out.

The mouth of the streams are generally constituted of riverine material usually shingle, pebbles, boulder and fine sediments like clay, silt and sand which have lower shear strength. Swelling caused due to hydration of clay is the main cause of mass movement.

Therefore, the mouth of these streams directly draining into reservoir need to be

protected against toe-erosion at the level of FRL of reservoir by RCC retaining wall in

the immediate length of either bank followed by gabion walls. The sediment load

transported by the streams can be minimized by making check dam size 10 m x 1.5

m x 3.0 m, 20 each in respect of 8 Nadi / Nala meeting the reservoir. The cost of

these works has been assessed as Rs. 100.00 lac.

Table 7.5 : Cost Estimate of Mouth Treatment of Stream

S. No.

Measures Quantity Unit Rate Amount (Rs. in Lac)

1. RCC retaining wall 6m high in 40m length each on both bank of a nala at the mouth i.e. in 320 m length for all 8 drains

320 RM 26505 84.82

2. Gabion wall approx. 50m length on each banks of Khad in continuation of RCC retaining wall in total length 400m Total

1200 m3 1240.00 14.88



S. No.

Measures Quantity Unit Rate Amount (Rs. in Lac)

quantity

= 400x 2x 1.5

Total 99.70

Say 100.00

7.6. Overall Cost Of Reservoir Rim Treatment

The summed-up cost of various activities involved in the comprehensive reservoir

rim treatment plan is Rs. 828.00 lac as enumerated in Table 7.6.

Table 7.6 : Total Cost of Reservoir Rim Treatment

S.

No. Measures to be adopted Amount

(INR in Lac)

1. Treatment of landslides 567.99

2. Protection of houses / fields 160.36

3. Treatment of the mouth of the major streams/khad

joining reservoir directly

100.00

Grand Total 828.35

Say 828.00

:



8. MUCK MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1. General

For construction of different components of the project substantial surface and

underground excavation in over burden and rock for Dam intake structure, intake

tunnel, desilting chambers, flushing duct, headrace tunnel, tank and tail race and

powerhouse etc. would be required. The excavation shall result in large quantity of

excavated material i.e. muck which shall have to be evacuated, disposed off and

roller compacted or laid on mild slopes pari-passu with the excavation work, to such

designated areas where the muck piles do not substantially interfere with either

environment / ecology or the river flow regime and cause turbidity impairing the

quality of water. The disposal of muck has to be scientifically planned keeping in

view the pecuniary aspects necessitating nearness to the generating component of

work, which understandably reduce the travel time of dumpers, interference to

surface flow and ground water aquifer, and disposition of habitation. In the present

case, the total quantity of muck / debris, to be generated due to the project, shall be

3025921 cum which with swell factor shall amount to 4296808 cum, out of which

3,007,765 cum shall be consumed on project work leaving 1289042 cum to be

dumped at designated sites. It is, therefore, proposed to utilize about 70% of the

excavated material on the project activities. The balance 30% shall have to be

disposed off away from sites so as to make available the clear site for construction

activities. The balance muck shall be properly stacked and roller compacted or

dumped on slopes and treated to mix and match with the surrounding environ with

least change in landscape.

Based on the quantities of surface and underground excavation including 10% over

break a muck management plan, therefore, has been formulated to manage the

disposal of muck and restore such areas from further degradation of the

environment. During construction of the project, huge quantities of excavation will be

carried out from the underground and open air components and shall be either roller

compacted to provide stable terraces for erection of labour camps, job facilities and

storage area, or dumped in designated areas to provide stable slopes as per details

given in Table 8.1.



Table 8.1 : Component Wise Details of the Muck Generated and its Management

Sr. No.

Project Component

Excavation in earth and

boulder and riverbed

Rock Excavation

Quantity of Muck/Debris

generated

Total Quantity of Muck/Debris

including swell factor

Estimated Quantity of Muck/Debris proposed to be

utilized (including swell factor)

Estimated Quantity of

Muck/Debris proposed to be

dumped

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 U/s and d/s coffer dam

3746 33718 37464 53199 37,239 15960

2 Diversion tunnel 9843 155779 165622 235183 164,628 70555

3 Main Dam 26470 238231 264701 375875 263,113 112763

4 Intake 5095 236579 241674 343177 240,224 102953

5 Desilting Chamber 0 454360 454360 645191 451,634 193557

6 HRT 0 622197 622197 883520 618,464 265056

7 Surge Shaft 0 97430 97430 138351 96,845 41505

8 Pressure Shaft, BV Chamber and Penstock

0 118710

118710 168568 117,998 50570

9 U/G Power house complex 0 361506 361506 513339 359,337 154002

10 TRT 0 44227 44227 62802 43,962 18841

11 Power House (Dam Toe) 22890 206010 228900 325038 227,527 97511

12 TRC (Dam Toe) 38913 350217 389130 552565 386,795 165769

Total 106957 2918964 3025921 4296808 3,007,765 1289042



8.2. Quantity of Muck Generated and Its Consumptive Use

It is eloquent from Table 8.1 that 3025921 cum of muck, which amounts to 4296808

cum on swell basis, will be generated due to excavation, out of which 3,007,765 cum

is proposed to be re-utilized as construction material for consumptive use in non-

wearing surface like back fill, shotcreting and plum concrete in construction of water

conductor system like HRT, surge shaft, pressure shaft, MAT, TRT, other adits and in

development works. Thus, the remaining 1289042 cum quantity shall be disposed off

at designated sites. The disposed muck at these shall be roller compacted to develop

terraces for erecting labour camps, site offices, storage yards and other job facilities.

Both dumping locations shall be well supported at base and at also at higher

elevation by suitable retaining structures. Subsequently all the spoil tips (muck

disposal sites) will be developed by taking up plantation through bio-technological

method to generate a thick forest canopy over them. The location of the dumping

sites is depicted in Figure 8.1.



HACHOT FOREST

Dhurku

iS

hirir N

Chanas

Chauki

Open Scurb

RutanaKuheg N

KUGON FOREST

Phulin

SHIMPAN

SHASHO R H

Pan N

ar

SHIRIR FOREST

SHIRIR

kidur

N

KIDURIamur Puhali

Dense mixed jungle

K a

t s

a r

D

h a

rL id

rer

N

Rel G

ad

DANDWAR FOREST

Talatun Puholi

Sen Puhali

Kara

na N

a


BODARBAN FOREST

Sunga

la N

WUCHIR FOREST

Dense mixed jungle

Dense mixed jungle

Dense mixed jungle

Rotdhar Puhali

KOL

Charwas Puhali

Diaban PuhaliSungul

SORA FOREST

Kahot Puhali

Somot Puhali

Nagariun

GulabgarMat

Arthal

Kundal

P OHuga

Lauj

LAUJ FOREST

kota

rur

Rawhar Puhali

BHETAL BUZAR FOREST

Aphani N

Hahswa

Kijai

Aphani

KirthaiZar

Kadhel

Muth

a Na

Rope Bridge

Laie

Nalhoran

Her Pass

Khatasar Puhali

Gwardhar Puhali

DAM SITE

N

LOCATION MAP OF MUCK DISPOSAL SITE

M-7M-6 M-5

M-4

M-3

M-2

M-1

0 1 2KMScale

CONTOUR

RIVER

ROADLEGEND

DAM SITE

VILLAGE

Figure 8.1 : Location of Dumping Site



The selection of muck disposal sites was carried out considering the quantity of the

muck, landscape, cost effectiveness, nearness to source of generation, absence of

ground and surface water, relief and scope for afforestation works. The details of

dumping sites along with their total capacity and amount of muck to be disposed are

enumerated in Table 8.2.

Table 8.2 : Muck Disposal Site Details

Sl.

No.

Location of Dumping Site Area in

Ha

Capacity

in cum

Remarks

1. D-1, located about 600m d/s of

dam

0.45 45000 The dumped muck shall not

be roller compacted. The

quantity is on swell basis.

2. D-2, located about 500 m v/s of

Pan Nar Nala

1.00 40000 The dumped muck shall be

roller compacted to provide

raised platform for labour

camps.


Pan Nar Nala




camps.

4. D-4. located near RD 47km on

Kishtwar –Gulabgarh Road




camps.

5. D-5, located about 300m v/s of

Shirir Nala





Shirir Nala





Lidrer Nala


be roller compacted.

The quantity is on swell

Basis.

Total

12.85 1335000

8.3. Description on Muck Disposal Sites

8.3.1. Muck Disposal Site D-1

The proposed muck disposal site is located about 600 m d/s of dam axis on left bank

of Chenab on Kishtwar - Gulagarh road. The average dimension of the site is 300 m

x 15 m and with 10 m average height it is capable of holding 45,000 cum of muck

against which 30,000 cum quantity, to be obtained from excavation of dam is

proposed to be dumped. The plan area of the site is 0.45 ha. The general view of the

site is shown in Figure 8.2 and 8.3



Figure 8.2 : General View of Dumping Site D-1





The proposed muck disposal site is located about 500 m u/s of Pan Nar Nala on left

bank of the Chenab on Kishtwar – Gulabgarh road. The average dimension of the

site is 500 m x 10 m and with 8 m average height it is capable of holding 40,000 cum

of muck against which 35,000 cum, to be obtained from the excavation of dam is

proposed to be dumped and properly roller compacted to provide raised platform for

contactor’s camp. The plan area of the site is 1.00 ha. The general view of the site is

shown in Figure 8.4.



The proposed muck disposal site is located about 600 m d/s of Pan Nar Nala on L/B

of the Chenab on Kishtwar – Gulabgarh road. The average dimension of the site is

800 m x 20 m and with 10 m average height it is capable of holding 160,000 cum of

muck against which 1,50,000 cum, to be obtained of dam and intake shall be

dumped and properly roller compacted to provide platform for temporary colony. The

plan area of the site is 3.15 ha. The general view of the site is shown in Figure 8.5

and 8.6




The proposed muck disposal site is located on left bank of the Chenab, RD 47 km on

Kishtwar – Gulabgarh road. The average dimension of the site is 600 m x 30 m and

with 15 m average height it is capable of holding 2,70,000 cum of muck against

which 2,60,000 cum, to be obtained of dam and intake shall be dumped and properly

roller compacted to provide platform for temporary colony. The plan area of the site

is 3.0 ha. The general view of the site is shown in Figure 8.7 and 8.8






The proposed muck disposal site is located about 300 m u/s of Shirir Nala on left

bank of Chenab on Kishtwar - Gulagarh road. The average dimension of the site is

400 m x 30 m and with 15 m average height it is capable of holding 1,30,000 cum of

muck against which 1,10,000 cum quantity, to be obtained from part excavation of

HRT is proposed to be dumped. The plan area of the site is 1.2 ha. The general view

of the site is shown in Figure 8.9.



The proposed muck disposal site is located about 200 m d/s of Shirir Nala on left



muck against which 1,40,000 cum quantity, to be obtained from part excavation of

HRT is proposed to be dumped. The plan area of the site is 1.6 ha. The general view

of the site is shown in Figure 8.10.





The proposed muck disposal site is located about 250 m u/s of Lidrer Nala on left



muck against which 5,00,494 cum quantity, to be obtained from adits, surge tank,

powerhouse cavern and tail race tunnel is proposed to be dumped. The plan area of

the site is 2.45 ha. The general view of the site is shown in Figure 8.11.




8.4. Implementation of Engineering & Biological Measures

As already explained engineering measures like providing of GI wire crates and

retaining walls and compaction of muck will provide stability to the profile of muck

piles.

8.4.1. Engineering Measures

It has been observed that after excavation the disposal of muck creates problem as it

is susceptible to scattering unless the muck disposal yards are supported with

engineering measures such as retaining structures, crate walls and gabions. All the

dumping sites need proper handling to avoid spilling of muck into the river water

while dumping and in the post dumping stages. The muck disposal sites have to be

developed from below the ground level either by providing stone masonry or RCC

retaining wall in height of 6 m on water facing side and 4 m on lateral sides for dump

sites. Proper weep holes with inverted filter behind shall be provided at a spacing of

1.5 m c/c. It is proposed to develop dumping sites into terraces for erecting labour

camps and after completion of work shall be rehabilitated by afforestation. The cost

of engineering measures has however been worked out on the basis of RCC

retaining wall. Besides retaining wall four tiers of inter mediatory boulder wire crates

of 8 SWG wire with 10 cm x 10 cm mesh size and in dimension 2.25 m x 1.25 m x

1.25 m shall be provided with 0.4 m berm width. After placing of first tier of crates at

the toe of muck disposal site, the muck brought in dumpers shall be dumped and

manually spread behind the crates in such a manner that rock mass is properly

stacked behind the crates with minimum of voids.

8.4.2. Biological Measures

Biological measures, however, require special efforts as the muck disposed in

disposal yards will in general be devoid of nutrients and soil contents to support

vegetation. The selection of soil for spreading over such an area would require

nutrient profiling of soil for different base elements. Suitable ad mixture of nutrients

would be done before placing the soil on the top surface of muck disposal areas to

have administered growth of forest canopy.

8.4.2.1 Plantation Technique

In view of the peculiar site conditions particularly the soil conditions, the planting

technique for all the categories of the plants has to be very site specific and suited to

the stress conditions as anticipated and discussed above. The planting substrates

would need to be considerably improved to support the plants in their initial stages of

establishment. The moisture retention capability, availability of nutrients and soil

aeration, permeability and porosity would require intervention and assistance.

Multistoried and multipurpose plantations are proposed to be raised on the muck

dumping sites as also in road side strips using grasses, shrubs and bushes in the

under storey and trees in the upper storey. Nursery raised grass slips, seedlings of

shrubs & bushes and tree species would be planted in the area combined with grass

sowing in patches. In addition, cuttings of bushes and shrubs can also be planted to

supplement the nursery raised stock but this would substitute requirement of raising

the nursery of these species. Intimate mixture of species would be avoided right at



the planning stage and would be strictly followed during planting. Each patch should

contain maximum of two species. Grasses would be mixed by groups in rows, shrubs

and bushes by group again in rows.

Grass slip planting and grass seed sowing would be done in strips at 0.10 m x 0.10

m spacing in the prepared staggered patches of 1 m x 0.5 m with a depth of 0.30 m.

Soil mixture would be used while filling the patches. Balance dug up soil/muck will be

stacked along the patch on the downhill side for rain water tapping and enhanced

percolation in the patch. Number of such patches in each hectare is proposed at 500.

Shrubs and bushes would be planted in elongated strips of 1.5 m x 0.5 m with a

depth of 0.45m. Soil mixture would be used while filling the patches. Balance dug up

soil/muck will be stacked along the patch on the downhill side for water tapping and

better percolation in the patch. These would be staggered throughout the area

numbering 500 per hectare. Each patch would have two rows of planting with

staggered spacing between plants in a row as 15 cm and distance between rows as

15 cm.

Planting of trees would be done in contour staggered pits of 0.60 m x 0.60 m x 0.60

m size numbering 800 per hectare. Out of these 800 plants, about 200 plants per

hectare are meant for planting along the periphery of the area. If the periphery gets

filled up with lesser numbers, the remainder would be planted in the core/main area.

Soil mixture would be used while filling the pits. Balance dug up soil/muck will be

stacked on downhill side of the pit for trapping the rain water and allowing it to

percolate in the pit.

It is proposed to use soil mixture in the pits & patches consisting of soil imported

from nearby areas mixed with compost or human or vermin-compost or all of these.

The ratio for the mix would be 5 parts: Compost/manure 2 parts: Sand 2 part: and

humus or vermin-compost 1 part. This will make nutrients really available for the

plants in the preliminary stages and also help increase soil aeration, porosity &

permeability and improved moisture available for the plants.

The stabilization sites from the time of execution of biological measures would be

protected with barbed wire fencing on 2m high RCC posts and provided with

inspection paths. Since the muck dumping sites are being provided with either RCC

walls or the wire crate (gabion) wall on the valley side (towards river) which is not

negotiable by animals and human beings, fencing would not be required along the

entire perimeter. Hence, it would be done on the vulnerable sections i.e. towards the

hillside only.

The proposed costs include nursery costs for initial planting and also for mortality

replacement.

The biological measures shall be taken up towards the end of construction. The

plantations would be maintained for a period of 5 years by irrigating the plantation

during dry seasons, mortality replacement and repair of fencing & inspection paths

within the area. The task of irrigation would be performed by the watch & ward

provided in the cost estimate.



Although the sites would be either leveled or finished in a grade, yet due to rains and

sliding etc, they tend to develop rills and gulley causing acceleration in the rate of

erosion. As such, while carrying out plantation; suitable soil conservation measures

would also be taken.

8.5. Species for Plantation

Afforestation with suitable plant species of high ecological and economic value and

adaptable to local conditions will be undertaken at the rate of 800 plants per hectare

in accordance with canopy cover requirement. The major plant species which can be

used in the area are given in Table 8.3.

Table 8.3 : Name of the Plant Species

Botanical Name Local Name

Alnus nitida Kosh, Kunish, Nyun

Betula utilis Bhojpatra, Pad

Cedrus deodara Kelo, Diar, Kialmang

Cupressus torulosa Devidiar

Juniperus macropoda Guggal, Dhup, Shur

Pinus gerardiana Neoza, Chilagoza, Ri

Prunus armeniaca Chuli, Chul

Juglans regia Akhrot

Prunus cornuta Krun, Birdcherry

Pinus wallichiana Kail

Fraxinus xanthoxyloides Thumb

Populus ciliata Kramal

Salix alba Shon



and Rosa webbiana.

8.6. Cost Estimate for Muck Disposal Plan

The cost estimate for muck disposal plan indicating engineering, biological, bio-

technological measures and maintenance is provided in Table 8.4.

Table 8.4 : Cost Estimate for Muck Disposal Plan indicating Engineering, Biological, Bio-Technological Measures and Maintenance

Sl.

No.

Particulars Quantity Unit Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs. In lac)

A. Engineering Measures

1(a)

(i)

RCC retaining wall 6m height for retaining

muck at disposal site D-1, D-2, D-3, D-4, D-

5, D-6 and D-7 in total length of 3600m

Cement Concrete M:20

Base:3600x0.40x3.60=5184

Stem:3600x5.6x0.33=6653

11837

Cu. M

6136

726.32



Cost of Steel reinforcement

465

Mt

53499

248.77

1(b)

(i)

(ii)

RCC retaining wall 4m height for retaining

muck at side of disposal sits D-1, D-2, D-3,

D-4, D-5, D-6 and D-7 in total length 2

(15+20+45+50+30+40+35) i.e. 470 RM

Cement Concentrate M:20

Base: 470x0.3x2.50=352.50

stam: 470x3.7x0.26=452.14

Cost of Steel reinforcement

805

32

Cu. M

Mt

4000

55000

49.40

17.12

2 Supplying and placing in position GI wire

crate 8 SWG, 10 cm as inter mediatory

support in 4 tiers of crates (2.25m x 1.25 m x

1.25m) on dumping site D-3, D-4 and D-7 in

540, 790 and 770 i.e. total 3740numbers

3740

No.

3000

112.20

Subtotal (A) 1153.81

B. Biological Measures

1. Plantation of muck disposal sites 12.85 Ha 485432 62.37

2. Barbed wire fencing on 2m high RCC posts 12.85 Ha 30000 3.86

3. Cost of portable pump with accessories 3 No. 150000 4.50

4. Cost of sprinkler system of irrigation 12.85 Ha 25000 3.21

5. Watch and ward 3 no. @ Rs. 6000 p.m. for 5

years

180 Man

month

6000 10.80

Subtotal (B) 84.74

Grand Total (A) + (B) 1238.55

say Rs.

1239.00

Lac

8.7. Cost Model for Plantation

The cost model for plantation on muck dumping sites is given in Table 8.5.

Table 8.5 : Cost Model for Plantation on Muck Dumping Sites (For One Hectare Area)

S. No.

Particular Qty. Unit Rate (Rs.)

Amount (Rs.)

A. PALANTATION:

(1) GRASS SLIP PLANTING AND GRASS SEED SOWING:

1 Preparation of soil mixture (soil, sand, humus & compost) including digging, purchase, carriage to the site of work and mixing at site.

75.00 Cum. 850.00 63750

2 Digging of staggered patches 1 m x 0.50 m x 0.30 m @ 500 patches/ha.

75.00 Cum. 50.00 3750

3 Filling of staggered patches with imported soil mixture.

75.00 Cum. 15.00 1125

4 Extraction of grass slips from nursery beds @ 50 slips per patch.

25000 Per Slip 0.12 3000



5 Carriage of grass slips from nursery to work site.

25000 Per Slip 0.15 3750

6 Planting of the extracted grass slips in above patches @ 50 slips per patch.

25000 Per Slip 0.18 4500

7 Cost of grass slips (in nursery). 25000 Per Slip 0.5 12500

8 Purchase of grass seeds @ 5 gm. Per patch.

2.50 Kg. 115.00 288

9 Sowing of grass seeds in furrows in each patch.

500 Patch. 2.50 1250

TOTAL 93913

(II) SHRUBS AND BUSHES PLANTATION:


168.75 Cum. 850.00 143438

2 Digging of elongated patches 1.5 x 0.50 m x 0.45 m @ 500 patches/ha.

168.75 Cum. 50.00 8438

3 Filling of elongated patches with imported soil mixture.

168.75 Cum. 15.00 2531

4 Extraction of shrubs & bushes from nursery beds @ 50 per patch.

25000 Per plant 0.15 3750

5 Carriage of shrubs & bushes from nursery to work site.

25000 Per plant 0.15 3750

6 Planting of the extracted shrubs & bushes un above patches @ 50 per patch.

25000 Per plant 0.20 5000

7 Cost of shrubs & bushes (in nursery). 25000 Per plant 1.00 25000

TOATL 191906

(III) FOUR LINE STRIP PLANTATION (TREE SPECIES):


18.225 Cum. 850.00 15491

2 Digging of pits (45cm x 45cm x 45cm) in periphery of area.

200 No. 4.45 890

3 Filling of pits (45cm x 45cm x 45 cm) with imported soil mixture.

200 No. 1.27 254

4 Extracted of plants from nursery beds. 200 No. 0.25 50

5 Carriage of plants from nursery to the work site over average distance of 10 km uphill carriage.

200 Nos. per Km.

0.17 340

6 Planting of extracted plants in above pits including ramming.

200 No. 0.86 172

7 Mulching of plants with grass. 200 No. 0.28 56

8 Cost of plants (in nursery). 200 No. 1.00 200

TOTAL 17453

(IV) PLANTATION OF TREE SPECIES IN BLANK AREA:

1 Preparation of soil mixture (soil, sand, humus & compost) including digging, purchase, carriage to the site of work and mixing at site

54.675. Cum. 850.00 46474

2 Digging of pits (45cm x 45cm x 45cm) for B/L plantation.

600 No. 4.45 2670

3 Filling of pits (45cm x 45cm x 45cm) for B/L plantation with imported soil mixture.

600 No. 1.27 762



4 Extraction of plants from nursery beds. 600 No. 0.25 150

5 Carriage of plants from nursery to the work site over an average distance of 10 Km uphill carriage.

600 No. per Km. 0.17 1020

6 Planting of B/L plants in pits including ramming.

600 No. 0.86 516

7 Mulching of B/L plants with grass. 600 No. 0.28 168

8 Cost of plants (in nursery). 600 No. 4.00 2400

TOTAL 54160

(V) MAINTENANCE:

1 1st year maintenance. 1 Ha. 4000 4000

2 2nd year maintenance. 1 Ha. 3600 3600

3 3rd year maintenance. 1 Ha. 3200 3200

4 4th year maintenance. 1 Ha. 2800 2800

5 5th year maintenance. 1 Ha. 2000 2000

6 Watch and ward of plantation for 5 years (60 months @ 1000/=) including irrigation during lean seasons.

1 Ha. 1000 60000

TOTAL 78000

B. SOIL CONSERVATION:

1. Construction of gulley plugs, small check walls/dams etc. LUMP-SUM

50000

TOTAL (A) + (B)

GRAND TOTAL 4,85,432



9. RESTORATION PLAN FOR QUARRY SITES

9.1. General

The Kirthai HEP, Stage-II mainly involves construction of diversion dam, intake

structure, inlet tunnels, desilting chamber, flushing ducts, head race tunnel,

underground and auxiliary powerhouse and transformer hall, main access tunnel, tail

race tunnel and other adits and tunnels. For the construction of such components

huge quantities of concrete work, structural steel work, shotcreting and grouting and

fixing of pre-cast lagging is involved for which construction materials like coarse and

fine aggregates, boulders, stones and earth for backfilling are required besides

cement, structural steel and reinforcement steel. The quantities of construction

material like fine aggregate, single or coarse aggregate filter material, backfill earth

for various uses and their potential quarry/mining sites are mentioned in Table 9.1.

Table 9.1 : Quantity of Various Materials

S. No

Material Quantity (lac m3)

Quarry/ Mining Sites

1 Fine aggregate for c.c 10.38 In situ Rock quarry sites Q-1 & Q-2 after crushing of rock mass.

2 Coarse aggregate 20.76 In situ Rock quarry sites Q-1 & Q-2 and from excavation of under ground works.

3. Rock fill material 1.64 From excavation of diversion tunnel and bank stripping of dam.

4. Graded filter material for coffer dam

0.22 River shoal deposits, Q-3.

5. Impervious material 0.30 Borrow area in Atholi Village.

Total 33.30

Excavation of construction material entails land acquisition and management of

quarry areas at a later date to maintain the environment in its natural state.

Therefore, during material survey/investigation it was realized that the quarry areas

may be identified in river plain as far as possible and also the material excavated

from different components be utilized. In view of this, one site d/s of dam for filter

material and two in-situ rock quarries have been identified.

9.2. Details of Quarry Sites

In construction of the project, about 33.30 lac cum material comprising of

aggregate/stone, filter material and rock fill material and clay, shall be required. To

meet this demand stream/river bed shoals in and around River Chenab were

investigated. It is also proposed that the excavated material derived from the

underground and open surface works will be utilized and about 3,007,765 cum

excavated material will therefore, be used out of the total quantity of 4296808 cum

excavated material. The coarse aggregate obtained through crushing of excavated

muck shall be utilized in non-wearing concrete works like back fill concrete in water

conductor system like HRT, pressure shaft, MAT, TRT and other adits and also in

shotcreting and grouting works. The lining and structural concrete shall be made from

aggregates obtained from in-situ rock quarry located u/s of Lidrari Nala and also from

in-situ rock quarry located between 2.2 to 2.6 km d/s of Kirthai HEP Stage - II dam on



Kishtwar Gulabgarh road. Assuming the total losses (30%) to be accounted for in the

quantity estimation of raw material from quarry site to aggregate processing plant for

producing aggregates, the total quantity of raw material works out to be 26.99 lac

cum and that for production of crushed sand about 13.49 lac cum. Thus, in case of

use of crushed sand the total raw material requirement comes to 40.38 lac cum

which shall be met from utilization of 30.08 cum of muck and balance 10.30 lac cum

from in-situ rock quarries. The location plan of the quarry/mining sites is depicted in

Figure 9.1 and details of different kind of material and quarry areas are described

below.



HACHOT FOREST

Dhurku

iS

hurku

i N

Chanas

Chauki

Open Scurb

RutanaKuheg N

KUGON FOREST

Phulin

SHIMPAN

SHASHO R H

Pan N

ar

SHIRIR FOREST

SHIRIR

kidur

N

KIDURIamur Puhali

Dense mixed jungle

K a

t s

a r

D

h a

rL id

rer

N

Rel G

ad

DANDWAR FOREST

Talatun Puholi

Sen Puhali

Kara

na N

a


BODARBAN FOREST

Sunga

la N

WUCHIR FOREST

Dense mixed jungle

Dense mixed jungle

Dense mixed jungle

Rotdhar Puhali

KOL

Charwas Puhali

Diaban PuhaliSungul

SORA FOREST

Kahot Puhali

Somot Puhali

Nagariun

GulabgarMat

Arthal

Kundal

P OHuga

Lauj

LAUJ FOREST

kota

rur

Rawhar Puhali

BHETAL BUZAR FOREST

Aphani N

Hahswa

Kijai

Aphani

KirthaiZar

Kadhel

Muth

a Na

Rope Bridge

Laie

Nalhoran

Her Pass

Khatasar Puhali

Gwardhar Puhali

DAM SITE

N

Q-2

Q-1

Q-3

LOCATION MAP OF QUARRY SITE

0 1 2KMScale

CONTOUR

RIVER

ROADLEGEND

DAM SITE

VILLAGE

Figure 9.1 : Location Plan of the Quarry/Mining Sites



9.2.2. Quarry Site, Q-1

It is in situ rock quarry located on left bank of Chenab and Left bank of Lidrer Nala

d/s of bridge on Lidrari Nala, on Kisthwar - Gulabgarh road. The quarry lies in forest

and about 6 km d/s of dam site. Assuming the proposed quarry dimension of 250 m x

95 m and with 30 m height of excavation on a hill slope of 600, the quarry shall yield

about 6 lac cum of blasted material which is mainly gneiss. The CSMRS, New Delhi

who have conducted field and laboratory investigations for samples from the site

have found the rocks from the quarry suitable for use as coarse aggregate as well as

crushed fine aggregate in concrete for non-wearing surface. The plan area required

for quarry shall be 2.5 ha. The general view of the site is shown in Figure 9.2.

Figure 9.2 : The General View of the Quarry Site Q-1


It is in situ rock quarry located on left bank of Chenab about 2.2 km d/s of dam site

and is located on Kisthwar - Gulabgarh road. Assuming the proposed quarry

dimension of 300 m x 75 m and with 30 m height of excavation on a hill slope of 600,

the quarry shall yield about 6 lac cum of blasted material which is mainly gneiss. The

CSMRS, New Delhi who have conducted field and laboratory investigations for

samples from the site have found the rocks from the quarry suitable for use as

coarse aggregate as well as crushed fine aggregate in concrete for non-wearing

surface. The plan area required for quarry shall be 2.5 ha and it shall be near to the

dam site. The general view of the site is shown in Figure 9.3 and Figure 9.4.






The quarry site is a shoal deposit in the Chenab, located about 6.8 km from

Gulabgarh on left bank of Chenab. The site is closed to Aphani Nala. The quarry

area involves 1.0 ha Government land. Assuming average mining in 3.0 m depth, it

shall yield about 0.3 lac cum material involving boulder, shingle and sand of different

grades which can meet the requirement of graded filter material required in the core



and bottom of the two coffer dams. The general view of the quarry is presented in

Figure 9.5.


9.2.5. Clay Borrow Area

For meeting the requirement of 0.3 lac cum of the clay core material, some borrow

area is to be delineated by the project proponent on the basis of the analysis of

samples to be taken from pits to be made in agriculture area under Atholi villages.

9.3. Environmental Impacts

The environmental impacts of excavation of construction materials such as rock

mass/boulder and sand for construction of hydroelectric projects depend on

excavation process, local hydrological conditions, climate, rock types, size and type

of operations and topography. Impacts also vary with stage of development at quarry

sites e.g. development of working platforms has a less impact compared to the

excavation of aggregates and sand. Physical changes in the soil, water and air

associated with environment impacts would be due to excavation and degradation of

land around the quarry and on biota around it. About 70% excavated material from

surface and the proposed underground works shall be utilized together with river bed

materials obtained from 1 river bed quarry and two other rock quarries. The rock face

areas of rock quarries do not require any major restoration measures. However,

keeping in view the fact that due to blasting etc. the rock features along the joint

surfaces may get weak or disturbed, for overcoming which some rock bolting and

shotcrete measures along the exposed face are proposed. The river shoal area fall in

the river bed/plain, as such no restoration measures are proposed for them. The river

shoal quarry sites will be restored during the flood season as this fall within the river

course of River Chenab. Therefore, the river bed quarry activity shall not lead to any



negative impact either during the functioning of the quarry or at a later date. Quarry

site No. 3 shall be submerged in the pond and thus need no restoration. Blasting

shall not be allowed in the river bed. Copious use of sprinkler shall be resorted to

stock piles of aggregate and the washing of the aggregate shall be first allowed to

settle in the setting tanks before disposing into river. As a dust arrester G.C sheet

shield shall be erected on the valley side of portion of Kishtwar – Gulabgarh road.

9.4. Treatment Measures for Restoration

The biological and engineering measures are proposed to be implemented for

restoration of rock quarry Q-1 & Q-2.

9.4.1. Biological Measures

Under the biological measures, plantation over an area of 12 ha as per the suitability

of the area will be conducted to bring the diverted area under rock quarry No. 1 & 2

under forest cover after these are no more needed. In addition to plantation, seeding

of local plant species will also be done to enhance natural regeneration. The

plantation technique and the rate of plantation shall be as in the case of biological

treatment of muck disposal sites.

9.4.2. Barbed Wire Fencing

The area of rock quarry site will be fenced first to ward off animals from entering the

quarry area and later to protect the plantation from grazing and to enhance natural

regeneration.

9.4.3. Engineering Measures

For the reclamation of the quarry sites, the following engineering measures are

proposed.

9.4.3.1 Protective Shield

Along 2000 m length of the Kirthai - Gulabgarh road near quarry site Q-1, Q-2 & Q-3

proper G. C. Sheet Shielding shall be erected to safeguard against fugitive dust

particles.

9.5. Cost Estimate for Restoration of Borrow Areas

The details of the expenditure likely to be incurred on the implementation of

biological and engineering measures to be adopted are placed in Table 9.2.

Table 9.2 : Cost estimates for restoration of borrow areas

SI.

No.

Item of Work Qty. Unit Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs. in

lac)

1 Stone masonry (1:6) in

retaining wall of 4 m height

in 75 m

300 Cum 3000 9.00



SI.

No.

Item of Work Qty. Unit Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs. in

lac)

2 Plantation in 5 ha. Including

maintenance for 5 years.

5.0 ha 250000 12.50

3 Watch and ward 3 No

Chowkiders @ Rs 10000

p.m for 5 years

180 months 10000 18.00

4 Provision for Settling Tanks Job LS 5.50

5 Providing G.C. Sheet shield in

500 m length.

500 Rm 2000 10.00

6 For execution of eco-

friendly management plan

for 3 nos. quarry area

Job LS 30.00

Total 85.00

9.6. Landscape and Restoration Plan

Kirthai HEP, Stage-I encompassing a diversion dam, underground water conductor

system and powerhouse is located in the interior area of Paddar block of District

Kishtwar. Being in remote interior and at a detour from District Headquarter,

Kishtwar, the dam site on rock outcrop provides a limited site for landscaping

besides being in deep gorge too. The water conductor system, the powerhouse and

appurtenant works are all underground structures and thus their landscaping is not

warranted. Considering this the landscape plan is restrictive in nature being limited to

dam site, residential and office complex areas. Provision in DPR, for development of

garden, parks and lawns in the residential areas/office complexes under the head M-

Plantation should be earmarked in the DPR. It is proposed to provide landscaping for

the area around dam complex. The financial provision of landscape works is

presented in Table 9.3.

Table 9.3 : Cost Estimate for Landscaping Plan

S. No Particular Quantity Amount

(Rs in lac)

1 Providing two view points on Kishtwar-Pangi road, one near

exit point of Tail race and the other at a suitable location on

road.

LS 5.00

2 Providing Channel fencing along approach road to dam LS 10.00

3 Providing ornamental, avenue and flowering plants and

flower beds near left bank of dam

LS 4.00

4 Providing rest benches LS 1.00

5 Providing for lighting arrangements to enhance the night

effect

LS 5.00

6 Watch and ward LS 5.00

7 Provision for recurring cost on maintenance of item 1 through

5 @ 2.5% of cost per year for 5 years

LS 1.25



8 Provision for meeting electricity Charges @ Rs 1.5 lacs per

year for 5 years.

LS 7.50

9 Contingencies LS 1.00

Total 39.75

Say 40.00

Therefore, the overall cost of Restoration of Quarry area and landscaping plan is Rs. 85

lakh + Rs. 40 Lakh = Rs. 125 lakh



10. DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1. Introduction

Any hydroelectric project if not designed on the sound principles of design after detail

investigations in respect of hydrology, geology, seismicity etc., could spell a large-

scale calamity. Thus, these are inherent risk to the project like improper

investigation, planning, designing and construction which ultimately lead to human

catastrophe. Though through detailed field investigations it has been ensured that

the dam is founded on firm foundation, designed for suitable seismic design

parameters and the spillway has been designed for passing 9600 cumecs discharge,

yet in view of that uncertain element of “Force majeure” the eventuality of a disaster

cannot be ignored but a rescue plan must be devised for confronting such an

exigency without being caught in the vast realm of unpreparedness.

A disaster is an unwarranted, untoward and emergent situation that culminates into

heavy toll of life and property and is a calamity sometimes caused by “force majeure”

and by human error. The identification of all types of disaster in any proposed project

scenario involves the critical review of the project vis-à-vis the study of historical past

incidents/disasters in the similar situations. The evolution of disaster management

plan dwells on various aspects such as provision of evacuation paths, setting up of

alarms and warning systems, establishing communicating system besides

delineating an Emergency Response Organization with an Effective Response

System. Keeping in view the grievous affects a disaster can cause on human or

animal population, loss of property and environment in and around the areas of

impact. Therefore, it is essential to assess the possibility of such failures in context to

the present project and formulate a contingent plan.

The proposed diversion dam of Kirthai HEP, Stage-II on the Chenab. The 219.8 m

long dam comprises of 126.8 m non-overflow section and 93 m overflow section. The

crest elevation of spillway has been kept at El. 1712.5 masl, while FRL is at El. 1764

masl and the dam foundation level (lowest) shall be kept at 1650 masl. The FRL and

MDDL have been fixed at El. 1764 masl and 1750.75 masl respectively.

The project is R-O-R scheme and thus has very small live storage of 17.0 MCM only.

The pond level shall fluctuate according to peak power generation. On the u/s of the

project, Kirthai I HEP, has also been conceived and on the d/s of the project Kiru

HEP is proposed. Therefore, a comprehensive monitoring network system has to be

established to combat jointly the threat due to failure of any of these schemes. For

accomplishing this full proof “no communication failure” system has to be evolved.

10.2. Model For Dam Break Analysis

For reasons of simplicity, generally, wide applicability and the uncertainty in the

actual mechanism, the BOSS DAMBRK model has been used. The model uses

failure time interval, terminal size and shape of the breach as the inputs. The

possible shapes of the breach that can be accomplished by the model are

rectangular, triangular and trapezoidal. The model can adopt either storage routing



or dynamic routing methods for routing floods through reservoirs depending on the

nature of flood wave movement in reservoirs at the time failure.

The dynamic wave method based on the complete equations of unsteady flow is the

appropriate technique to route the flood hydrograph through the downstream valley.

The method is derived from the original equations developed by St. Venant. The

model uses St. Venant’s equations for routing dam break floods in channels.

10.3. Methodology

The National Weather Service’s DAMBRK model developed by Dr. L. Fread has

been used in the study. This model simulates the failure of dam, computes the

resultant outflow hydrograph and simulates movement of the dam break flood wave

through the downstream river valley. The model is built around three major

capabilities, which are reservoir routing, breach simulation and river routing.

However, it does no rainfall-runoff analysis and storm inflow hydrographs to the

upstream of reservoir must be developed external to the model. A brief description of

the capabilities of the model is described in the following paragraphs

Reservoir Routing

The storage routing is based on the law of conservation given as:

I –Q = dS/dt …………………….….. (1) in which, I is reservoir inflow. Q is the total reservoir outflow which includes the flow

spillway, breach, overtopping flow and head independent discharge, and rate of

change of reservoir storage volume. Equation (1) can be expressed in finite

difference form as:

(1 + I’ ) 2 - (Q + Q’ )/2 = ∆ S/∆t -.-----(2)

in which the prime (‘ ) superscript denotes the values at the time t - ∆t and the

notation approximates the differential. The term ∆S may be expressed as:

∆S = (As +A’s) (h-h’)/2 ……………… (3)

In which, As is the reservoir surface area coincidental with the elevation (h) and is a

function of h. The discharge Q which is to be evaluated from equation (2) is a

function of h and this known h is evaluated using Newton–Raphsoniteration

technique and thus the estimation of discharge corresponding to h.

Dynamic Routing

The hydrologic storage routing technique, expressed by equation (2) implies that the

water surface elevation within the reservoir is horizontal. This assumption is quite

adequate for gradually occurring breaches with no substantial reservoir inflow

hydrographs. However, when the breach is specified to form almost instantaneously

to produce a negative wave within the reservoir, and/or the reservoir inflow

hydrograph is significant enough to produce a positive wave progressing through the

reservoir, a routing option which simulates the negative and /or positive wave



occurring within the reservoir may be used in DAMBRK model. Such a technique is

referred to as dynamic routing. The routing principle is same as dynamic routing in

river reaches and it is performed using St. Venant’s equation. The movement of the

dam break flood wave through the downstream river channel is simulated using the

complete unsteady flow equations for one dimensional open channel flow,

alternatively known as St. Venant’s equations. These equations consist of the

continuity equation

∂Q ∂(A +A0)

___+ _______ = q ………………………………… (4)

∂t ∂t

and the conservation of momentum equation:

∂Q ∂(A2/ +A) ∂h

___+ _______ + g A ( ---- + Sf +S e) + Lc = 0 ……(5)

∂t ∂t ∂t

where,

A = active cross – sectional flow area

A0 = inactive (off-channel storage) cross – sectional area

X = distance the channel

q = lateral inflow or outflow per unit distance along the channel

g = acceleration due to gravity

Q = discharge

H = water surface elevation

Ss = friction slope

Se = expansion – contraction loss slope

Lc = lateral inflow/outflow momentum effect due to assumed flow path of

inflow being perpendicular to the main flow

The friction slope and expansion – contraction loss slope are evaluated by the

following equation

n3 Q2



Sf = --------------- ……………………….…….(6)

2.21 A2 R¾

and,

K∆(Q/A)2

Se = -------------------- ……………………………….……. (7)

2g ∆ X

where,

n = Manning’s roughness coefficient

R = A/B where B is the top width of the active portion of the channel

K = Expansion – contraction coefficient varying from 0.1 to 0.3 for

contraction and 0.5 to – 1.0 expansion ‘

∆(Q/A)2 = Difference in (Q/A)2 for cross sections at their end of a reach

The non-linear partial differential equations (4) and (5) are represented by a

corresponding set of non-linear finite difference algebraic equations and they are

solved by the Newton – Raphson method using weighted four-point implicit scheme

to evaluate Q and h. The initial conditions are given by known steady discharge at

the dam, for which steady state non-uniform boundary flow equation are used. The

outflow hydrograph from the reservoir is the upstream boundary condition for the

channel routing and the model can deal with fully supercritical flow or fully

supercritical flow in the reach or the upstream reach having supercritical flow and

downstream reach having subs critical flow. There is a choice of downstream

boundary conditions such as internally calculated loop rating curve, user provided

single valued rating curve, user provided time dependent water surface elevation,

critical depth and dam which may pass flow via spillways, overtopping and/ or

breaching.

10.4. Statement Of The Problem

The computation of flood wave resulting from a dam breach basically involves two

scenarios which can be considered jointly or separately: (1) the outflow hydrograph

from the pond (2) the routing of the flood wave downstream from the breached dam

along the river valley and the flood plain. If breach outflow is independent of

downstream conditions, or if their effect can be neglected, the reservoir outflow

hydrograph is referred to as the free outflow hydrograph. In this case, the

computation of the flood characteristics is divided into two distinct phases: (a) the

determination of outflow hydrograph with or without the routing of the negative wave

the reservoir, and (b) the routing of flood wave downstream from the breached dam.

In this study the problem of simulating the failure of “Dam” and computing the free



outflow hydrograph from the breached section using storage routing technique’ with

the aim of reproducing the maximum water level marks reached during the passage

of flood wave is considered. The information regarding inflow hydrograph into the

pond due to the storm at the time of failure, the structural and the hydraulic

characteristics details of the dam, the time of failure, the channel cross sections

details, the maximum water level marks reached in the reservoir at the time of failure

and those observed in the downstream reach of the dam to the passage of flood

wave etc. are available for the study.

10.5. Availability Of Data

The input data required for the U.S. National Weather Service’s BOSS DAMBRK

model can be categorized into two groups. The first data group pertains to the dam

and inflow hydrograph into the reservoir and the second group pertains to the routing

of the outflow hydrograph through the downstream valley. These are described in the

following paragraphs.

First Data Group Regarding the data group pertaining to the dam, the information on reservoir

elevation-volume relationship, spillway details, elevation of bottom and top of Dam,

elevation of water surface in the reservoir at the beginning of analysis and at the time

of failure, breach description data are required. The particulars of the data used

under each of the above-mentioned categories are given in Annexure-I. In the

present case breach formation time, has been assumed as 0.5 hour.

Second Data Group The second group of data pertaining to the routing of the outflow hydrograph through

the downstream valley consists of a description of cross-sections, hydraulic

resistance coefficients of the reach, steady state flow in the river at the beginning of

the simulation and downstream boundary condition. The cross section is specified by

location mileage, and tables of top width and corresponding elevation. In this study,

five cross sectionals have been used. 3 cross-sections are located at 0, 5 and 15km

respectively from the Dam.

10.6. Result And Conclusions

The maximum stage elevation and maximum flow at different cross-section at

various distances downstream of the Dam is shown in Table 14.1.

Table 14.1: Flood Crest Summary

Cross Section

Location (km)

Maximum Stage

Elevation (m MSL)

Maximum Flow

(cms)

Time To Maximum

Stage (hr)

Maximum Flow

Velocity (m/sec)

0.00 1766.52 56772 0.03 5.75

5.00 1631.21 56772 0.50 19.79

5.50 1620.19 55838 0.50 17.62

6.00 1609.32 54871 0.50 17.74

6.50 1598.49 53894 0.50 17.81



7.00 1587.88 53068 0.53 17.85

7.50 1577.25 52800 0.53 17.88

8.00 1566.60 52390 0.53 17.89

8.50 1555.94 51870 0.53 17.92

9.00 1545.36 51270 0.55 17.96

9.50 1534.80 51113 0.55 17.99

10.00 1524.22 50847 0.55 18.01

10.50 1513.62 50486 0.55 18.05

11.00 1503.07 50044 0.58 18.09

11.50 1492.55 49868 0.58 18.13

12.00 1482.02 49680 0.58 18.15

12.50 1471.47 49412 0.58 18.20

13.00 1460.93 49071 0.60 18.24

13.50 1450.45 48860 0.60 18.28

14.00 1439.95 48727 0.60 18.31

14.50 1429.44 48524 0.60 18.36

15.00 1418.92 48257 0.60 18.41

It can be inferred from the result that maximum flow 56772 cumec corresponding to

maximum stage elevation 1766.52 masl has been achieved due to breach at km.

0.00 d/s of Dam and thereafter the maximum flow has gradually attenuated to 48257

cumec at Km 15 corresponding to maximum stage 1418.92. This is because for

reaches further downstream from Dam axis, the flow wave characteristics may be

predominantly influenced by channel geometry. The combined outflow hydrograph

and stage elevation plot curve due the simulation of Dam Break are shown in Figure

14.1 and 14.2

The Dam break study has been carried out if the 35-m width of the spill way gets

washed away with breach bottom EL at 1650 masl, The failure is also assumed to

occur when the Dam receives design flood of 9600 cumec.

The following conclusions could be drawn:

1. Failure of the diversion Dam like the proposed Kirthai - I Dam, which is designed to

the present technical standards and built with adequate quality control, is a very-very

remote possibility

2. Failure of the diversion Dam like the proposed Kirthai - I Dam, which is designed to

the present technical standards and built with adequate quality control, is a very-very

remote possibility.

3. The assumed condition that bays of spillway get washed away is only Hypothetical.



Figure 10.1 Combined Discharge Outflow hydrograph



Figure 10.2 Combined Stage Hydrograph

10.7. Disaster Management Plan

The emergency planning for dam break scenario is devised on the basis of results of

dam break analysis mainly the travel time of flood wave to various locations in the

downstream stretch of the river. It is inferred form the analysis that in case of main

dam failure the flood peak discharge as it prorogates through valley shall inundate

downstream stretch of five km within 30 minutes but in this reach no settlement shall

be affected due to crash flood from dam due to its breaking. In view of the fact that

even upto 15 km d/s of the dam, no settlement is very near to the river there is no

risk of flooding of the settlements. Thus, due to the breaking of the dam the major

risk shall be to the persons who have for some reason or the other has entered the

river bed / plain. The plan is, therefore, based on such measures, which are purely

preventive in nature.

The flood period during monsoon generally is reckoned from June with the onset of

monsoon and ends with withdrawal of south-west monsoon by the end of

September. Before the onset of monsoon all hydro-mechanical equipments,

electrical gadgets, captive power plant and public announcement and communication

system should be kept in perfect readiness. The degree of alertness has to enhance

during high stage of river manifested with sharp increase in discharge. Though there



cannot be very sharp edge demarcation between different levels of emergency yet

the following flood conditions have been contemplated and the preventive measures

suggested against each as given in Table 10.1.

Table 10.1 : Status of Emergency

S.

No.

Status of

emergency Water Level Preventive measures

1. Normal Flood Below FRL i.e. EL 1764

masl and flood discharge

below 9600 Cumecs

Utmost vigil observed in regulation of

spillway gates

2. Level –1

Emergency

Rises above EL 1764

masl but below EL 1766

masl

(1) All gates fully operational

(2) All the official should attend dam

site. Local officials informed and

warning system be kept on alert.

Communication & public announcement

system should be put into operation and

flood warning issued to people

3. Level –3

Emergency

Top of dam i.e. EL 1766

masl

(1) All staff from dam site, power house

& TRT outlets alerted to move to safer

places

(2) Possibility of dam failure should be

flashed to District Administration.

4. Disaster Rising above EL 1766

masl and the breach

appears in any form

District Administration and Project

authorities be intimated and only life

saving measures should be resorted too

10.7.2. Dam Safety and Maintenance Manual

Based on standard recommended guidelines for the safety inspection of dams a

manual should be prepared by the project proponents in respect of dam safety

surveillance and monitoring aspects. This should be updated with the availability of

instrumentation data and observation data with periodical review. The need for

greater vigil has to be emphasized during first reservoir impoundment and first few

years of operation. The manual should also delve on the routine maintenance

schedule of all hydro-mechanical and electrical instruments. It should be eloquent in

respect of quantum of specific construction material needed for emergency repair

along with delineation of the suitable locations for its stocking and also identify the

much-needed machinery and equipment for executing emergency repair work and

for accomplishing the evacuation plan.

10.7.3. Emergency Action Plan (EAP)

Dam safety programme as indicated above includes the formation of an Emergency

Action Plan for the dam. An emergency is defined as a condition of serious nature

which develops unexpectedly and endangers downstream property and human life

and required immediate attention. Emergency Action Plan should include all potential



indicators of likely failure of the dam, since the primary concern is for timely and

reliable identification and evaluation of existing of potential emergency.

This EAP presents warning and notification procedures to follow during the monsoon

season in case of failure or potential failure of the dam. The objective is to provide

timely warning to nearby residents and alert key personnel responsible for taking

action in case of emergency.

10.7.4. Administration and Procedural Aspects

The administrative and procedural aspects of the Emergency Action Plan consist of

flow chart depicting the names and addresses of the responsible officials. In order of

hierarchy, the following system will usually be appropriate. In the event that the

failure is imminent or the failure has occurred or a potential emergency conditions is

developing, the observer at the site is required to report it to the Junior Engineer /

Assistant Engineer who will report to the Executive Engineer / Superintending

Engineer for their reporting to the Chief Engineer through a wireless system or by

any available fastest communication system. The Engineer-in-Charge is usually

responsible for making cognizant with the developing situation to the Civil

Administration viz. District Magistrate. Each personnel is to acknowledge his/her

responsibilities under the EAP in an appropriate format at a priority.

The technical aspects of the EAP consist of preventive action to be taken with

regards to the structural safety of the dam. The EAP is drawn at a priority for the

regular inspection of the dam. For this purpose, providing an adequate and easy

access to the dam site is a necessity. The dam, its sluices, overflows and non-

overflow sections should be properly illuminated for effective operations during night

time. Whenever sinkholes, boils, increased leakages, movement of masonry rock,

gate failure, rapid rise or fall of the level in the reservoir, rise in the level of reservoir

beyond the maximum working level, or wave overrun of the dam crest are observed,

the personnel on patrol is required to inform immediately to the Junior Engineer

(JE)/Assistant Engineer (AE) for initiation of the execution of EAP. They are required

to inform the Engineer-in-Charge and the local administrative authorities. It is

desirable if the downstream inhabitants are warned using siren, if available, so as to

make them aware the likely imminent danger.

The other preventive measures may include availability of sufficient number of

sandbags at several selected downstream locations and logs (for holding and

sandbags) and at the dam site, one tractor, two motor boats, gas lanterns, Manila

ropes and life jackets. Areas from where the labour can be mobilized should be

chalked out at a priority. In addition to these, public participation in the process of

execution of the EAP may further help in amelioration of the adverse impacts of the

likely disaster. For this, it is necessary that the public should be made aware of its

responsibilities.

10.7.5. Preventive Action



Once the likelihood of an emergency situation is suspected, action has to be initiated

to prevent a failure. The point at which each situation reaches an emergency status

shall be specified and at that stage the vigilance and surveillance shall be upgraded

both in respect of time and level. At this stage a thorough inspection of the dam

should be carried out to locate any visible sign(s) of distress.

Engineers responsible for preventive action should identify sources of equipment

needed for repair, materials, labour and expertise for use during an emergency. The

amount and type of material required for emergency repairs should be determined

for dam, depending upon its characteristics, design, construction history and past

behavior. It is desirable to stockpile suitable construction materials at appropriate

sites. The anticipated need of equipment should be evaluated and if these are not

available at the dam site, the exact location and availability of these equipments

should be determined and specified. The sources/agencies must have necessary

instructions for assistance during emergency. Due to the inherent uncertainties about

their effectiveness, preventive actions should usually be carried out simultaneously

with the appropriate notification on alert situation or a warning situation. The flow

chart of the responsibilities of Project Proponent and Civil Administration, District

Kishtwar is shown in Figure 10.3.



Figure 10.3 : Flow Chart of Responsibilities

Project

Proponent

DIST.

ADMINISTRATION

Preparing of Dam Safety

and

Maintenance Manual

Watch on Status of

Emergency

Setting-up of Control

Room, Communication &

Alert Systems

Running of

disaster/district

flood control room

Preparation of

evacuation

plan and team

Public awareness

and mock drills

Formation of Emergency

Action Plan in conjunction

with Dist. Authority

Preparing of Dam Safety

and

Maintenance Manual

To pass information

about emergency

situation to higher officers

SE/Head of emergency

core group to take

stock of disaster

situation and pass

message to DM

D. M., To relocate people to place at

higher altitude and to provide

temporary shelters and deployment

of transport vehicle

S. P.

To maintain

Law & order

C.M.O. To provide

medical relief &

tackle morbidity

of affected

persons

To arrange relief material and

distribution to the affected

persons and animals

Assessment of loss to human

life and animals and the assets /

property

Arrangement of

construction

material and machinery for

emergency repair



10.7.6. Communication System

An effective communication system and a downstream warning system are

absolutely essential for the success of an emergency preparedness plan. The

difference between a high flood and dam-break situation must be made lucidly clear

to the downstream population.

10.7.7. Evacuations Plans

Emergency Action Plan includes evacuation plans and procedures for

implementation based on local needs. These could be:

- Demarcation / prioritization of areas to be evacuated. - Notification procedures and evacuation instructions. - Safe routes, transport and traffic control. - Safe areas/shelters. - Functions and responsibilities of members of evacuation team.

Any precarious situation during floods will be communicated either by an alert

situation or by an alert situation followed by a warning situation. An alert situation

would indicate that although failure of flooding is not imminent, a more serious

situation could occur unless conditions improve. A warning situation would indicate

that flooding is imminent as a result of an impending failure of the dam. It would

normally include an order for evacuation of delineated inundation areas.

10.7.8. Evacuation Team

It will comprise of following official / Representative:

- District Magistrate (D. M.)/his Nominated officer (To peacefully relocate the people to places at higher elevation with state administration).

- Engineer in charge of the project (Team Leader)

- Superintendent of Police (S. P.)/Nominated Police Officer (To maintain law and order)

- Chief Medical Officer (C. M. O.) of the area (To tackle morbidity of affected people)

- Sarpanch/Affected village Representative to execute the resettlement operation with the aid of state machinery and project proponents.

- Sub committees at village level

The Engineer-in-Charge will be responsible for the entire operation including prompt

determination of the flood situation time to time. Once the red alert is declared the

whole state machinery will come into swing and will start evacuating people in the

inundation areas delineated in the inundation maps. For successful execution,

annually demo exercise will be done. D. M. is to monitor the entire operation.

10.7.9. Public Awareness for Disaster Mitigation



In addition, guidelines that have to be followed by the inhabitants of flood prone

areas, in the event of flood resulting from dam failure, which form part of public

awareness for disaster mitigation may also include following:

1. Listen to the radio for advance information and advice.

2. Disconnect all electrical appliances and move all valuable personal and household goods beyond the reach of floodwater, if one is warned or if one suspects that flood waters may enter the house.

3. Move vehicles, farm animals and movables goods to the higher place nearby.

4. Keep sources of water pollution i.e. insecticides out of the reach of water.

5. Turn off electricity and LPG gas before one has to leave the house.

6. Lock all outside doors and windows if one has to leave the house.

7. Do not enter floodwaters.

8. Never wander around a flood area.

10.7.10. Notifications

Notification procedures are an integral part of any emergency action plan. Separate

procedures should be established for slowly and rapidly developing situations and

failure. Notifications would include communication of either an alert situation or an

alert situation followed by a warning situation. An alert situation would indicate that

although failure or flooding is not imminent, a more serious situation could occur

unless conditions improve. A warning situation would indicate that flooding is

imminent as a result of an impending failure of the dam. It would normally include an

order for evacuation of delineated inundation areas.

10.7.11. Notification Procedures

Copies of the EAP that also include the above described inundation map are

displayed at prominent locations, in the rooms and locations of the personnel named

in the notification chart. For a regular watch on the flood level situation, it is

necessary that the flood cells be manned by two or more people so that an

alternative person is always available for notification round the clock. For speedy and

unhindered communication, a wireless system is a preferable mode of

communication. Telephones may be kept for back up, wherever available. It is also

preferred that the entire flood cells, if more that one, are tuned in the same wireless

channel. It will ensure communication from the dam site to the control rooms. The

communication can be established by messenger service in the absence of such

modes of communication.

10.7.12. Management after receding of Flood Water

It is to be accepted that in the event of dam break, even with maximum efforts, the

loss of human lives, livestock and property would be inevitable. Under such a

scenario, a massive effort would be used by various government agencies to provide

various relief measures to the evacuees. Formulation of a plan delineating such

measures is beyond the scope of work of this document. However, some of the

measures which need to be implemented are listed as below: -



Provision of various food items and shelter to the evacuees.

Provision of fuel for various evacuees.

Provision of adequate fodder supply.

Arrangements for potable water supply.

Commissioning of low cost sewage treatment and sanitation facilities, and disposal of treatment sewage.

Expeditious disposal of dead bodies human and livestock.

Immunization programmes for prevention of outbreak of epidemics of various water related diseases.

Adequate stocks of medicines of various diseases, especially water-related diseases.

10.7.13. Communication between Different Projects

Two other HEP, viz. Kirthai Stage-I HEP and Kiru HEP have been proposed on u/s

and d/s of the proposed Kirthai HEP, Stage-II. These projects shall run in tandem.

Therefore, a comprehensive monitoring network system has to be established to

combat jointly the threat due to failure of any of these schemes. For accomplishing

these, a full poof “no communication failure” system has to be evolved.

10.8. Flood Forecasting

The importance of flood forecasting is paramount in a dam break scenario, by

overtopping, when little or no reaction time is left for the people to evacuate to safe

places. Effective and accurate flood warning can facilitate the evacuation of people

living in flood zone, their property and livestock, opportune maintenance and early

alerting of emergency services besides exercising legitimate control by adjusting

downstream releases from reservoir / ponds or achieving the balance pond. An

advance warning of approaching flood allows suitable reservoir operation for

moderating its intensity / peak and also helps in ensuring full storage and for flood

relief purposes.

The catchment of the Chenab, upto the proposed dam site, extends approximately

9987 Sq Km in area. River flows are constituted of two main natural components viz.,

run-off resulting from precipitation and base flow derived from spring flows. Due to

mountains topography, the excessive bed slope causes rapid run-off from the

contributing hill torrents to the main river. There is no extensive network of

meteorological station, rain gauge; snow-gauge; gauge and discharge sites in the

catchment area. Many of the sub-watersheds within the catchment are un-gauged.

Currently flood warning relies on issuing of alerts when the river level at a few

location reaches are within a few meter below the high flood levels observed in the

past. Sometime these warnings may be accurate but due to very little lead time

between the HFL being very fast approached and the commencement of flooding.

Due to the existence of fertile agricultural land and its expansion along the river

banks and concentration of population in the region of submergence area, there is a



need for developing an operational flood forecasting system as a part of

preparedness strategies for disastrous flood events by providing advance warning

several days ahead such that the public and the district authorities have adequate

time at their disposal without being panicky.

Due to morphological characteristics, the flood plains and the area near to the river /

stream banks, classified under land use class agriculture and settlement, are more

prone to the flood hazards. In such areas delineation of flood zone and its height

besides detecting the characteristics of floods in different return periods is most

significant. Thus flood zonation is not only essential in respect of various

development activities in the likely inundation area, but also for study of ecological

and environment impacts. For the study of flood zonation, within the likely inundation

area, for different time periods of 2, 5, 10, 25, 50 and 100 years, topography maps at

1:1000 scale shall have to be developed.

All forms of flood forecasting use some type of trigger mechanism to anticipate when

the water level of the river at the flood risk area shall exceed the threshold. When the

trigger reaches a predetermined level that is less than the threshold, a warning is

triggered. In case of a small river, a rainfall-runoff based model may be adequate

within reasonable limits of accuracy. In case of large rivers, like Chenab, forecasting

of discharge by upstream stages, with a high degree of sophistication is involved.

The main aim is to assess the future output at different time as accurately as

possible, i.e. within narrow error bonds, starting with measurements of present and

past input quantities. Interaction between a comprehensive hydrological model and

geographical information system (GIS) technique provides a better forecasting tool.

The main requirement of a hydrological model is description of flow channel

characteristics and land surface as input data to the watershed model. The flood

zonation is actualize, development and perfection of the applied engineering

hydrology and its aim is to acquire a real time rainfall data and river flow by short

wave, radio and satellite network, and using them tin rainfall runoff models to

forecast.

For enabling GIS based flood forecasting using hydrological model, a network of

meteorological station, rainfall and snowfall gauges, gauge and discharge sites

equipped with latest state-of-the-art gadgets, meteorological radar shall have to be

established. Survey of inundation area at 1:1000 scales with 1.0 meter shall have to

be conducted. On these counts, a sum of Rs. 15 Lac is being earmarked.

10.9. Cost Estimate

The budget for different activities required to be carried out for mitigation and prevention of dam break hazard exclusively from the dam is given in Table 10.2.

Table 10.2 : Cost Estimate for Implementing DMP

S. No Particular Cost (Rs. Lac)

1. Installation of alert system in control room and at

Dam Site

3.00



S. No Particular Cost (Rs. Lac)

2. Setting up of communication system between u/s

and d/s of project

5.00

3. Setting up of communication system between dam

and d/s settlements

10.00

4. Public information system 2.00

5. Setting up of a seismic observatory at dam site 15.00

6. Flood forecasting 15.00

6. Training and miscellaneous 5.00

Total 55.00



11. WATER, AIR AND NOISE MANAGEMENT PLAN

11.1. Control of Air Pollution

11.1.1. Impacts on Air Quality

In a water resources project, air pollution occurs mainly during project construction

phase. The major sources of air pollution during construction phase are:

Fuel combustion in various construction equipments, e.g. heavy earth movers,

loaders, drillers, rock bolters, diesel generating sets, compressors etc.

Fugitive emissions from stone aggregate crushers.

Impacts due to vehicular movement

a. Pollution due to fuel combustion in various equipments

The running operation of various construction equipments involves combustion of

fossil fuel for running the engine. Normally, diesel is used in such equipment. The

major pollutant, which gets emitted because of diesel combustion, is SO2. The PM10

emissions are minimal due to low ash content. Based on experience in similar

projects, PM10 and SO2 are not expected to increase significantly. Thus, in the

proposed project, no significant impact on ambient air quality is expected because of

operation of various construction equipments.

b. Emissions from various crushers

The operation of crushers (500 and 200 tph) during the construction phase is likely to

generate fugitive emissions, which can move even up to 1 km in predominant wind

direction. During crushing operations, fugitive emissions comprising of the

suspended particulate matter will be generated. There could be marginal impacts to

settlements close to the site at which crushers are commissioned. However, based

on experience, adverse impacts on this account are not anticipated. The labour

camps, colonies, etc. shall be located outside the impact zone (about 1.5 to 2 km) of

the crusher plant.

c. Impacts due to vehicular movement

During construction phase, there will be increased vehicular movement for

transportation of various construction materials to the project site. Large quantity of

dust is likely to be entrained due to the movement of trucks and other heavy

vehicles. However, such ground level emissions do not travel for long distances.

Thus, no major adverse impacts are anticipated on this account.

11.1.2. Mitigation Measures

a) Control of Emissions

Minor air quality impacts will be caused by emissions from construction vehicles,

equipment and DG sets, and emissions from transportation traffic. Frequent truck

trips will be required during the construction period for removal of excavated material



and delivery of concrete mix and other equipment and materials. The following

measures are recommended to control air pollution:

The contractor will be responsible for maintaining properly functioning

construction equipment to minimize exhaust.

Construction equipment and vehicles will be switched off when not used for

extended periods of time.

Unnecessary idle running of construction vehicles to be prohibited.

Effective traffic management to be undertaken to avoid significant delays in and

around the project area.

Road damage caused by sub-project activities will be promptly attended to with

proper road repair and maintenance work.

b) Air Pollution control due to DG sets

The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has issued emission limits for

generators up to 800 KW. The same are outlined in Table 11.1, and are

recommended to be followed.

Table 11.1 : Emission limits for DG sets prescribed by CPCB

Parameter Emission limits (gm/kwh)

NOx 9.2

HC 1.3

CO 2.5

PM 0.3

Smoke limit* 0.7

Note: * Light absorption coefficient at full load (m-1)

The above standards need to be followed by the contractor operating the DG sets.

c) Dust Control

The project authorities will work in close association with representatives from the

community living near project area to identify areas of concern and to mitigate dust-

related impacts effectively (e.g., through direct meetings, utilization of construction

management and inspection program, and/or through the complaint response

program). To minimize issues related to the generation of dust during the

construction phase of the project, the following measures have been identified:

Identification of construction limits (minimal area required for construction

activities).

When practical, excavated spoils will be removed as the contractor proceeds

along the length of the activity.

When necessary, stockpiling of excavated material will be covered or staged

offsite location with muck being delivered as needed during the course of

construction.

Excessive soil on paved areas will be sprayed (wet) and/or swept and unpaved

areas will be sprayed and/or mulched. The use of petroleum products or similar

products for such activities will be strictly prohibited.



Contractors will be required to cover stockpiled soils and trucks hauling soil,

sand, and other loose materials (or require trucks to maintain at least two feet of

freeboard).

Contractor shall ensure that there is effective traffic management at site. The

number of trucks/vehicles to move at various construction sites to be fixed.

Dust sweeping - The construction area and vicinity (access roads, and working

areas) shall be swept daily or as necessary to ensure there is no visible dust.

Kutcha surface / earthen roads shall be sprinkled with water twice a day.

Dust mufflers shall be provided at batching plants and stone aggregate crushers.

11.1.3. Implementing Agency

Various management measures required for control of air pollution need to be

included in the Tender Document for the Contractor involved in construction

activities. The same shall be monitored on a regular basis by the project proponents.

Considering an expenditure of Rs. 2000/day for 240 working days annually

(excluding rainy season of 4 months), a sum of Rs. 26.40 lac has to be earmarked

under air pollution control measures for copious sprinkling on roads for dust

suppression.

11.2. Impacts on Noise Levels

In a water resource project, the impacts on ambient air noise levels are expected

only during the project construction phase, due to operation of heavy earth moving

machinery, etc. Likewise, noise due to quarrying, blasting, vehicular movement will

have some adverse impact on the ambient noise levels in the area.

11.2.1. Mitigation Measures

The contractors will be required to maintain proper functioning of equipment and

comply with occupational safety and health standards. The construction equipment

will be equipped with noise suppression devices and properly maintained mufflers.

Vehicles to be equipped with mufflers recommended by the vehicle

manufacturer.

Staging of construction equipment and unnecessary idling of equipment within

noise sensitive areas to be strictly avoided.

Use of temporary sound fences or barriers with acoustic material at sensitive

locations

Notification shall be provided at a conspicuous place close to residential areas

within 100 meter of major noise generating activities. The notification will

describe the noise abatement measures that will be implemented.

Monitoring of noise levels will be conducted during the construction phase of the

project. In case of exceeding of pre-determined acceptable noise levels by the

machinery will require the contractor(s) to halt work and remedy the situation

prior to continuing construction.

The following Noise Standards for DG sets are recommended for the running of DG

sets during the construction:



The maximum permissible sound pressure level for new diesel generator sets

with rated capacity upto 1000 KVA shall be 75 dB(A) at 1 m from the enclosure

surface.

Noise from the DG set should be controlled by providing an acoustic enclosure or

by treating the enclosure acoustically

The Acoustic Enclosure should be made of CRCA sheets of appropriate

thickness and structural/ sheet metal base. The walls of the enclosure should be

insulated with fire retardant foam to comply with the 75 dB(A) at 1m sound levels

specified by CPCB, Ministry of Environment & Forests.

The acoustic enclosure/acoustic treatment of the room should be designed for

minimum 25 dB(A) insertion loss or for meeting the ambient noise standards,

whichever is on the higher side.

The DG set should also be provided with proper exhaust muffler with insertion

loss of minimum 25 dB(A).

Proper efforts to be made to bring down the noise levels due to the DG set,

outside its premises, within the ambient air noise requirements by proper placing

and control measures.

A proper routine and preventive maintenance procedure for the DG set should be

set and followed in consultation with the DG set manufacturer which would help

prevent noise levels of the DG set from deteriorating with use.

Based on literature review, noise generated by crushers is in the range of 79-80

dB(A) at 80 m from the crusher. Thus, noise level at 160 m from the crusher shall

be of the order of 74 dB(A). The exposure to labour operating in such high noise

areas shall be restricted up to 30 minutes daily. Alternatively, the workers need to

be provided with ear muffs or plugs, to attenuate the noise level near the crusher

by at least 15 dB(A). The exposure to noise level in such a scenario is limited up

to 4 hours per day.

It is known that continuous exposure to noise levels above 90 dB(A) affects the

hearing of the workers/operators and hence has to be avoided. Other

physiological and psychological effects have also been reported in literature, but

the effect on hearing has been specially stressed. To prevent these effects, it

has been recommended by international specialist organizations that the

exposure period of affected persons be limited as specified in Table 11.2.

Table 11.2 : Maximum Exposure Periods specified by OSHA

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------

Maximum equivalent continuous Unprotected exposure

noise level dB(A) period per day for 8

hrs/day and 5 days/week

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------

90 8

95 4

100 2



105 1

110 1/2

115 1/4

120 No exposure permitted at or

above this level

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The workers deployed at such locations where the noise levels are high shall be

provided with earplugs. The cost of earplugs including its replacement during 5 years

shall be Rs. 3.6 lakh.

11.3. Control of Water Pollution During Construction Phase

During project construction phase, sufficient measures need to be implemented to

control the problem of water pollution from various sources. The sewage generated

from various labour camps is proposed to be treated in an oxidation ditch, prior to its

disposal. However, efforts shall be made to discharge the treated effluent only in

these water bodies, which are not used for meeting domestic water requirements. It

is proposed to provide adequate capacity STP for project colony and labour colony

for which an amount of Rs 60 lac has been earmarked.

The construction activities would require a crusher to crush large lumps of rocks to

the requisite size for coarse as well as fine aggregates. The effluent generated from

these crushers will have high-suspended solids. The effluent needs to be treated

before disposal. Settling tanks of appropriate size for treatment of effluent from

various crushers should be provided.

During tunneling work the ground water flows into the tunnel along with construction

water, which is used for various works like drilling, shortcreting, etc. The effluent thus

generated in the tunnel contains high suspended solids. Normally, water is collected

in the side drains and drained off into the nearest water body without treatment. It is

recommended to construct a settling tank of adequate size to settle the suspended

impurities. Effluents are expected to be generated from adit locations. The sludge

from the various settling tanks can be collected once in 15 days and disposed at the

site designed for disposal of municipal solid wastes from the labour camps. The

sludge after drying could also be used as cover material for landfill disposal site. An

amount of Rs. 5.00 lac has been earmarked for construction of various settling

tanks.

11.4. Cost Involved Towards Control of Water, Air & Noise Pollution

The cost of mitigative measures suggested for control of water, air and noise is given

in Table 11.3.

Table 11.3 : Cost of Mitigative Measures

S. No. Particulars Amount (Rs. Lac)

1. Control of air pollution 26.40

2. Control of noise pollution 3.60

3. Control of water pollution 65.00

Total 95.00



12. 12. 12. 12. PUBLIC HEALTH DELIVERY PLAN

12.1. Introduction

The project area lies in Paddar Block of district Kishtwar and the project affected

villages are situated on both banks of the Chenab. These villages are located

between elevation 1780 masl to 1900 masl. The data on the health status, prevailing

diseases and other information on health and hygiene were collected from the

existing PHC at Atholi and from the health workers of the area.

From the information collected, it has been revealed that no ethnic disease is

associated with people of the region but acute dysentery, gastrointestinal problems,

acute respiratory infection are common endemic diseases prevalent in the area. The

incidence of hypothyroidism has reduced with the mandatory sale of iodized salt in

the area. The incidence of Malaria is not there. The status of existing health facilities

available in the affected area and its near vicinity are given in Table 12.1.

Table 12.1 : Existing Health Facilities in the Project Affected Area

S. No. Name of

Village /

Town

Available

Medical

Facilities

Types of Diseases prevailing in the

area

Distance

from project

(km)

1 Atholi PHC Respiratory Diseases, Dysentery,

Diarrhoea

12

2 Massu PHC Tuberculosis, Heart Problems &

Respiratory disease

20

3 Keeru PHC Tuberculosis, dysentery, diarrhea &

Respiratory disease

42

4 Sohal Ayurvedic

Dispensary

Dysentery, Diarrhoea, Tuberculosis,

Respiratory disease

24

The annual statement for year 2009 showing institutional cases due to

communicable and non-communicable diseases obtained from SMO, PHC Atholi is

summarized in Table 12.2.

It is inferred from the table that lung diseases, diarrhea, bacillary dysentery, and

respiratory diseases are common diseases prevalent in the area. Acute bacterial and

viral respiratory infections are affecting large number of the people in this zone,

which requires advanced medical treatments to reduce the number of incidences.

The prevalent diseases observed by the health centers among the local inhabitants

of the area are acute respiratory infection, fever, Reproductory tract infection (RTI),

scabies, worm disease, ENT, skin diseases, common cold, diarrhea, leuchoria, back

pain, accidental cases and eye infection etc. Initial health assessment reveals that

there is no specific health hazard in study area.

Table 12.2 : Summary of Diseases Prevalent in the Study Area



Sl. No. Name of diseases Total

1. Acute diarrhea diseases including gastrointestinal etc. 2305

2. Ascarises 426

3. Viral fever 1250

4. Conjunctivitis 293

5. Acute respiratory infection including influenza but excluding

pneumonia

1440

6. Pneumonia 380

7. Hypertension 390

8. All other diseases 9675

Total 16159

12.2. Likely Impacts on Human Health Due to The Project

Construction of the proposed project may cause the following impacts on health of

local residents and the work force:-

Fuel and dust emission may cause respiratory problems like asthma for which

mitigating measures like wet excavation of exposed surfaces, battery operated muck

cars in underground excavation shall be deployed. Frequent water sprinkling at least

thrice a day shall be carried out on haul roads in the project activity area. All

approach roads to site shall be metaled.

The scheme involves a diversion dam, where the flowing discharge, is made to

impound upstream of the dam to be diverted through underground conveyance

system for continuous generation of power including peaking demand. Thus the

pond level shall be subjected to fluctuation and the chances of water surface being

still are not there. However, localized stagnation in borrow pit areas is expected

during construction in some of the areas, which may require sprinkling of anti-

bacterial/insecticides to control propagation of bacteria related disease.

The influx of labour-force during construction warrants proper sanitation and hygiene

facilities to avoid diseases related to sewage pollutants such as Typhoid, Cholera &

Gastroenteritis.

12.3. Proposed Health Management Plan

Based on the impact evaluation following mitigation measures are proposed to be

adopted for management of health environment: -

12.3.1. Awareness Programme

The project authorities should undertake through “Hospital Kalyan Samiti“, Atholi,

various awareness programmes by organizing camps and poster presentation etc. in

the directly affected areas to bring about awareness on prevention and control of

various diseases such as Malaria, Dengue, Cholera, Gastroenteritis, STD, AIDS,

Cancer etc. Special emphasis should also be given to provide awareness on Family

Planning to the local people. Special awareness programmes should be undertaken

to explain to people about diseases like Tuberculosis (TB) and Asthma.



12.3.1.1 Asthma

Asthma is a long-term (chronic) disease of the airways which are involved in carrying

air in and out of the lungs. Its symptoms are caused by inflammation, which makes

the airways red, swollen, narrower and extra sensitive to irritants. This leads to

recurrent attacks of wheezing, breathlessness, chest tightness and coughing.

Asthma does not stay the same, but changes over time and every person with

asthma has a good and bad days. However, if asthma is properly treated, one can

enjoy long periods without symptoms or attacks. The causes of asthma are not fully

understood. Asthma is usually caused by a mixture of hereditary (which a person is

born with) and environmental factors.

Allergens from house dust mites and pets are the most common causes, but many

other allergens, such as pollen and moulds, can cause asthma. Some patients with

asthma have no obvious allergies.

Treatment of asthma requires two types of medicines, preventers and relievers.

Preventers are medicines that prevent asthma attacks from starting. The most

effective and most commonly used preventer medicines are inhaled

glucocorticosteroids. Reliever medicines, like inhaled salbuamol, salmeterol etc,

provide rapid relief from an asthma attack by quickly opening the narrowed airways

(dilating the bronchi).

12.3.1.2 Tuberculosis (TB)

It is a communicable, but curable bacterial infection caused by Mycobacterium

tuberculosis. The lungs are primarily involved, but the infection can spread to other

organs.

TB is spread through the air when a person with TB in the lungs or throat coughs or

sneezes, sending TB germs in the air. When other people breathe in these germs

they may become infected. The primary stage of the infection is usually

asymptomatic (without symptoms). Pulmonary TB develops in the minority of people

whose immune systems do not successfully contain the primary infection. In this

case, the disease may occur within weeks after the primary infection. TB may also lie

dormant for years and reappear after the initial infection is contained.

This TB infection becomes ‘disease’ when the body’s defenses are weakened, due

to aging, a serious illness, stressful event, drug or alcohol abuse, HIV infection (the

virus that causes AIDS) or other conditions. When inactive TB germs become active,

they multiply and damage the lungs or other parts of the body and the disease

develops. Only about 10% of people infected with TB germs develop TB disease.

12.3.1.3 Malaria

Once adult mosquitoes have emerged, the ambient temperature, humidity and rains

will determine their chances of survival. To transmit malaria successfully female

anopheles must survive long enough after they have become infected (through a

blood meal on an infected human) to allow the parasite they now harbour to



complete their growth cycle. That cycle takes 9-21 days @ 250 C. Below a minimum

ambient temperature (150 C for plasmodium vivax, 200 C for P falciparium) the cycle

cannot be completed and malaria cannot be transmitted. In the study area, the

average maximum temperature during month of May to September is near 270C,

thus chances for transmission of malaria from an infected person cannot be ruled

out.

12.3.2. Establishment of Project Hospital

In the wake of the fact that the proposed site of Kirthai, Stage-I & II is very near being

16 km from each, the project proponent shall develop and maintain a common and

full-fledged hospital within the project area, which shall have trained staff,

equipments and medicines besides manning a mobile health van which will render

on-site medical assistance to the local folk of the project affected villages with a

frequency of twice a month for 5 years. However, onsite medical facility should also

be provided in the labour colonies/camps along with first aid facilities at all the

working sites. The capital cost of establishing and development hospital at the

project site shall be covered under sub head “K-building” in the DPR. The hospital

facilities would be available to the staff, workers and local people. Free medicines

should be distributed to the identified project affected families who shall be provided

with identity cards and to the locals. Provision for ambulances, which will function

around the clock, should be made in the DPR, under sub head “Q-spl T & P”. Free

facilities of ambulance shall be made available to the project affected families (PAFs)

and project labourers and for the people meeting accident on the state highway

/district roads. Under subhead “O-Miscellaneous” provision shall be earmarked for O

& M charges for ambulances and therefore, additional O & M charges for mobile

health van have been included in the plan. The cost of providing free veterinary

health services in the project affected villages shall also be provided in the plan.

Provision should be provided in DPR for arranging medical equipment for hospital.

The project authorities should undertake various health care programmes in

consultation with State Health Department such as providing vaccination and other

primary health care facilities. Provision of Rs 10.0 lac shall have to be made for

providing medical assistance like free medicines for labourers, PAF and local people.

It is also proposed to provide aid for purchase of medical equipment for PHC at

Atholi which is the nearest PHC under the project area but inadequately provided

and thus need to be strengthened. One time financial aid for strengthening PHC for

Massu is also envisaged under the plan.

12.3.3. Malaria Control and Vaccination Programme

The borrow pits caused during construction activities provide habitat ground for

mosquito population increase and develop the risk of malaria & elephantiasis during

rains. However, proper arrangements should be made and implemented for

maintaining hygienic conditions in the area. Besides these, arrangements are

proposed to distribute medicines and anti-malarial drugs as and when required.

Various vaccination programmes shall be arranged periodically as and when

required for the locals of the project area.



12.4. Cost Estimate for Health Management Plan

The details of the expenditure likely to be incurred on the implementation of the Health Management Plan other than the project hospital are given in Table 12.3.

Table 12.3 : Budget Estimate of Health Management Plan

S.

No.

Particulars Amount

(Rs. in lac)

1. Free medicines for labourers, PAF, local people @ Rs. 5.0 lac each

dispensary per year for 5 years

25.0

2. Provision mobile health service for 5 years @ Rs. 2.00 lac/ year 10.00

3. Capital cost of mobile heath van with accessories 9.00

4. O & M charges of mobile heath van @ Rs 1.6 lac/year for 5 years 8.00

5. Spraying of insecticide @ Rs. 2 lac/year for 5 years 10.00

6. Health awareness / vaccination camps @ Rs. 1.4 lac/year for 5

years through District Hospital, Kishtwar

7.00

7. Financial aid for purchasing medical equipment/ instruments etc. for

PHC Atholi and Massu @ Rs. 15.0 lac each

30.00

8. Cost of one incinerator to be provided at project hospital 20.00

9. O & M charges for incinerator @ Rs. 1.20 lac/ year for 5 years 6.00

10. Providing Veterinary health service for 5 years @ Rs 1.0 lac/year. 5.00

11. Provision for chlorination of drinking water in project affected

villages

30.00

Total 160.00



13. LABOUR MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR HEALTH AND SAFETY

13.1. Introduction

Construction projects, which invariably engaged large number of contract workers,

are highly prone to hazards pertaining to site activities. Generally, the workers come

from the rural areas and agricultural background and do not have adequate training

in construction safety and some time workers from varied trades are also drawn into

construction activities. Thus, workers are exposed to various risks and occupational

diseases and health hazards which sometimes cause grave injuries and prolong

illness. Therefore, it is incumbent upon the project proponent to have certain safety

guidelines for site activities and create awareness among the workers, supervisors

and engineers.

A hydroelectric construction project like any other construction project has significant

impact on health and safety during project execution and its operational stage which

need to be managed systematically since the project inception. In hydroelectric

project the risk is involved to the labour in various activities like excavation on hill

slope, underground excavation, quarrying operation, works related to Electrical and

Mechanical components, various activities in workshop and machine halls. The

project envisages deployment of workforce to the tune of 1800 mainly comprising of

skilled/semi-skilled/unskilled workers at the peak construction stage.

13.2. Legal Framework for Health and Safety Management

The following Indian standard listed below contain provision for managing

Occupational health and Safety Management.

S. No IS No Title

1 15793:2007 Managing Environment, Occupation Health and Safety Legal Compliance – Requirement of good practices.

2 15883 (part-I) :2009 Guidelines for construction project management.

3 18001:2007 Occupational Health and Safety Management System

4 IS 15883 (Part 5) Guidelines for construction project Management-Health and Safety Management

As per general requirement under OH&S management system the organization

(project proponent) shall establish, document, implement, maintain and continually

improve an OH&S management system, in accordance with the requirement of this

standard. The organization shall define and document the scope of its OH&S

management system.

13.3. Health and management safety requirement



The project proponent shall have a written statement prescribing the health and

safety policy of the organization. The policy shall convey the management

commitment and its intent towards health and safety, its implementing organization

and arrangement to ensure that the set objectives are met. It shall also provide a

framework for establishing, maintaining and periodically reviewing health and safety

objectives and targets. The salient aspects which will be covered in the project health

and safety plan are:

Project specific health and safety objectives, targets and programmes in line with health and safety policy;

Hazard identification and risk assessment;

Health and safety organization;

Resources, roles, responsibility and authority;

General health and safety rules;

Health and safety requirements to be followed by sub-contractors;

Operation control procedure;

Activities requiring work permit system and its procedure;

Management of traffic safety inside the project;

Access control of employees;

Safety of visitors;

Management of critical activities such as work a height, material handling and working with plant and machinery;

Ensuring the competency and awareness of the workmen;

Fire prevention and firefighting plan;

Emergency preparedness and response plan;

Traffic management plan;

Training matrix; and

Personal Protective Equipment Matrix.

Health and safety performance monitoring measures such as Inspection, Audit Incident reporting and investigation procedure

13.3.1. Resource, Roles, Responsibility and Authority

Project manager shall define, document and communicate the roles, responsibilities

and authorities of all personnel like health and safety officer and supervisor who

manage, perform and verify activities having an effect on health and safety risks.

The line management personnel who are responsible for execution of activities are

directly responsible for health and safety in the work under their control.

Health and safety officers shall administratively report to the project manager and

functionally report to the senior health and safety representative of the organization.



Health and safety supervisors shall be engaged to assist the health and safety

officers in performing their duties.

Management shall provide adequate resources essential to effectively manage the

health and safety management system requirements of the project. The resources

shall include human resources, organizational infrastructure, technology and

financial resources.

13.3.2. Competence, Training and Awareness

It shall be ensured that all employees are competent to perform the assigned work

safely on the basis of appropriate education, training or experience. Training needs

of the different category of employees shall be identified at the beginning of the

project and a training matrix and training plan shall be prepared for implementation.

The objective of health and safety Training shall be

to equip the employee with necessary knowledge and skill to perform the work assigned to him in a safe manner;

to foster continual improvement; and

to imbibe safety culture.

After completion of training due procedure shall be followed for obtaining the

feedback from the participants on the effectiveness of the training.

13.3.3. Health and Safety Reporting

Procedures shall be established for timely recording and reporting of information

required for continual improvement of health and safety performance. Reporting

procedures shall cover:

Incident reporting

Non-conformance reporting

Health and safety performance reporting

Hazard Identification reporting

Statutory reporting requirements

Stakeholder reporting

The recording of reporting of health and safety performance shall be

clearly documented in the project health and safety plan

13.3.4. Permit to Work Systems

Activities requiring permit to work shall be decided before starting the construction

and shall be suitably documented in the project health and safety plan. Some of the

activities which may require permit to work are:

Excavation

Entry into confined spaces

Electrical work (HV/LV)

Opening manholes, covers and grills



Blasting operation

Hot work

Work on plant, machinery and other power driven equipment.

Working at height

Working at night

The project team may establish a permit to work system for any other hazardous

activity which they feel need to be controlled administratively for safe execution

13.3.5. Certification of Plant and Machinery, Lifting

Tools and Tackles Lifting appliance such as crane, hoist, derrick, winch, gin pole,

sheer legs, jack, pulley block and other equipment used for lifting materials, objects

or building worker; lifting gear such as ropes, chains, hooks and slings; and other

accessories of a lifting appliance shall be tested and examined by a competent

person for the first time. These shall thereafter be tested and examined by a

competent person once every year as per the provision of Building and other

Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act,

1996 and other relevant central and state rules and regulations. Apart from the

above statutory testing and examination, project specific procedures shall be

established to ensure the fitness of machinery and equipments being deployed at the

project for the first time. Regular Inspections shall be carried out to ensure that

machinery and equipments continue to be in safe condition.

13.3.6. Fire Prevention and Control

Fire prevention measures such as controlling the ignition source and segregation of

flammable materials shall be implemented to prevent fire.

Adequate firefighting facilities such as portable first aid fire extinguishers, fire buckets

filled with water and sand, water pipelines and hoses shall be established and

maintained regularly.

Firefighting arrangements provided shall be suitable to fight the possible type of fire

that may occur depending on the type of flammable material. Fire facilities shall be

placed strategically such that they are accessible from any location of the site without

travelling for long distances. Employees shall be trained on fire prevention and

firefighting measures on a regular basis.

13.3.7. Access Control

It is advisable to establish access control measures at the construction project to

control movement of workmen and visitors. Access control may be achieved by entry

pass, bar-coded cards and biometric systems or other suitable means.

13.3.8. Safety of Visitors

Visitors for the project shall be given health and safety induction before they are

allowed in to the construction project. It shall include the minimum PPE to be used,

hazards and risks at the work area, restricted areas of entry, emergency response

arrangements, etc.



13.3.9. Traffic and Logistics Management

Traffic management plan shall be prepared as a part of the project health and safety

plan at the initial stage of the project to manage the traffic inside the project site.

Traffic management plan shall include:

Measures for segregating pedestrian and vehicle traffic;

Establish project specific traffic rules such as speed limit and one way etc;

Managing the flow of traffic such that blind zones and hazardous junctions are not present;

Managing the flow of traffic such that reversing can be avoided as far as possible; and

Use of traffic control devices such as road humps, convex mirrors, delineators traffic signals and barriers.

It shall be planned to deploy flag man, security personnel and traffic marshals at

critical areas to regulate traffic.

13.4. Occupational Health Management Plan

The process of surface and underground excavation / quarrying leads to some health

hazards. The most significant occupational health impacts are Noise Induced

Hearing Loss (NIHL) and Occupational Lung Disease (OLD) due to inhalation of

dust. Medical examination of employees at the initial stage and periodically, shall be

done by a team of qualified medical officers provided by the project proponent.

Regular medical check-up camps shall also be arranged for detection of

occupational diseases and minor disease in the nearby rural population. Free check-

up and medicine for treatment for their acute and chronic illness shall be provided.

13.4.1. Occupational Health and Safety Management Plan

13.4.1.1 Potential Risk of Sand Project Activities

The surface and underground excavation for the project, by the nature of the

activities involved, are accompanied with risk of medium to high degree involving

blasting. The risks associated with the project are not hazardous, but if any, they are

only accidents and incidents, associated with construction machinery or

transportation activity, if adequate controls or safety systems are not adopted. The

rock excavation by deploying excavators / JCB/loaders/ rock-breakers besides

drilling and blasting and loading on to the trucks by Backhoe can have risks of

accidents if human failure or errors are not taken care of. The Accidents, if any, may

not be fatal, but are potential to cause temporary or permanent disabilities. Thus, the

need for adequate safety at work places is needed. Some minor incidents like

exhaustion, sun-strokes, or other health related incidents may take place, which can

be avoided with adequate safety regulations and measures. Transportation of

construction material, excavated muck for disposal and crushed stone aggregates to

various construction sites are some of the activates associated with accidents on

road and at the project site. However, with effective safety measures the accidents

can be avoided and prevented.



13.4.2. Safety of Machine Use at Project Site

The major machinery to be deployed at site shall be excavators/JCB, Backhoe and

loaders which can excavate earth mix with boulders / rock mass and load on to

vehicles. The area where machinery shall be operated will be under supervision of

trained operators and helpers besides technically qualified foreman to ensure that

the machinery is operated as per specified design parameters of the manufacturer.

Before the work is initiated every day, the routine check-up especially with regard to

its hydraulic systems, mechanical conditions, and other operating systems shall be

performed. The movement of trucks/trippers/tractors for loading /transportation of

material within the project area and haul road area shall be regulated by a trained

supervisor who shall be responsible for the safety of vehicle movement and

prevention of accidents or incidents associated with the vehicular movement. All staff

working with the construction machinery shall be trained in first-aid and other safety

measures, accident or incident prevention and reporting and communication

mechanisms.

13.4.3. Occupational Health & Safety (OHS)

The excavated material and construction material does not contain any toxic

element. Therefore, the likelihood of any health hazard does not arise due to their

handling per se. However, the process of excavation / quarrying leads to some

health hazards. The dust generated due to excavation loading and movement on

Katcha/riverbed haul road creates air borne dust which has silica contents. The dust

is the main pollutant of concern for the workers engaged in the mining activities. The

most significant occupational health impacts are Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)

and Occupational Lung Disease (OLD) like allergic rhinitis and asthma due to

inhalation of dust. Working in open during summer can expose workers to the direct

sun rays causing heat strokes, cramps and burns besides leading to exhaustion. In

extreme windy conditions the dust particles forcing way into the eyes can create

itching as well as allergic conjunctivitis of eye. Medical examination of employees at

the initial stage and periodically, shall be done by a team of qualified medical officers

provided by the project proponent.

The initial medical examination of every person employed in the mine within a period

of five years of the date so notified and the said examination shall be so arranged

over a period of five years that one fifth of the persons employed at the mine

undergo the examination every year. The periodical medical examination thereafter

of every person employed in the mine shall be conducted at intervals of not more

than five years. In the present case since the lease is only for five years. It is

suggested that the initial medical examination for all workers must be arranged

during the first year of appointment and the periodical check-up during fourth and

fifth year after the appointment.

Regular medical check-up camps shall also be arranged for detection of

occupational diseases and minor disease in the nearby rural population. Free check-

up and medicine for treatment for their acute and chronic illness shall be provided.

The medical examination schedule is provided in Table 13.1.



Table 13.1 : Schedule of Medical Check-up

S.

No. Particular

1st

Year

2nd

Year

3rd

Year

4th

Year

5th

Year

6th

Year Total

1

Initial medical check-up of

employees for lung function,

audiometric test, tuberculosis

and pulmonary disease at the

time of appointment 1050 1050 - - - - 2100

2

Periodical Medical Check-up of

the employees (Audiometric

Test, Eye – Check-up, Lung

function and respiratory test) - - - 700 700 700 2100

13.4.4. Occupational Health & Safety Measures to Control Dust Inhalation

Providing a working environment that is conducive to safety and health.

The management of occupational safety and health is the prime responsibility of

mine management.

Employee involvement and commitment in the implementation of health and

safety guidelines.

Periodical health checkups

Implementing safety and health management system and assessing the

effectiveness through periodic audits.

Monitoring the effects of mining activities on safety and health and conducting

regular performance reviews.

Provision of necessary personal protective equipments.

Establishing and maintaining a system of medical surveillance for employees

Ensuring employees at all levels receive appropriate training and are competent

to carry out their duties and responsibilities.

All the above precautions would be adopted to prevent dust generation at site and to

be dispersed in the outside environment. However, for the safety of workers at site,

engaged at strategic locations / dust generation points like loading and unloading

points, screening sieve, dust masks would be provided. Dust masks would prevent

inhalation of PM10/PM2.5 thereby reducing the risk of lung diseases and other

respiratory disorders. Regular health monitoring of workers will be carried out.

13.4.5. Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)

Blasting causes intermittent high level of noises whereas the continuous running of

construction machinery / compressors / wagon drills / rock breakers lead to high

noise level in the immediate vicinity of the point of noise emission. Hearing

conservation programmes exists at all operations. Baseline audiogram forms the

basis for future assessment of employees in terms of hearing loss.

Using engineering initiatives to reduce noise at source is the priority management

tool. The hearing conservation programme includes the provision of Hearing



Protection Devises (HPDs) and annual audiometry examination of all employees.

Apart from provision of HPDs emphasis is also laid on training the employees’

responsibility to protect his / her hearing.

13.4.6. Occupational Lung Diseases (OLD)

There will be regular health camps for all the workers and nearby rural people. Lung

function tests, chest X-rays etc. shall be carried out and any health disorders will be

evaluated. The budget shall be earmarked for the necessary protective devices and

training needs by the project proponent.

13.4.7. Cost Estimate

For initial and periodical medical check-up of employee of the mines, who are

engaged at the active construction site, budgetary provision of Rs. 1000

employee/year shall be made. The provision at this stage is being made for 1200

skilled/semi-skilled / unskilled workers. The cost estimate is provided in Table 13.2.

Table 13.2 : Cost Estimate

S.

No.

Particular Quantity Unit Rate Amount

(Rs. lacs)

1. Initial medical check-up for all workers 2100 Man 1000 21.00

2. Periodical check-up for all workers 2100 Man 1000 21.00

3. Provision for free medicines for all

workers @ Rs. 500/year

2100 Man 500 10.50

4. Provision for personal protection

equipment like helmets, ear plug, dust

mask, shoes, goggles etc., for workers

2100 No. 1000 21.00

Total 73.50

Say 74.00

13.5. Safe Working Procedure:

13.5.1. Demolition:

Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the progress of the work:

Appropriate warning signs shall be displayed for cautioning persons approaching

the demolition area. The area shall be cordoned off properly.

Before demolition operations begin, the Contractor shall ensure that the power

on all electric service lines is shut off and the lines are cut or disconnected at or

outside the demolition site. If it is necessary to maintain electric power during

demolition operation, the required service lines shall be adequately protected

against damage.

Persons handling heavy materials /equipments shall wear safety shoes.



13.5.2. Earthwork in excavation and backfilling:

The Contractor shall take all safety precautions during the execution of awarded

work and shall maintain and leave the site safe at all times.

The Contractor shall ensure the stability and safety of the excavation, adjacent

structures, existing services and the works of other agencies.

Open excavations shall be cordoned off by suitable railing/barricading and

photo‐luminescent warning signals installed so as to prevent persons slipping or

falling into the excavations. Warning signals shall be visible at night also and the

area shall be well illuminated during the work.

All blasting operations, if permitted by Engineer‐in‐charge, shall be carried out on

the basis of procedures approved by Inspector of Explosives. All works in this

connection shall be carried out as per I.S Code of Practice. Barricades,

photo‐luminescent warning signs, etc. shall be placed on the roads/open area.

Prior approval of such operation shall be obtained from Safety

Officer/Engineer‐In‐Charge of Works.

Contractor shall arrange adequate and efficient mechanical dewatering system

as recommended by Engineer‐in‐charge. These pumps shall be inspected and

maintained in proper working condition. The electrically operated pumps shall be

connected to ELCB of proper rating for safety of the person operating/shifting

them.

Contractor shall wash the wheels, of the transport vehicles carrying excavated

soil, with water jet before moving out of the site premises so that there is no spill

over of soil on the existing roads. In case there is any such spill over on the

roads, the same shall be cleaned by the contractor by manual / mechanical

means immediately at no extra cost.

13.5.3. Reinforcement and Concrete works:

13.5.3.1 Concreting:

Proper exhaust ventilation shall be available at the cement store and during

casting work in confined places. PPE for protection of workers viz. respirators,

hand gloves, gumboots, etc. shall be provided by the contractor to the workers

handling cement bags and concrete manually.

The contractor shall provide ear‐muffs to the operator / worker exposed to

continuous high‐level of noise and ear‐plugs to all workers involved in the

concreting work.

Wheels of concrete pump / concrete mixer shall be placed on firm ground /

platform. Pump accessories shall be checked for its safe working pressure

considering maximum pipe line height. A pressure release valve shall be

attached to the pump to release the excess pressure.

The pipeline for transporting the concrete shall have the shortest route with

minimum bends and shall be installed on firm supports at suitable intervals.



Pipeline shall be properly joined with clamps and securely tied to nearby support

and checked in advance before starting the concreting. Pipe segments shall be

cleaned in advance to avoid choking of concrete during casting.

All mechanical equipment/tools used in concreting activity like batching

plant/concrete mixer, concrete pumps, vibrators, etc. shall be operated by trained

person only.

13.5.3.2 Reinforcement:

Bar bending and cutting yard shall be properly cordoned / barricaded and entry

shall be restricted.

Re‐bar bending and cutting machines shall be handled by trained operator /

skilled workers.

Shifting of cut re‐bars shall be done by mechanical means as far as possible.

When re-bars are shifted manually, it shall be done with proper care and proper

balance shall be maintained. Clear access shall be provided for shifting of

re‐bars.

Proper support shall be given to the column bars by means of rings / props

against undesirable sway.

Free ends of the binding wires shall be bent inside to avoid injuries.

Proper PPE viz. leather / cotton hand gloves, goggles, etc., for the people

handling / shifting and cutting / tying of re‐bar, shall be used for protection from

injury and other occupational diseases.

13.5.3.3 Formwork for concreting:

Shuttering and supporting members viz. props, tie rods, etc. shall be of adequate

strength to support the load / pressure of concrete and the formwork scheme

shall be approved by Engineer‐In‐Charge in advance. The procedure approved

by Engineer‐In‐

Charge shall be followed for mixing, transporting and pouring of concrete.

While removing formwork from vertical surfaces, the shuttering board shall be

adequately supported by props, in order to prevent the same from toppling /

slipping, until it is lowered on ground safely. Same support with props shall be

provided during erection of formwork too until the plywood is secured in desired

place with tie rods.

13.5.4. Scaffolding and Working at Height:

13.5.4.1 General:

All the workers, supervisors and engineers of the contractor, who will work at

height, shall have valid height passes issued by the Safety Officer.

The scaffold to be erected for working at height shall be designed for the

estimated load.



The erected scaffold shall be inspected and cleared by the safety officer of the

contractor.

The scaffold shall be checked for its condition i.e. it shall be free from bends,

cuts, rust, etc. All vertical members shall be in plumb and correctly spaced. The

joints of vertical and horizontal members shall be properly connected with

couplers, lock pins, etc. The scaffold shall be securely tied with permanent

structure as per the requirement of IS:3696 – 1991 (Part 1) (Reaffirmed in 2002).

The working platform and the access to the scaffold shall be free from all debris

and loose materials.

Contractor shall provide necessary PPEs as per relevant I.S. Codes for the

workers working at height viz. full harness safety belt, fall arrestor, kinetic shock

absorber, safety helmet, gloves, etc.

13.5.4.2 Working platform:

The quality of wooden planks or MS grill plates for decking of working platform

shall be made of good quality material and free from any defects, etc. The load

carrying capacity of the working platform shall be designed in consultation with

Engineer‐in‐charge. Working platform, gangways and stairways shall be so

constructed that they shall not sag unduly or unequally.

All working platforms shall have guard rails at 1.0 m height with middle rails at

0.5 m height from the platform and 15 cm high toe boards securely tied with the

vertical posts.

The spacing of vertical posts shall not exceed 2.0 m Centre to Centre.

The contractor shall provide grab rope / life line all around the working

platform/level, at height, which will provide tying / anchoring facility for the safety

belt / fall arrestor.

Contractor shall provide safety net under all working platform/level at height to

protect fall of men and materials from above and such safety nets shall conform

to IS:11057‐1984.

Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical lines and

equipment. Scaffolding, ladder, working platform, gangways, etc. shall not exist

within 5m of any un‐insulated electric wire. Whenever electric power and lighting

cables are required to run through (pass on) the scaffolding or electrical

equipments are used, such scaffolding structures shall have minimum two earth

connections with earth continuity conforming to relevant IS Code of Practice.

13.5.4.3 Ladder:

Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other

elevated working places with the help of ladders.

Ladder shall be placed in an inclination not steeper than 1 in 4 (1horizontal and 4

vertical).



Every ladder shall be securely fixed at bottom from sliding/slipping.

13.5.5. Construction machinery and Tools:

The operation and maintenance of any construction machinery shall be as per manufacturer’s guidelines & checklists and by trained personnel only.

13.5.5.1 Earth moving machinery:

The contractor shall ensure the stability of the equipment, while working, depending on the load bearing capacity of the ground; which may reduce due to presence of moisture and due to vibration effect. The contractor shall provide bearing plates, packing, etc. to strengthen the ground below outriggers or wheel or crawler of the equipment. All earth moving equipment shall have Roll Over Protective Structures, sound suppressers, seat belts, reverse alarms, warning horns, windshield wipers and easily approachable control and lever for brake system and emergency stop. They shall be checked at the time of delivery and they shall be properly maintained. Contractor shall display warning sign for keeping away from the moving parts of such equipment and the area of operation of such machinery shall be properly cordoned. The shovel / bucket of the earth moving equipment shall be rested on ground when the equipment is not working. Operation of such equipment shall always be carried out by trained operator accompanied by the designated helper.

Bulldozers: The blade of Bulldozer shall be inspected at least once in a week. The blade shall not be used as a brake except in emergency. The position of the blade shall be adjusted while travelling up or down the gradient. The Bulldozer shall be parked on levelled ground, by applying hand brakes and by lowering blade.

13.5.5.2 Lifting and hoisting machinery:

Lifting machines and tackles shall be of good mechanical construction, sound material and adequate strength and free from any defects and shall be kept in good repair and in good working condition. Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as the means of suspension shall be as per manufacturer’s guidelines, of good quality and adequate strength and dimension and free from any defect. Test certificates of such ropes,

D‐shackles, etc. shall be submitted in advance by the contractor.

Every crane operator or lifting appliance operator shall be properly qualified. No person under the age of 18 years shall be in charge of any hoisting machine or to give signal to operator of such machine.

The base of such hoisting equipment shall be kept in perfect horizontal condition since any tilt would reduce the load carrying capacity of the equipment. The foundation shall be firm enough to support the equipment. The level shall be checked every day before starting the work in case of mobile hoisting equipment.

Thorough inspection and load testing of lifting machines and tackles shall be done by a third party, at least once in every 12 months and the records of such inspection and testing shall be maintained and a copy shall be submitted by the contractor to the departmental representative at site. Motors, transmission, couplings, belts, chain drives and other moving



parts of hoisting appliances shall be provided with adequate safeguards. Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as it shall minimize the risk of any part of a suspended load becoming accidentally displaced or lowered.

13.5.5.2.1 Tower Cranes: Erection & Commissioning

The type of the tower crane to be used shall be selected based on the load to be lifted, the reach of the boom and the height at which the material is to be shifted. The contractor shall follow all the safety instructions given in the manufacturer’s manual for erection, dismantling or extension (jumping) of tower cranes. The contractor shall submit the operation manual, provided by the manufacturer, to the departmental representative before erection of the same at site. For both movable and fixed tower cranes, the adequacy of the counterweight shall be ensured. The base of the tower crane shall be in perfect horizontal level. Base shall be capable of bearing the loads during the operation of tower crane.

Operation – The crane shall never be used to pick the loads which are out of the crane’s reach or to do skew pulls of any sort. The load (to be lifted by the crane) shall be free from any sticky characteristic which may cause sudden jerk while lifting. No worker / person shall be lifted by tower crane. Any kind of swinging of lifted load, to put them out of crane’s reach, shall not be tried. The operator shall not reverse the motor in order to achieve quicker stop to save time. He shall execute one operation at a time only and shall never combine horizontal movement of trolley with vertical movement of lifting hook. Tower crane shall be protected from sway due to wind load, etc. during operation. Precautions in high wind load shall be taken as per manufacturer’s guide. Various components and parts of the tower crane like wire ropes, pulleys, structural members of the tower and boom, etc. shall be periodically checked and properly maintained by the mechanical engineer of the contractor. Proper lighting arrangement with the boom and the tower of the crane shall be provided as safety arrangements for clear visibility during night. The tower crane shall be provided with the siren / horn facility in order to caution the workers in vicinity during operation of the crane. The operator shall take “START” and “HOISTING” signal from the designated helper / supervisor only; however, “STOP” signal can be taken from anyone.

Maintenance ‐ The balancing rope, trolley rope, hoisting rope and erection rope shall be checked as per maintenance guidelines given by the manufacturer and they shall be replaced immediately as and when required. For regular maintenance, the manufacturer’s manual shall be followed.

13.5.5.2.2 Mobile Cranes:

The contractor shall take care that, the engine of the crane shall be kept running with the gear engaged and maintain a slow speed, while moving down the hill. While travelling uphill or downhill, the boom shall always be kept downhill in order to prevent the boom from falling back. The soil of working area, movement area and parking area of the mobile crane shall be well compacted and shall have proper drainage arrangement. The area shall be dry, levelled and firm enough to hold the load of the mobile crane. The lifting hook shall be tied / anchored while the crane is moving or not operational. Before starting operation at the beginning of day’s work, the capacity load shall be picked up to 0.3 m above the ground to test the drift, if any, due to faulty brakes. The brakes shall be ‘ON’ when a rubber tyre crane is operated. The operator shall always avoid any jerky start or a fast



swing during operation of the crane since it increases the risk of overturning of the crane. The pressure in the pneumatic tyre shall be maintained correctly in all wheeled machines.

13.5.5.3 Transporting Machinery:

Trucks, tippers, dumpers used in transportation of excavated earth or other materials; which are loaded with mechanical excavators, shovels / loaders shall have strong canopies over the driver’s cabin to protect them from injuries while loading. The driver’s cabin for all the vehicles at construction site shall have a system of sound and vibration suppression, seat belts, reverse horn/alarm, rear view mirror, wide windshield, triplex glass, wiper, sun visor, etc. Brakes and control shall be designed so as to get locked when the vehicle is parked. While going down the gradient, the speed of the vehicle should be controlled. Hydraulic retarder shall be used for big dumpers. Persons holding valid driving licenses for heavy motor vehicle shall be engaged as drivers of the respective type of vehicles. Every dumper, tipper, truck, etc. shall be accompanied by helper and driver shall take all signals from his helper only. The access road of such transport vehicle shall be firm and levelled as far as practicable and shall be free from any obstacle.

13.5.5.4 Batching plants:

The batching plants shall be calibrated by the contractor at least once in a month and such records shall be made available to the departmental staff for record.

The installation, operation, maintenance and decommissioning of batching plant shall be done as per manufacturer’s guidelines and manuals. All electrical works and connections shall be done by a licensed electrician under supervision of electrical engineer of the contractor. The DG requirement (in case of power cuts) shall be of at least 150% of the overload capacity. The operations of hopper, scrapper and pan mixer shall be smooth and periodic inspection shall be done as per manufacturer’s guidelines. The material bins shall be checked periodically for presence of any boulders, lumps, etc. which may choke in the hopper causing disruption of operation of the batching plant. Proper care shall be taken during feeding cement silo from the bulker for any loose joints in the feeder pipe and pump of the silo. The silo shall have a guarded monkey ladder for access to the top. The person accessing the top of silo shall seek work permit in advance and shall use proper PPE while climbing. The outer surface of the silo shall be properly painted and maintained against weathering effects. The contractor shall make available at least one fire extinguisher near the operator cabin of the batching plant and the same shall be maintained in good condition at all times. The operator cabin and the scrapper cabin shall be well ventilated and dust proof. The underground water tank/Vat of the batching plant shall be covered with suitable protective cover and shall be cordoned all around.

13.5.5.5 Hydraulic machines:

Hydraulic operated machines like mechanical excavators, jacks, or any other hydraulically operated parts, etc. shall be handled carefully. The pressure relief valves mounted on the Hydraulic construction equipment shall not be tampered. These machines shall be equipped with the foam based fire extinguisher. These machines shall be maintained at regular intervals as per the manufacturer’s manual, to avoid failure of brakes, hydraulic system, etc. Regular checking shall be done for such equipment for any leakage, condition of the hoses and



connections, etc. Contractor shall give proper training to the operator, mechanic, etc. before they handle the equipment.

13.5.6. Dewatering pumps, Concrete pumps, Boom placer pumps:

The rotating parts of the dewatering pump shall be well guarded. Only authorized operator / mechanic shall operate the pump on requirement. He shall not wear any loose clothes while operating the pump. The exhaust of the smoke shall be away from the workers working in the surrounding area. The pump shall be operated and maintained as per the manufacturer’s guidelines.

For electrically operated dewatering pumps including submersible pumps, special care shall be taken while operating them. Such pumps shall be fitted with ELCB of proper rating. The power shall be put off before shifting or removal of the submersible pumps.

Only authorized operator / electrician shall be allowed to operate the same.

13.5.6.1 Stationery Concrete Pumps and Boom Placer pumps:

The commissioning, operation and maintenance of concrete pumps (both stationery and boom placer type) shall be done as per manufacturer’s guidelines or manual provided along with the equipment. The safety procedure and tips as mentioned in these guidelines shall not be violated. A copy of such manuals shall be submitted to the department before installing the equipment at site. Apart from manufacturer’s manual, the following guidelines shall be followed for operation and maintenance of the concrete pumps:

The operation, maintenance and signalling of concrete pumps shall be done by trained and authorized personnel having minimum 18 years of age.

Place of work shall be so selected that the visibility of batching plant operator/transit mixer driver, concrete pump operator, signal man/supervisor and hose man (at the pouring point) is ensured all at a time. In case such visibility between all the above people cannot be ensured, then at least the pump operator shall be able to see the batching plant operator and signal man separately. The pump operator shall play most important role in pouring and he shall be properly trained by the safety officer/site Engineer of the contractor to understand the signalling process properly in order to ensure smooth concreting activity at site.

When the concrete is being placed in the hopper of the pump (either from batching plant chute or transit mixer chute), no person shall climb on the hopper of the pump.

The danger zones (within working area) like hose end position, beneath the placing boom, moving parts of the concrete pump and its hopper, its support legs and the area of the concrete pipe line, etc. shall be identified by the safety officer/ mechanical engineer in advance. Accordingly these areas shall be cordoned and restricted movement shall be ensured as practicable as possible.

The concrete pipeline (delivery system) for stationary pumps shall be checked by the mechanical engineer before he seeks work permit for concreting activity, for proper clamping of the pipe joints, supports for pipe line, etc. The pipe line shall have minimum number of bends and shall be straight as far as possible. In case pipe line needs to change the direction, then there shall be at least 5 m straight



portion just after the concrete pump. The bends in the pipe line shall be as smooth as possible.

Inspection interval shall be decided based on manufacturer’s guide line, age of the concrete pump, quantity of the operating hours and output of concrete.

Personal protective equipments like helmet, safety shoes, ear defenders (ear muff/ ear plug), protective gloves and goggles, face mask/respiratory protector, etc. shall be arranged by the contractor for all the workers working on concrete pump.

Concrete pump shall have suitable pressure relief valve, set at a predetermined pressure level, in order to ensure safety of the workers as well as the pump.

13.5.7. Structural Steel Fabrication:

13.5.7.1 Welding and Gas Cutting:

Welding and gas cutting operations shall be done only by qualified and authorized persons and as per IS: 818‐1968 (Reaffirmed in 2008). No hot job shall be done without approved work permit.

Welding and gas cutting shall not be carried out in places where flammable/any materials such as combustible/flammable chemicals, dyes, hessian cloth, wooden pieces, cylinders, etc. are kept within 10 m from the spot of fabrication or gas cutting.

13.5.7.2 Electric Arc Welding:

For Electric Arc welding the following additional safety precautions shall be taken:

All power connections shall be routed through ELCB of proper rating and machine connections shall be through MCB. Double earthing shall be provided to the welding machine. A provision of a separate return path shall be ensured. ii) The cable to be used shall be of adequate capacity corresponding to output of the welding transformer / generator and shall be routed through dry isolated path. Welding cable terminals shall be provided with lugs and connected properly. Proper insulation of cable with insulation tape of approved quality shall be ensured and only double insulated cable shall be used. Extension of welding cables shall be done using standard connectors. iii) Pipe lines carrying flammables shall not be used as part of earth conductor, but a separate earth conductor shall be connected to the machine directly from the job. Painting and Dye Penetration testing shall not be done near electric arc welding. iv) Personal contact with the electrode or other live parts of electric welding equipment shall be avoided. Wires and cables shall not be hung from any metal hook.

Accidental contact of electrodes with ground shall be prevented.

The welding cables shall not be allowed to get entangled with power cables. It shall be ensured that the cables are not damaged by movement of materials. Dragging and coiling of cable shall be avoided. vii) For Dye Penetration test, necessary care shall be taken so that there is no hot job going on nearby. Place of the test shall be well ventilated.

13.5.7.3 Erection:



Only trained operators and workers shall be engaged for the erection of structural fabricated members. For erection by mechanical means, the safety procedures shall be followed in addition to the following guidelines:

The heavy materials shall not be manually handled. They shall be handled and shifted by mechanical means like crane, hydra, trolley, etc. of adequate capacity.

All mechanical transport devices and erection equipment shall be operated with the assistance of a helper / supervisor exclusively for proper signalling.

While erecting fabricated members, suitable guy rope arrangement shall be made to avoid sudden toppling of derrick.

Chain pulley block, D‐shackles and wire ropes (lifting appliances) shall be of rated capacity at least 2.0 times more than the maximum desired load to be lifted. Hooks, jigs and fixtures used shall be marked with their capacities.

Two or more slings shall be used for lifting the loads and they shall be tied as per the centre of gravity of the load to be lifted.

13.5.8. Electrical Safety:

Guide lines for providing temporary power supply at the site and general safety procedures for using electricity are given as under. Following safety requirements shall be complied with before the Contractor uses the power supply.

The Contractor shall submit a list of licensed electrical staff to be posted at site. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain complete installation on the load side of the supply point about the safety requirements at site. All cabling and installation shall comply with the appropriate statutory requirements given below and shall be subject to approval of the Departmental Engineer‐in‐charge/ Electrical Engineer.

The Electricity Act, 1910 (as amended in 2003)

Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948

Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 (as amended in 2005)

National Electric Code 1985 (as amended in 2005)

Other relevant rules of Local Bodies and Electricity Boards

13.5.9. Fire Safety:

The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent outbreak of fires at the construction site. Adequate provisions shall be made to extinguish fires should they still break out.

Quantities of combustible materials like timber, coal, paints, etc. shall be the minimum required in order to avoid unnecessary accumulation of combustibles at site.

Containers of paints, thinners and allied materials shall be stored in a separate room which shall be well ventilated and free from excessive heat, sparks, flame or direct rays of the sun. The containers of paint shall be kept covered or properly fitted with lid and shall not be kept open except while using.

Fire extinguishers suitable for the different classes of fire such as Class A, B, C &

D as per IS: 2190‐1992 (Reaffirmed in 2010) shall be made available at the appropriate places in the construction site. The date of last maintenance of fire



extinguisher shall be displayed properly on the same by using maintenance tag. The fire extinguishers shall be sent for maintenance/refilling at least once in 6 months or whenever exhausted. The safety officer shall inspect the condition of the plunger, safety pin, switch grip, hose tube, etc. at least once in a month and

report shall be submitted to the departmental representative as per the format enclosed as Annexure 14.

Adequate number of contractor’s workmen and supervisors shall be given training in fire fighting and extinguishing methods.

The safety officer of the contractor shall plan for site evacuation in fire emergency in order to facilitate to easy and safe exits for entire site work force and supervisory staff. He shall identify and train the designated staff or supervisor for specific role in site evacuation plan.

The telephone number of the nearest fire station shall be displayed at suitable locations (near telephone, main entrance of the site, first aid centre, stores, etc.) in bold distinct font.

13.5.9.1 Housekeeping:

The Contractor shall promote and upkeep the practice of good housekeeping throughout the contact period in order to create a safe and hygienic working environment at site. The contractor shall maintain a separate housekeeping team of workers and supervisors who shall maintain the hygienic conditions at site. He shall at all times, keep his work spot, site office, labour toilets and surroundings and roads clean and tidy from rubbish, scrap, surplus materials and unwanted materials, tools and equipment. The contractor shall follow the recommendation of IS: 4082‐1996 (Reaffirmed in 2003) for stacking and storage of construction materials and components at site.

After the completion of the work, the contractor shall have removed from the work premises all scaffoldings, surplus materials, scrap, rubbish and all temporary structures, huts and sanitary arrangements used/installed for his workmen at site. The contractor shall stack all undesirable materials and debris to the designated area at his own cost, as directed by Engineer‐in‐charge.

13.5.9.2 Common Hazards:

Barricading and Sign Boards: All work areas around excavated pits, trenches, openings, scaffolding, vehicle movement areas, etc. shall be well cordoned / barricaded with the help of railing, safety tapes (photo luminescent), etc. Photo luminescent sign boards and warnings shall be displayed at required locations and they shall be clearly visible from a distance even at low or no illumination.

Noise: Suitable ear protection (ear muff) shall be provided to the workers, who are exposed to high noise levels (85dBA and above), e.g. concrete pump operator, vibrator operator, batching plant operator, air compressor operator, grinding machine operator, breaking rocks with pavement breaker, etc. The exposure duration in case of these workers shall be restricted. Other workers and staff who are in the close vicinity of high noise level such as unskilled worker engaged in concreting works, etc. shall be provided with ear plugs.

Area Illumination: Adequate lighting facilities such as flood lights, halogen lamps, hand lights and area lighting shall be provided by the contractor at the site of work, storage area of materials and equipment and temporary access roads



within his working area. The intensity of illumination shall depend on the nature of work and the same shall be planned by the contractor in advance based on the recommendations of Hand Book on Functional Requirements of Industrial Buildings (Lighting & Ventilation: SP32‐1986).

Dust and fumes: Confined areas like main access tunnel (MAT), adit to different underground components of the project like HRT, Surge Shaft, etc. shall be

under forced ventilation (using blowers) for at least 3‐7 air changes per hour depending on presence of dust and fumes generated from grinding, gas cutting, welding, etc. Adequate measure like dust extractor/arresters shall be available for use to prevent spread of dust to nearby areas during open area operations. Workers shall be rested for sufficient time after every one hour of continuous working in dust. The same worker shall not be engaged for many days continuously and they shall be engaged/kept on job rotation. All necessary PPEs like dust respirators, safety goggles, hand gloves, ear plugs, protective clothes, etc. shall be provided. Any illness due to continuous work in dust or fume shall be immediately reported to the First Aid Centre.

The cost components for ensuring certain measures for safety of labour during construction has been enumerated in Table 13.3.


S. No. Particular Amount

(Rs. lakh)

1. Cost of Barricading work areas around excavated pits, quarry

area/muck disposal sites

10.00

2. Cost of Caution and Sign Boards 2.00

3. Cost of Fire extinguishers 3.00

4. Implements for housekeeping in site offices and work site 2.00

5. Illumination facilities in work area 5.00

Total 22.00

13.6. Cost Estimate for Occupational Health and Safety Management During Construction

The cost components for ensuring occupational health and measures for safety of labour during construction has been enumerated in Table 13.4.


S. No. Particular Amount

(Rs. lakh)

1. Cost estimate for Occupational Health Management (Table

13.2)

74.00

2. Cost of Safety management during construction (Table 13.3) 22.00

Total 96.00



14. SANITATION AND SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN 14.1.

14.1. Introduction

During the construction phase of the project, there will be an influx of technical staff,

laborers and other service providers into the project area. The proposed project has

also envisaged four colonies to house project employees including personnel for

other utility services with their families. Sewage and solid waste will be generated

from the colonies. It is very essential that from the planning stage, sewerage

management and solid waste disposal facilities should be conceptualized to maintain

the health of the people and the environment. The main sources of wastes in case of

the proposed project can be divided into following categories:

Municipal waste from residential areas

Solid wastes from labour camps

Bio-medical wastes from Dispensary

Since most of the dam operations shall be automated or mechanized, very few

people shall be staying in the project during the operation phase. The solid waste is

primary problem during the construction phase of the project. Solid waste generated

from temporary and permanent colonies in construction as well as operation phase

requires special management to dispose off as warranted under the Municipal Solid

Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2000.

14.2. Responsibilities of Project Authority

The project authority shall, within the territorial area of the project complex/ colony,

be responsible for the implementation of the provisions of Municipal Solid Wastes

(Management and Handling) Rules, 2000 issued by MOEF vide so 908 (E) dated 25,

September, 2000, and for any infrastructure development for collection, storage,

segregation, transportation, processing and disposal of municipal solid wastes.

Any municipal solid waste generated in the project complex/ project colony/ labour

colony, shall be managed and handled in accordance with the compliance criteria

and the procedure laid down in Schedule –II under rules 6 (1) and (3), 7 (1) of the

Notification dated 25 September, 2000. The management plan has, therefore, been

framed taking into consideration compliance criteria against each parameter as set

out under Schedule-II, some of which are described in the foregoing paragraphs.

14.2.1. Collection of Municipal Solid Wastes

The project authorities shall prohibit littering of solid wastes in the area under their

control by resorting to following: -

Organizing house-to-house collection of solid waste on regular pre-informed timing and scheduling through any of the methods, like community bin collection (Central bin).

Devising collection of wastes from office complexes, hotels and commercial areas.



Avoiding mixing of Bio-medical wastes with municipal solid wastes.

Collected waste from residential areas shall be transferred to community bin by hand-driven containerized carts or other small vehicle. Horticulture and construction / demolition wastes or debris shall be separately collected and disposed off.

Waste like dry leaves shall not be burnt.

Collection of wastes from vegetable and fruit shops and meat shops and also dry leaves collected from avenues/ parks, which are biodegradable in nature to be finally disposed off through aerobic composting in composting units of size 8 m x 2.5 m built from bricks. The compost thus obtained shall be used for development of flower beds and avenue plantation around colonies and office areas and also in biological measures to be adopted in respect of soil tips

developed at muck disposal sites.

14.2.2. Segregation of Municipal Solid Wastes

The project authority shall organize awareness programmes to encourage the generators of wastes and to ensure community participation in waste segregation. For this purpose regular meeting at quarterly intervals shall be arranged with

representatives of resident of colonies.

14.2.3. Storage of Municipal Solid Wastes

The project authority shall establish and maintain storage facilities in such a manner as they do not create unhygienic and insanitary conditions around it. Following criteria shall be taken into account while establishing and maintaining storage facilities. Storage facilities of bins shall have ‘easy to operate ‘design for handling, transfer

and transportation of waste. Bins for storage of bio-degradable wastes shall be painted green, those for storage of recyclable wastes shall be painted white and those for storage of other wastes shall be painted black.

Manual handling of waste shall be prohibited. If unavoidable due to constraints, manual handling shall be carried out under proper precaution with due care for

safety of workers.

14.2.4. Transportation of Municipal Solid Wastes

Vehicles used for transportation of wastes shall be covered. Wastes should not be visible to public, nor exposed to open environment preventing their scattering. Transportation vehicles shall be so designed that multiple handling of waste, prior to

final disposal, is avoided.

14.2.5. Processing of Solid Wastes

The project authorities shall adopt suitable technology or combination of such technologies to make use of wastes so as to minimize burden on landfill. Following criteria shall be adopted: -



The biodegradable wastes shall be processed by composting, vermi-composting, anaerobic digestion for stabilization of wastes.

Mixed waste containing recoverable resources shall follow the route to recycling. Incineration can also be used for processing wastes.

14.2.6. Disposal of Municipal Solid Wastes

Land filling shall be restricted to non-biodegradable inert waste and other waste that are not suitable for recycling or for biological processing. Three landfill sites, one on the d/s of the dam near km below Kishtwar-Gulabgarh road and one is on the u/s of the dam near village Kadhel and Atholi will suffice.

14.2.7. Municipal Waste from Residential Areas

The permanent and temporary project colonies for staff shall be created. The colonies will have family accommodations, bachelor’s accommodation besides accommodations for floating population. The total expected population in the project colony will be 1200 persons. In the colony, use of plastic bags be discouraged and use of biodegradable cotton and jute bags be encouraged. The average solid waste generated in the colony has been assumed to be approx 0.75 kg [dry-weight]/ per person/day. Thus, the solid waste generated by 1200 persons in the project colony on average daily, weekly, monthly and annual basis is given in the Table 14.1.

All households need to be instructed to sort their wastes and store the food, biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes viz. bottles, cans etc in separate containers. Two numbers of doorstep waste collectors per house will be arranged and given to each family. A handcart shall be deployed to collect the wastes from the doorsteps daily.

Table 14.1 : Solid Waste Generated from Project Colony (kg dry weight)

Garbage Generation Per Day(kg) Per Week(kg) Per Month(kg) Per Year(kg)

Per Person 0.75 5.25 22.5 270.00

By 1200 persons 900 6300 27000 2268000

The collected biodegradable wastes will be disposed off at a suitable landfill site, to be developed. The area will be properly fenced to avoid animals to feed on the wastes. The organic waste collected will be suitably processed to form compost. The compost thus produced shall be utilized in parks and plantation area around colony. The recyclable (non- biodegradable) wastes can be collected at a place and can be incinerated at regular interval of time. Apart from this, there will be provision for cleaning the streets of the colony to keep the surrounding area clean.

Considering water requirement of about 70 liter / head / day in hilly areas and on an average a person generates about 50 lit. of sewage per day and therefore, about 60,000 lit. /day of domestic sewage along with other waste are expected to be



generated from the colony. In the light of the fact that conventional septic tank system, which is too expensive and requires a large volume of water for flushing and is also riddled with problems like periodic cleaning and disposal of sludge, flush compost toilet which requires only 1.5-2.0 liters of water for flushing as against 12 to 14 liters in case of former shall be resorted to. Flush toilet is eco-friendly, technically appropriate, socio-culturally acceptable and economically affordable. Flush compost toilet shall be adopted in residential area. For inspection houses / office areas Thermophillic Aerobic Composter which requires only 6 to 10 days to make compost from any biodegradable waste, without any manual handing during composting shall be adopted. Adequate provision shall have to be earmarked under the sub-head “O-Miscellaneous” as the capital cost of sewerage disposal and storm water drainage

and O & M charges respectively.

14.3. Solid Waste from Labour Colony

The executing agency shall ensure employment to bona fide Kashmiries in all the

unskilled / skilled and other non-executive categories of staff with the contractors and

sub-contractors as may be required for implementation of the project. If it is not

possible to recruit 100% staff from local populace for justifiable reasons, then not

less than 50% of the total employees from bona fide residents’ shall be adhered to.

About 2100 workers (labour and staff) would be engaged temporarily during peak

construction period. It is expected that 50% of the total work force shall be locally

available from adjacent areas and thus labour colony shall be designed to house

1050 workforces.

The labour colonies shall be located at nine different sites in the project area. Around 175 labourers are expected to reside in the labour colonies with their families and 875 numbers in bachelor accommodation at any given time, during the peak construction phase of the project. Proper care has to be taken to manage the solid waste generated from the labour colony for a population of 1300 residential persons and 50 floating population i.e. for 1350 persons. It is estimated that total solid waste generation per day by labour population residing in the labour colony would be approximately 1170 kg dry weight. This would be to 35100 kg dry weight, and 421200 kg dry weight per month and per annum respectively. For maintaining the cleanliness of the labour colony and to restrict from disposing the solid waste into the river, this solid waste management plan has been formulated. No dumping of solid waste should be allowed near any water body or nalla. For solid waste collection 12 iron storage vats, each of 5 cum capacity, will be located at convenient dumping locations in the colonies. Each vat will have the capacity of holding 500 kg dry weight of garbage, which will be emptied at regular time intervals and the biodegradable waste will be transported to the landfill sites. Use of plastic bags need to be totally banned in the labour colony. Periodical awareness should also be provided in order to avoid use of plastic bags. Proper sanitary facilities would also be provided at the labour colonies. The standard municipal designs for community sanitation facilities in hill areas have been taken into consideration while formulating the sanitation scheme for the labour colony. Flush compost toilets shall be provided for 175 residence of workforce besides eight



community latrines of five-seated unit each with three bathrooms constructed at appropriate locations at a cost of Rs. 15.0 lac per unit having a total cost of Rs. 120.00 lac. The financial provision for this purpose has been provided in cost estimate for solid waste management in Table 14.2. Generally, from landfill, there is little risk for generation of methane, due to the decay of vegetable matters, as it slowly diffuses at low concentration through the covering material. The most serious risk from sanitary landfill is that of pollution from leachates. Hence, the bed of the disposal sites should be covered with an impervious material to ensure that leachate does not lead to soil and water pollution. During long dry periods the surface of a sanitary landfill can become dusty, causing discomfort to locals in and around such sites. Covering of the disposed material would prevent entrainment of fugitive emissions as well. Paper and other material also flies off the landfill area due to wind currents. This often creates a nuisance in the immediate vicinity of the landfill site. The landfill site, therefore, needs to be skirted with wire fence of about 3 m high with paper catchers to avoid fly of papers. Once the landfill operation is complete, the entire landfill site is to be suitably capped by an impervious material like clay. To ward off entries of dogs and monkeys, the landfill site shall have welded wire fencing all around. Proper provision for water storage in sufficient quantities will be needed to maintain hygienic environment. Septic tanks of appropriate size be constructed and care be taken to avoid mixing of wastewater and sewage with local water body especially during rainy season. Apart from the municipal solid waste in labour colony of project area, a lot of waste is expected to be generated on account of construction activities mainly consisting of cement bags, iron scrap, packing material, etc. It is expected that most of the iron scrap and packing material would be recycled since it has reuse value apart from monetary values and hence, it is proposed that stipulations should be imposed on suppliers and contractors to take away the scrap and packing materials. Apart from above, substantial cement will be required for constructional works. Since cement is supplied in 50 Kg plastic bags, a large number of plastic bags would require proper disposal through annual public auction with a provision of monthly disposal of such bags. Iron scraps have a resale value and therefore these shall be auctioned to steel re-rollers.

14.4. Bio-Medical Wastes from Hospitals

In view of proposed hospital to be located at proposed permanent colony in the project area, the hospital waste management should be considered a priority. All kinds of hospital waste are considered as hazardous waste. Hospital waste is generated during the diagnosis, treatment or immunization of human beings. It may include waste like scrap, anatomical waste, culture media, discarded medicines, chemical waste, syringes, swabs, bandages, body fluids, human excreta, etc. This waste is highly infectious and can be serious threat to human health if not managed in a scientific and discriminate manner. It is expected that generation of such hazardous waste will be very less. For management, special type of collection container and incinerator should be placed near the hospital for proper collection and disposal of hospital waste. Hospital waste should be incinerated or buried at isolated, identified sites, strictly in accordance with the provisions of the BMW Rules. Any kind of hospital waste should not be either recycled or reused. Incinerator/Autoclave is also a legal requirement for hospital waste management so that the non-



biodegradable waste generated from colony as well as hospital can be scientifically disposed. One incinerator must be installed at suitable site in permanent colony for reduction of total volume of non-biodegradable solid waste.

14.5. Sewage Management in Nearby Villages

Sewage Treatment Plants shall be provided for Sohal, Gulabgarh, Dhundhi, Mati, Kol and Arthal villages where the untreated sewage is being discharged directly into the

Chenab through local nalas.

14.6. Cost Estimate for Solid Waste Management

The overall cost estimates for the management plan is shown in Table 14.2.

Table 14.2 : Cost Estimate for Solid Waste Management Plan

S.

No.

Description Qty. Unit Rate

(Rs lac)

Amount

(Rs. in lac)

1. Flush composite toilets for labour colony 175 No 0.20 35.00

2. Community toilet with 5 seats with

Effluent Treatment system

8 No 15.00 120.00

3. Cleaning worker for 5 years (15 x 12 x

5)

900 Man

months

0.08 72.00

4. Door step plastic dustbin 40 liter

capacity @ 2 No/family including one

time replacement

3000 No 0.004 12.00

5. Waste collection handcarts including

one time replacement

80 No 0.03 2.40

6. Landfill R&M LS 30.00

7. Implements such as. Brooms, spade etc

and R&M

LS 1.00

8. Anti malarial and anti insecticides

equipments & spraying material

LS 2.00

9. Iron storage vat (3.1 m x 1.25 m x 1.25

m)

12 No 1.0 12.00

10. Maintenance of 2 Trucks @ Rs 0.30 /

month for 60 months

120 Truck

Months

0.65 78.00

11. O & M charges of incinerator @ Rs. 1.0

lac / year for 5 years for one incinerator

5 No. 1.40 7.00

12. Developing simple composting unit with

size 7.5 m x 2.2 m, three chambered

build from brick

1 No. 1.50 1.50

13. Solid waste management in villages 5 No. 20.00 100.00



S.

No.

Description Qty. Unit Rate

(Rs lac)

Amount

(Rs. in lac)

14. Capital cost of one incinerator 1 No. 20.00 20.00

15. Contingency LS 7.00

Total 499.9

Say Rs 500.00



15. LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT PLAN

15.1. Introduction

The project developer would aim at the improvement in the living standards of

inhabitants in the project area not only by being a catalyst for development but also

by developing infrastructure in the area. The infrastructure development will be in

addition to the rightful compensation to the project affected families. Besides meeting

the mandatory requirement, certain works relating to social welfare and community

development are also considered in consultation with local authorities and

representatives of Gram Panchayat of project affected area where in the project area

is covered, so that more acceptability for implementation of the plan is achieved. A

provision of 0.5% of the capital cost of project shall be made for local area

development activities to be financed by the project developer as corporate social

initiative.

As large scale investment is being made in the area by way of construction of

hydropower project, benefits should reach to the local population so that there is

remarkable improvement in their quality of life. Provisions will be made by the project

proponent for the infrastructure development programme in the project area as per

the needs of the local population. Thus, the proposed Local Area Development

strategy should be formulated by keeping in view the existing facilities and giving due

consideration to the views of the local people.

15.2. Local Area Development Committee

The entire contribution towards Local Area Development Activities to be maintained

in the shape of Local Area Development Fund (LADF) which will be administered by

a committee called Local Area Development Committee (LADC) comprising of

various stakeholders including Government departments, project developers and

local members from project affected areas.

15.2.1. Aims & Objectives

A special provision of Local Area Development Fund (LADF) under the State Policy

has been made to carry out Local Development Activities to ensure that while the

projects are developed in the State, the local communities in the project area also

benefit in the process by way of enhanced development at project cost. Further

allocation of such resources also needs to be based on pre-determined objective

parameters. The people of the affected area should be aware of the allocations

likely to flow to them so that on the one hand gainful infrastructure and local

development activities can be planned well in advance and on the other hand local

communities develop an interest in expeditious completion of projects.

15.2.2. Institutional Arrangement for Administration of Fund

The fund will be administered by a committee called Local Area Development

Committee (LADC) which will be constituted as under: -

1. Deputy Commissioner Concerned Distt. Chairman



2. Chairman, Zila Parishad -do- Member

3. Representative of the Project Concerned Project Member

Developers

4. District level officers of PWD, Irrigation, Concerned Area Members

Forest, Rural Dev. Departments

5. Representatives of Block Samiti Concerned Blocks -do-

6. Pradhan(s) of all affected -do- -do-

Panchayat(s)

7. Additional Divisional Magistrate -do- Member

Secretary

15.2.3. Functions and Responsibilities of LADC

The LADC is entrusted with, but not limited to, the following activities in its jurisdiction

and will be subject to directions of State Government from time to time: -

a) Realization of contributions to LADF from project promoters as per norms

b) fixed by the State Government.

c) Overall management, control and administration of LADF including

documentation and maintenance of accounts.

d) Approval of shelves of schemes and finalization of Annual Action Plan in

respect of each HEP, allotment of funds to executing agencies.

e) Monitoring and supervision of implementation of schemes under LADC.

f) Review the progress of all administrative and statutory clearances and

removal of local hurdles, if any, settlement of local issues to facilitate timely

execution of the power projects.

15.2.4. Execution and Monitoring

The schemes sanctioned shall be executed by Gram Panchayat concerned or by

Government Department or by project authorities. LADC may also decide the agency

for the execution of schemes. Govt. departments executing the works will not levy

Departmental Charges if such scheme is mandated to be executed in normal course

and LADF should be treated as one of the source of funding. The funds for

sanctioned schemes would be released to the executing agency in instalments. The

Executing Agency shall furnish accounts along with Utilization Certificate and

Completion Certificate to the LADC which after consolidating the details will submit

the Certificates to Project Developer as well as to Director Energy to Govt. of HP.

The progress of LAD activities shall be monitored regularly by LADC.

15.2.5. Management of Fund and Utilization of Interest Amount



The interest earned on the funds deposited in LADF will become Part of LADF. The

interest earned may be used by LADC to cover cost for organizing LADC meetings,

monitoring, office expenses, audit, hiring experts/technical staff to check LADF works

or hire services of experts for quality assurance, dispute resolution etc. without any

obligation on the State Government. The assets created under LADF shall belong to

the institutions for which they are constructed or to Panchayat as the case may be.

The funds of LADF would be kept in a joint account in Post Office or nationalized

bank. The deposits will be managed efficiently to secure best interest income. The

account of LADC shall be operated jointly by the hairman and Member Secretary of

the concerned LADC. The LADF would be subject to Audit and instructions of State

Government as issued from time to time.

15.3. Preparation of Shelf of Schemes

The Member Secretary, LADC will inform the concerned Panchayat about the

tentative amount that will be available for each project affected Panchayats.

A comprehensive shelf of projects for the entire amount would then be prepared by

Panchayat and approved by the Gram Sabha along with a yearly plan. The annual

plan may be again discussed in Gram Sabha/Gram Panchayat every year and

altered if required. The shelf as approved by Gram Sabha would then be sent to the

Member Secretary of concerned LADC.

While preparing the shelf of schemes preference may be given in the following order

a. Income generating activities/assets - First Priority

b. Renovation/special repairs/maintenance of existing infrastructure – Second

Priority.

c. New Infrastructural Schemes – Third Priority.

Note: Purchase of vehicle shall not be included in any schemes.

The shelves given by the various Project Affected Panchayats would be placed

before the LADC in its full meeting. The LADC will discuss and approve the

schemes. LADC, however, shall not change the Gram Sabha Priorities. The shelves

of schemes for beyond Panchayat level category shall be prepared by Block

Samities or Zila Parishad in consultation with Project Developers and the same shall

be approved by LADC. The LADC shall be the final authority to determine the

Category of a scheme and allocation of funds. While preparing the shelf, the

Panchayat will follow the following:

Priorities: -

a. New Infrastructural Schemes: - Drinking water/irrigation/school buildings/health

centres/pucca roads/pucca paths, markets, bus stand, solid waste disposal,

sanitation, Community Centers, MM Bhawan, Panchayat Bhawan, sanitation



waste disposal, Creation of income generating assets for Panchayat, Creation of

community places of worship, cremation/burial – First Priority.

b. Renovation/special repairs/maintenance of existing infrastructure i.e. buildings

like school/health sub centres/community halls/roads/paths/water supply and

irrigation schemes/places of worship, shops/other income generating assets of

Panchayats, Panchayat Bhawan, MM Bhawan – Second Priority.

Soil – conservation / watershed / landscaping / parks / playgrounds / kacha-paths /

flood protection works and retaining walls – 3rd Priority.

Following activities are proposed under the local area development plan, however

exact schemes will be formulated by LADC.

A. HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT:

a) Training Courses:

The willing and eligible youth from project affected families shall be imparted

education and training through technical institutes conducting Diploma courses and

ITI certificates with a view to absorb them in the project construction and operation.

b) Tailoring, Knitting& Embroidery Training Centers:

To create sustainable and long term job opportunities & generate income levels

among the project affected and other local families; tailoring, knitting and embroidery

centers shall be opened in consultation with the local panchayats. Necessary

equipment/kit, sewing machines along with raw material and instructors shall be

made available at subsidized rate. Arrangements shall be made through government

agencies to sell the products to J&K Handloom Department and other private/ state

agencies involved in the trade.

c) Computer Courses:

Computer training center at Gulabgarh or any other appropriate place in consultation

with local panchayats shall be opened to train eligible candidates from either sex to

help them to avail job opportunities within and outside the project. Infrastructure and

equipment for training courses along with instructor shall be provided.

d) Income Generating Activities/Projects

Capacity building programmes would be implemented for the development of skills in

dairy farming, horticulture and host of other income generating activities.

e) Vocational Training

Creating institutions to impart vocational training for acquiring and upgrading

technical skills with a view to enhance employability. Establishing partnerships with

District Administration and various Non-Governmental Organizations to assist gainful



self-employment schemes for the unemployed youth in the area, such programs

would include:

Organization of training programs in driving of 4 Wheelers,

Welding and fabrication,

Repair of TVs, Radio and other electronic gadgets.

B. INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT AND PUBLIC UTILITIES

a) Community Centers:

To facilitate project affected people to organize marriages/ other social functions

community centers at places selected by the locals shall be constructed & provided

with required furniture, tent house facilities and watchman.

b) Hospital Facilities:

The project Hospital facilities shall be extended to the project affected persons free

of cost. Ambulance and provision of life support system shall be made to meet

emergencies.

c) Sports and other activities:

The project proponent will endeavor to promote sports activities in affected

Panchayats. For promotion of sports, the corporation will go by the collective

decision of all power producers in Chamoli district. Facilities for different games shall

be provided to inculcate interest for sports amongst the youths.

d) Setting up of Recreation Facilities

There is a need to set up recreation facilities like development of gym, parks, etc.

near the project area.

e) Assistance to Schools:

The Schools in the project affected villages shall be provided with computers,

furniture, library etc. to develop these Institutions as model Institutions.

f) Development of concrete paths from Village to Road heads &drainage system:

The affected villages shall be connected with the roads through concrete paths,

wherever required. Effective drainage system shall be developed in the villages.

g) Community Toilets:

Community toilets shall be constructed in the project affected villages in association

with panchayats and proper maintenance shall be ensured.

h) Enhancing Medicare in Govt. hospital:



The Govt. Medicare system at PHC Atholi shall be improved by providing the latest

equipments in consultation with hospital authorities.

i) Development of Graveyard/Cremation Center

On the request of PAF development of cremation center shall be carried out at

suitable location in consultation with the gram Panchayat / district authority.

C. SOCIAL SERVICES

a) Widow Grant:

One-time financial grant of Rs. 10000.00 shall be given to the widows, under BPL

category in the project affected villages, in the presence of Panchayat Sarpanches

and Panches.

b) Assistance to Physically Handicap:

One-time financial assistance of Rs. 10000.00 in cash shall be provided to the

physically handicapped in the project affected Villages in presence of Panchayat

Sarpanches and Panches.

c) Assistance for female marriages:

An amount of Rs. 10000.00 shall be provided to the project affected family under

BPL category, for the marriage of female in the family.

d) Medical Camps:

Medical Camps shall be organized every three months in the project affected

Villages and free medicines shall be provided to the patients.

e) Assistance to Critically ill:

As a goodwill gesture assistance of Rs. 10,000.00 shall be made available to the

critically ill persons in the project affected Villages.

15.4. Cost Under Human Resource and Local Area Development Plan

A fund under the name, LADF, will be created for development of infrastructure in the

project area. The project authorities will contribute a total of 0.5% of the direct and

indirect charges of project cost (Rs. 226998.74 lac) towards this fund i.e. Rs.

1135.00 lac towards creation of local area development fund to undertake works

under corporate social responsibility.



16. ENVIRONMENTAL SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES INCLUDING ROAD CONSTRUCTION

16.1. Introduction

The state is endowed with bounty of natural environmental assets such as forests,

wildlife, clean air, fertile land, mineral reserves and human resource etc. The

construction of hydro power project entails a wanton use of natural resources and

cause their degradation and depletion. Due to large – scale anthropogenic

intervention in construction projects, the pollution gets accumulated in the eco-

system and deplete the environmental stock. Therefore, it is imperative that the

project proponent need to manage the flow of environmental services and minimize

the depreciation of the environmental attributes to remain sustainable in the long run.

This can be accomplished efficiently if the identified adverse impacts are mitigated

pari-passu with the construction stage. On this count, it is legitimate to follow the

environmental safeguards during construction.

16.2. Construction Related Impacts and consequent safeguards

Management of construction-related impacts would be the responsibility of the

project proponent (through its contractors, as and where relevant, and as described

in the EMP). The plans for managing the construction site impacts include plans and

guidelines for managing and restoring the muck disposal sites (including advance

protection measures for the sites, before muck is disposed in these sites),

management and reinstatements for the quarries, management of effluent discharge,

management of safety and health issues, and a chance find procedure for

conservation of cultural properties. These measures are described in detail in the

EMP, and in the supporting environmental documents. Supervision and monitoring

will be essential to ensure full implementation of the detailed plans. These

arrangements have been described as part of the EMP.

16.2.1. Safeguard from Pollution from Labour Camps during Construction Phase:

The aggregation of large labour population and technical staff during construction

phase is likely to put significant stress because of discharge of sewage, solid wastes

and other pollutants. The total population due to congregation of work force and their

families during construction phase is expected to increase the local population

significantly. This is likely to affect the existing infrastructure. Thus, the EMP has

identified several measures to be implemented to maintain the facilities in labour

camps, sanitation and sewage treatment facilities, solid waste management, and

provision of community kitchen.

16.2.2. Safeguard from Land Degradation and Pollution from Road Construction:

In hilly terrain, road construction often generates significant quantity of wastes

(muck) due to the stripping of the rocks to make way for the roads. The stripped

muck is generally cleared by dumping the material along the slopes. These dumped

materials finally flow down to the valleys and ultimately finds its way in to the river.

The EMP includes measures so that the stripped material would be collected and



dumped in the designated muck disposal areas, protection against erosion, and bio-

engineering measures to protect the road slopes

16.2.3. Safeguard related to Muck Disposal:

For managing huge quantity of muck to be generated by the project, a muck disposal

plan has been prepared. The plan includes, over and above reuse of part of the

muck as construction material for the project, site protection and rehabilitation

measures which includes civil works, vegetative measures, fencing and planting. As

dumping areas are located closed to river Chenab, there are chances of rolling down

of muck/ loose material leading to blockage in river flow or contamination of water

due to silting. To avoid this, retaining walls of adequate height are to be developed at

30m from the point of intersection of HFL with the river bank.

16.2.4. Safeguard and control of air pollution, noise pollution and water pollution.

Due to excavation as well as stone crushing activities, there shall be increase in the

ground level concentration of the Ambient Air Quality particularly PM10. There will be

temporary increase in the noise levels at the project site. But the noise level will be

largely attenuated due to presence of thick canopy of vegetal cover of the forests.

Besides this the human settlement is far away from the project site. All crushers will

have cyclone, and particulate filters. Workers would be provided with effective

personal protective gears such as masks, ear muffs or ear plugs. Equipment and

machinery should be maintained regularly to keep the noise generation at the design

level. Silencers and mufflers of the individual machinery are to be regularly checked.

The sewage generated from various labour camps shall be treated in septic tanks

before disposal by discharging into the river. The septic tanks shall be located so as

not to pollute the drinking water sources. During tunneling work, the ground water

flows into the tunnel along with construction water, which is used for various works

like drilling, shortcreting, etc. Settling tanks of adequate size to settle the suspended

impurities will be constructed. The sludge from the various settling tanks can be

collected once in 15 days and disposed at the site designed for disposal of municipal

solid wastes from the labour camps. During construction stage periodical

environmental monitoring of ambient air quality and noise and water quality from

different sources has been planned and incorporated in the relevant management

plan.

16.2.5. Impacts on Physical Cultural Resources

The project area does not have known archaeological or historical sites or remains.

This has been confirmed by a field based archaeological examination of the project

area.

16.2.6. Safeguard for involuntary land acquisition

For construction of project private land shall have to be acquired. The land

requirement for various components of the project i.e. diversion structure, intake

structure and underground works have been in sync with the dimensions determined

on the basis of detailed hydraulic as well as structural design. Some quantity of the

muck generated has been proposed for consumptive use for construction material



thereby implying minimization of land required for muck disposal site as well as

quarry sites. Thus, to keep the land requirement to the minimum, an all-out effort has

been made. On the basis of the primary and secondary data collected in respect of

the project affected families a draft R & R Plan has been formulated in consonance

with the principles enunciated in “The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency

in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013”, which has come into

force from 1-1-2014, notified by Government of India.

16.2.7. Impacts Due to Loss of Forests

Due to diversion of forest land for the project purpose there will be loss to the

existing flora coming within the submergence area as well as other project

components. As a safeguard measure, compensatory afforestation has been

formulated as per the statutory requirement.

16.3. Road Construction

The project construction would entail significant vehicular movement for

transportation of construction machinery, construction material, Muck Disposal.

Some of the existing roads in the project area would require widening. To execute

the various civil works, roads would be made for linking the work site to other sites

and to job facility areas. Most of the access roads connecting to the project

components shall be black topped while the temporary roads for the river quarry

shall be WBM roads. As per DPR, the length of the road to the dam site and other

project areas including widening of road shall be 15km while the length of roads to

quarry and muck site shall be 5km.

16.4. Impacts Due to Construction of Roads

The construction of roads can lead to the following impacts:

The topography of the project area has steep to precipitous slope, which

descends rapidly into valleys. The conditions can give rise to erosion hazards

due to net downhill movement of soil aggregates.

Construction of new roads increases the accessibility of a hitherto undisturbed

areas resulting in greater human interferences and subsequent adverse impacts

on the ecosystem.

Increased air pollution during construction phase.

16.5. Management Measures

The approach roads will have to be constructed as a part of the access to the

construction site. Road construction may result in loosening of soil/rock at places and

give rise to landslides particularly due to seepage water.

Landslides on steeply sloping bank can largely be controlled by provision of suitable

drainage. The basic principle is to intercept and divert as much water as possible,

before it arrives at a point, where it becomes a nuisance. The other erosion hazard is

that of surface erosion of the bank, which is best controlled by vegetation. For such

terrain of the project area which does not support vegetation, engineering solutions

such as surface drainage, sub-surface drainage, toe protection and rock bolting can



be used. The overall budget for construction of roads and bridges has been

earmarked under sub-head “R-Communications” in the DPR.

Road construction will generate muck due to the stripping / blasting of the rocks. The

stripped material would be collected (to the maximum extent) and dumped in the

designated muck disposal area, which will have retaining wall to prevent the muck to

flow down into the river. After disposal operation is complete at the dumpsite, the

dump yard shall be stabilized by terracing and overlain with geo-textile and seeded

with suitable grass species.

The various aspects to be considered while making the project roads are briefly

described in the following paragraphs.

16.5.1. Construction

The clearing area shall be properly demarcated. Where erosion is likely to be a

problem, operations shall be so scheduled and performed that grading

operations and permanent erosion control of features can follow immediately

thereafter, if the project conditions permit; otherwise temporary erosion control

measures shall be provided between successive construction stages.

The method of balanced cut and fill formation shall be adopted to avoid large

difference in cut and fill quantities.

The cut slopes shall be suitably protected by breast walls, provision of flat stable

slopes, construction of catch water and intercepting drains, treatment of slopes and

unstable areas above and underneath the road, etc.

Excavated material shall not be thrown haphazardly but dumped at designated

dumping sites which shall be stabilized by terracing and overlain with geo-textile and

seeded with suitable grass species.

The access roads leading to power house, surge shaft, intake and dam shall be

black topped while the roads in the river quarry site and muck disposal sites shall be

katcha roads.

16.5.2. Drainage

All artificial drains shall be linked with the existing natural drainage system.

Surface drains shall have gentle slopes. Where falls in levels are to be

negotiated, check dams with silting basins shall be constructed and that soil is

not eroded and carried away by high velocity flows.



Location and alignment of culverts shall also be so chosen as to avoid severe

erosion at outlets and siltation at inlets.

16.5.3. Grassing and Planting

Tree felling for road construction/works shall be avoided wherever possible.

However, compensatory afforestation shall be carried out for forest land used for

the purpose.

Afforestation with suitable species will be attempted and sustained along the

roadside to a sufficient distance on either side of the road.

16.5.4. Other measures

Water will be sprayed regularly during construction phase of the roads to prevent

entrainment of dust.

Regular compaction of temporary roads shall also be carried out

16.6. Budget

An amount of Rs 40.00 lac has been earmarked for implementation of measures to

mitigate adverse impacts due to construction of roads. The details are given in Table

16.1.

Table 16.1 Details of expenditure for implementation of measures for management of

Impacts due to construction of roads

S. No. Item Cost

(Rs lac)

1. Vacuum Clearing and grubbing @ Rs.0.20 lac /km/year for 5

km

5.00

2. Provision of water for spray @ Rs. 500/tanker for 2 tankers

per day for a construction period of 240 days/year for 5.0

years

12.00

3. Providing Revetments and Breast walls 23.00

Total 40.00



17. ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES

17.1. Introduction

The execution of Kirthai HEP, Stage-I and appurtenant works there under have been

proposed to be carried out contractually to be completed in 84 months’ time.

Infrastructure facilities shall be developed pari passu with the construction activities.

With the commencement of construction activities the deployment of labour force

comprising of skilled/semi-skilled/unskilled will take place and at a given point of time

2100 workforce shall be engaged. It is expected that 50% of the total work force

shall be locally available and manpower to the tune of 1050 persons shall be

imported from other parts of the country. The temporary labour camps will be

established at suitable location in the project area. The fuel need of the labourers/

workers has to be attended in an organized manner otherwise the labour may resort

to indiscriminate felling of trees and shrubs owing to their cost free and easy

availability at leisure. Consequent deforestation if continued shall adversely affect the

ecosystem; therefore, pre-emptive action plan has to be devised to meet the fuel

needs of workers especially those residing in the labour camps. These objects can

be best accomplished by mandatory banning of the use of fuel wood in the labour

camps besides complying with the following obligatory steps:

In every contract document, mandatory clause should be made for the

contractors to provide community kitchen facilities to labourers who reside

without family and also to ensure supply of LPG fuel to the labourers living with

families in camps failing which the contractor shall solely be held responsible and

liable for penalty and or remedial action.

Establishing a LPG go-down and a state-owned kerosene oil depot within the

township of project complex.

Providing free electricity for domestic purpose to the labourers residing in labour

camps.

17.2. Alternate to Fuelwood

The fuel shall be required by the labour for cooking purpose, warming the rooms

during cold months and also for warming water. In natural course, if the workforce is

allowed to manage these at their will, the first choice shall be the free and readily

available natural and conventional resources i.e. fuel wood. Thus pressure due to

immigrating labour using fuel-wood extracted free from the local forest shall increase

in alarming proportion which may lead to complete denudation of forest in nearby

pockets. Therefore, to avoid immediate pressure for fuel-wood in the adjoining forest

and consequential increased production of carbon emission it is proposed to use

LPG for cooking and electricity for heating in the camps and kerosene stoves at site.

17.3. Scheme for Substitute Fuel To Labourers

Under this scheme a practical work plan has been prepared for implementing the

subsidized fuel scheme for the work force of the project. It is proposed to provide

LPG connection for cooking, kerosene and electricity for heating purposes.



17.3.1. Provision for LPG

It is proposed to establish a gas agency within the premises of project Head Quarters

at Pilli village, which will cater to the requirement of gas for cooking purposes of the

employees and workmen/ labourer. Each workman family can refill 1 (one) cylinder

after every 30 or more days depending on actual consumption. About 2100 work

force (skilled/unskilled) would be engaged temporarily during peak construction

period, out of which 50% shall be from bona fide residents of J & K. It is expected

that 50% of the work force belonging to resident Kashmiries shall be locally available

from the adjacent areas and shall manage to work at site by making to and fro

journey from their home. Thus, out of balance 1050 numbers, about 175 workmen

shall reside in colonies with their families and rest 875 in bachelor accommodations

like dormitories/ field camps. The requirement of gas cylinder per month has been

worked out on the basis of one cylinder per month for workmen living in family

accommodations and one cylinder for a group of 3 workers living in dormitories/

labour camps. The total requirement of LPG cylinders for stipulated 5 year project

period @ 467 cylinder / month works to 28020 numbers.

17.3.2. Provision for Kerosene

Kerosene is an easily available fuel having less operational hazards. With the help of

the state Government, a kerosene depot shall be opened for the distribution of

kerosene oil to labourers. The requirement of Kerosene has been worked out @ 0.25

l/family/day as 43.8 liters /day for 175 labour family, who shall reside in family

accommodation and@ 0.15 l/labour/day as 131.5 liters/day for 875 labours, who

shall reside in bachelor accommodation. Thus the total requirement shall be to the

tune of 5250 liters / month or 315000 liters for the entire project execution period.

17.3.3. Provision for Electricity

Electricity supply should be arranged for lighting purpose to the tune of two 100 W

bulbs per family and provision of street light should be made in the labour colony at

the contractors cost. However, use of CFL should be encouraged from the

consideration of saving of power and economy. The electricity for heating purposes

shall be provided at one (01) unit/day for each of 875 workers residing in bachelor’s

accommodation and two (02) unit/day for each of 175 workers residing in family

accommodations. Thus, the total consumption per day on this count shall be 1225

units and the overall consumption during 60 month shall be 2205000 units.

17.3.4. Energy Conservation Devices

With a view to conserve electrical energy, wherever possible, it is proposed to resort

to solar lighting system for street lighting / park lighting etc. Besides this the workers

shall be discouraged for using conventional electric bulb/florescent tube lights which

consume more wattage. For this the workers shall be encouraged to use energy

saving lighting devices like CFL/LED Bulbs which shall be provided at subsidized

rates to the workers.

17.4. Debitable Cost of Providing Fuelwood Substitute



The difference in cost of using fuel wood and other suggested substitutes which the

contractors shall be loading in their tendered rates and which finally shall be debited

to the cost of project has been assessed to the tune of Rs. 340 lac as is shown in

Table 17.1.

Table 17.1 : Cost of providing fuel wood substitute

S.

No

Item Unit Estimated Consumption Rate

(Rs.)

Cost

(Rs. in

lac)

Per

day

Per

month

Project

period

A Conventional Fuel

wood @ 1.5

kg/person/day

Quintal 21 630 37800 500 189.00

B Alternate fuel

1 LPG Cylinder 15.6 467 28020 1300 364.30

2 Kerosene stoves. Liter 175 5250 315000 15 47.25

3 Electricity (heating)

Unit 1225 36750 2205000 5 110.25

Sub Total (B) 521.80

C Difference between

conventional and

alternate cost

- - - - - 323.50

D Providing CFL/LED

Bulbs at 80%

subsidy to workers

- - - - - 7.50

E Providing Solar

Street Lighting

(SL7- 15 Watts

Solar Street Light)

in snow bound

areas

Nos. - - 50 30000 15.00

Total 346.00

It is thus eloquent from the table that the additional cost due to application of

alternate fuel to fuel wood due to environmental constraint shall be attributed to the

environment management of the project under provision for substituted fuel. The cost

is inconsequential when compared to the loss of 3500 trees which would have been

cut for meeting the fuel wood requirement. The assessment is based on very

conservative approach by adopting conversion factor of 3.6 Qtl/cum and the cubical

content of a tree as 3 cum. per tree. This implies that on the assumed average stock

density of 200 trees per ha, in all 17.5 ha forest area would have to be sacrificed for

this purpose.



18. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

18.1. The Need

Sustainability of water resource project depends on continuous monitoring.

Monitoring is an integral part of any environmental assessment process. Water

resource development project creates a new environment with complex inter-

relationships between people and natural resources. The magnitude of changes

being created due to alteration of landscape, water, air and noise quality and other

environmental parameters can be quantified and evaluated only by carrying out

monitoring of various parameters during different phases of project construction and

operation.

The monitoring and evaluation of environmental parameters indicates potential

changes occurring in the environment which paves way for implementation of

rectifying measures wherever required to maintain the status of the natural

environment. Evaluation is also a very effective tool to judge the effectiveness or

deficiency of the measures adopted and provides insight for future corrections.

18.2. Areas of Concern

In case of hydro power projects, the changes relating to water, aquatic biota, air,

noise, biodiversity of the area and compensatory afforestation programmes need

special attention from monitoring point of view during project construction as well

post construction stages to judge the efficacy of measures implemented for

conservation of environment.

18.3. Environmental Monitoring

The overall impact assessment of the proposed project was carried out and

monitoring plans have been framed based on the severity of impacts in different

areas. During the EIA study, it has been observed that the air quality and water

quality are not going to be affected significantly and only, temporary changes in

these parameters are expected. The preventive/ curative measures to reduce the ill

effects of construction activities on these parameters have been suggested under

various plans. A holistic approach has been adapted for monitoring of air, noise and

water related factors under different heads with suitable financial provisions for their

implementation.

18.3.1. Air Quality Monitoring and Management

Pollutant which may be generated during the construction phase of the project will

alter the local environment temporally and shall subside once the major

constructional activities are over. During the construction phase of the project, the

ground level concentration of the pollutant like SO2, NOx and PM10 are likely to

increase but shall be within the threshold limit especially in surface excavation areas

but may exceed the threshold limit for underground work areas which is to be

controlled by use of ventilator fans. It should be made mandatory on the part of the



contractors that they use the required equipment for monitoring gaseous pollutants in

and around the project and submit a detailed report every fortnight to the project

authorities for evaluation and monitoring purposes. The air quality in and around the

project area can be improved by the application of following practices/ methods.

Excavation work may be carried out by pre-splitting and controlled blasting techniques

Control blasting be carried out as far as possible and use of explosive also be bare minimum.

The type of explosive used in blasting may be selected as per the requirement.

To settle down the dust in project area especially around crushing plants, excessive use of water sprinklers is the best method.

The work of Air Quality Monitoring may be assigned to either J & K Pollution Control

Board or any other agency approved by MOEF. For this a lump-sum provision of Rs.

9.00 Lac & 3.60 Lac for 5 & 2 years during construction and operation phases

respectively shall be sufficient to cater to the quarterly monitoring of air quality

parameters such as SO2, NOx, CO and PM10. The monitoring site should be

Dam site

Near Quarry Site-II

Muck dumping area d/s of dam

Muck dumping area of MAT & TRT in between Lidrer and Shirir Nala.

The total financial implication of this plan stands as Rs 12.60 Lac.

18.3.2. Noise Quality Monitoring and Management

The level of noise will definitely rise above threshold level in the project area due to

different types of construction activities: blasting for tunnels, powerhouse, dam etc,

movement of heavy and small vehicles and the crushing plants. All these activities

will generate high noise and vibrations which can cause health hazards among the

labours, local inhabitants and wildlife present in the area. Therefore, it would be most

appropriate if following measures are rigorously applied during construction phase of

the project.

Continuous monitoring of sound level within the project area.

Extensive plantation to be carried out in the project area as plants absorb

sound and make a barrier for its travel to long distances.

Pre-split and controlled blasting.

Provision of Air muffs to workers working in underground excavation works.

Compulsory Periodic Maintenance of high earth movers, batching and

crushing plants.

Monitoring and measuring the sound level can be again assigned to either J & K

Pollution Control Board or any other external agency. The financial implication for

monitoring of noise pollution is proposed for every three months during construction



phase of five years and post construction phase for two years. The total financial

implication for construction and post-construction phase works out to Rs. 4.00 lac.

The noise shall be monitored at the following locations:-

o Near dam site o Quarry Site-II o Near village Kadail o Power House Site

18.3.3. Water Quality Monitoring and Management

Water is one of most precious natural resources. Human beings are highly

dependent on water for various purposes such as domestic needs, sanitation

irrigation, industry, and disposal of wastes etc. The catchment of the Chenab and its

tributaries upto the power house site does not host any industry. Thus, the stream

water is almost free from major industrial chemical pollutants. Besides this, the

catchment is sparsely populated with small chunks of agricultural fields. Therefore,

the water of river bears some load of silt mainly from glacier melt i.e. moraine deposit

and domestic wastes. Further, due to congregation of labourers during the

construction phase, the water quality in this stretch may get deteriorated if proper

sanitation facilities are not provided to them. The probable water pollutants which

may cause pollution during the construction phase of this project are:

Suspended solids Biodegradable organic matters Pathogens and vectors Nutrients Dissolved inorganic solids

The Government of India has prescribed clear cut guidelines for the maintenance of

water quality standards which are given in Table 18.1.

Table 18.1 : National River Water Quality Standards for Different Uses*

Sl.

No.

Characteristics Tolerance Limit

Drinking

water

source

with

conventi

onal

treatmen

t

Outdoo

r

bathing

Drinking

water

source

with

convention

al

treatment

but after

disinfectio

n

Fish

culture

and

wildlife

propagat

ion

Irrigatio

n

industri

al

cooling

or

controll

ed

water

disposal

A B C D E

1. pH value 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

2. Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l),

min

6 5 4 4 -

3. BOD (5-days at 200 C, 2 3 3 - -



mg/l, min

4. Total Coliform Organism,

MPN/100, max

50 500 5000 - -

5. Colour, Hazen units, max 10 300 300 - -

6. Odour 10 300 300 - -

7. Taste Tasteless - - - -

8. Total Dissolved Solids,

mg/l, max

500 - 1500 - 2100

9. Total Hardness (as

CaCO3),mg/l, max.

300 - - - -

10. Calcium Hardness (as

CaCO3), mg/l, max

200 - - - -

11. Magnesium Hardness (as

CaCO3), mg/l, max

100 - - - -

12. Copper (as Cu), mg/l,

max

1.5 - 1.5 - -

13. Iron (as Fe), mg/l, max 0.3 - 0.5 - -

14. Manganese (as Mn),

mg/l, max

0.5 - - -

15. Chloride (as Cl), mg/l,

max

250 - 600 - 600

16. Sulphates (as SO4), mg/l,

max

400 - 400 - 1000

17. Nitrates (as NO3), mg/l,

max

20 - 50 - -

18. Fluorides (as F), mg/l,

max

1.5 1.5 1.5 - -

19. Phenolic Compounds (as

C6H5OH), mg/l, max

0.002 0.005 0.005 - -

20. Mercury (as Hg), mg/l,

max

0.001 - - - -

21. Cadmium (as CD), mg/l,

max

0.01 - 0.01 - -

22. Selenium (as Se), mg/l,

max

0.01 - 0.05 - -

23. Arsenic (as As), mg/l,

max

0.05 0.2 0.2 - -

24. Cyanide (as CN), mg/l,

max

0.05 0.05 0.05 - -

25. Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max 0.1 - 0.1 - -

26. Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, max 15 - 15 - -

27. Chromium (as Cr6+), mg/l,

max

0.05 - 0.05 - -

28. Anionic Detergents (as

MBAS), mg/l, max.

0.2 1 1 - -

29. Polynuclear Aromatic

Hydrocarbons (as PAH)

0.2 - - - -

30. Mineral Oil, mg/l, max 0.01 - 0.1 0.1 -

31. Barium (as Ba), mg/l, 1 - - - -



max

32. Silver (as Ag), mg/l, max 0.05 - - - -

33. Pesticides Absent - - - -

34. Alpha emitters, uC/ml,

max

10-9 10-9 10-9 - -

35. Beta emitters, uC/ml,

max

10-8 10-8 10-8 10-8 10-8

36. Free Ammonia (as N),

mg/l, max

- - - 1.2

37. Electrical Conductance at

250C, mhos, max

- - - 1000 x 10-6 2250 x 10-

6

38. Free Carbon dioxide (as

CO), mg/l, max

- - - 61

39. Sodium absorption ratio - - - - 26

40. Boron (as B), mg/l, max - - - - -

41. Percent sodium, max - - - - -

* IS: 2296-1982

The water quality in and around the project area may, therefore, be monitored

regularly, and certain necessary corrective measures be introduced accordingly to

maintain it. The project proponent shall also ensure Environmental flow of water

immediately below the barrage at all times including lean seasons.

Proposed Water Quality Monitoring Plan

It is anticipated that during the construction period of the project the generation of

waste water from construction sites, residential colonies and labour camps may

increase and facilitate transport of sediment laden waters to the river. Pollutants

resulting from the sewage waste would definitely degrade river water quality further.

The following measures are, therefore, proposed for water quality management:

Sufficient water should be supplied to the labour camps and residential colonies

Water should be treated before use to prevent pathogenic and coli form organisms

Sewage waste be released in river only after proper treatment

It is proposed that the sediment laden water from different project components may

be collected in sedimentation tanks/water tanks to dislodge the sediments before

releasing the sediment free water to river/streams.

Adequate solid waste management practices be adopted in colonies and labour

camps as suggested in solid waste management plan. It would be eco-friendly if

sewage water after disposal of solid waste may be used in watering of parks and

gardens. In addition to this, periodical monitoring of water for its physico-chemical

and bacteriological parameters may be conducted quarterly at under mentioned

sites.



Rive Chenab dam site River Chenab near aggregate crushing and batching plant Honsar Nala Rive Chenab d/s of project colony

The financial provision of Rs 12.00 lac and 4.80 Lac is made for the period of five

years from the date of project execution and for 2-year post-construction

respectively. The water quality parameters to be monitored quarterly are shown in

Table 18.2.

Table 18.2 : Water Quality parameters to be monitored periodically

pH DO Phosphates

Electrical Conductivity BOD Nitrates

Turbidity COD Sulphates

Water Temperature Free CO2 Fluorides

TDS Alkalinity Iron

Total hardness Chlorides Manganese

Magnesium Total Coliform

Calcium E-Coli

Monitoring of Incidences of Water-Related Diseases

Identification of water related diseases, adequacy of local vector control and curative

measures, status of public health are some of the parameters which need close

monitoring. The monitoring of water related vectors may be executed in collaboration

with State Health Department and data so generated may also be preserved by them

for future reference. For monitoring twice a year for 5 years during construction and

two years post-construction a provision of Rs. 6.50 lac and Rs 2.50 has been made.

18.4. Equipment Required for Monitoring

The project proponent shall create an environmental monitoring cell under qualified

environmental manager to be assisted by environmental engineer and supervisor.

Besides this, the project proponent shall also establish a proper laboratory. Field and

laboratory instruments required for taking grab samples of water and soil including

their analysis in the laboratory and monitoring of air and noise required have been

presented in Table 18.3. The cost of equipment shall be met from the provision

under subhead ‘Q-Equipment’.



Table 18.3 : List of Equipments

Sl. No. Name of Equipment and Model No.

1. Aquarium

2. Arsenic Assemblies

3. Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer

4. Autoclave

5. Automatic Gas Analyzer Multi-log 2000 (Data Logger)

6. Bacteriological Incubator

7. BOD Incubator,6

8. Centrifuge (700-3500 rpm)

9. COD Digestion Assembly flask with fume duct

10. COD Digester

11. Conductivity Meter

12. Digital spectrophotometer, GS-5700B, 113-546

13. Electronic weighing scale, AG-285 (120150210)

14. Electronic weighing scale, RI- Model-0 to 14 pH

15. Flame Photometer, CL-220

16. Gas Chromatography

17. Glass Water Distillation Kit

18. Hot Plate

19. HVS

20. Inoculation Chamber

21. Jar Test Apparatus

22. Kjeldhal Distillation Assembly (Nitrogen)

23. Laminar Flow

24. Magnetic Stirrer and Teflon Stirrer

25. Membrane Filter Holder (47 mm)

26. Mercury Analyzer

27. Meteorological station, WM-251

28. Monocular Microscope

29. Muffle Furnace (9000C)

30. Multigas Analyzer

31. Noise Level Meter (Automatic with Data Logger)

32. NOX Assembly

33. Organic Vapor Sampler (APM 480)

34. Orsat

35. Hot Air Oven

36. pH meter (No. 2), LI-127, 101/353

37. Refrigerator GNF-220X (Non CFC)

38. Respirable Dust Sampler x 2 (Envirotech APM-451/460)

39. Flash Shaker

40. Stack Monitoring Kit

41. Turbidity Meter, R-211, 032/1382



Sl. No. Name of Equipment and Model No.

42. Vacuum Rotary Evaporator

43. Vacuum Pump

44. Velocity Kit

45. Water Bath

18.5. Monitoring of Erosion & Siltation

During the construction period, the project proponent shall monitor daily the

suspended silt load of the Chenab at dam site. Besides this, the stability of river

banks shall be closely monitored. After Completion of the project, the project

proponent shall monitor the daily suspended silt load of the Chenab and work out

yearly silt load in Ha.m/year/100 sq km of the catchment area and keep a record of it.

On these counts a financial provision of Rs 5.0 lac for monitoring during construction

alone is being made as the post construction daily monitoring of silt load is the

requirement for running the machines and the responsibility anyway rests with the

project proponent.

18.6. Environment Monitoring Through Remote Sensing Technology

The use of remote sensing technology can be aptly made for monitoring of the

progress of the works proposed under catchment area treatment, compensatory

afforestation, and green belt. This can be achieved by the periodically study of digital

satellite data IRS P6 LISS-III for the specific site and evaluated on ERDAS imagine

software. The standard False Colour Composite (FCC) generated by assigning blue,

green and red colours to visible green, visible red and near infrared bands

respectively. Expressing image pixel addresses in terms of a map coordinate base is

often referred to as geo-coding. As various thematic layers are to be overlaid for this

project, all the layers shall be geo-referenced to real world coordinates. The

comparative study of change in land use pattern, the change in extent of forest

areas, the growth of new plantation, the development of new land slide zones can be

established by periodical study of the scene obtained from the satellite. The

technique can also be made use of in establishing the expanse of sedimentation in

the reservoir by comparing the scene obtained from remote sensing after every three

years or so.

18.7. Ecosystem Studies

Efficacy of conservation measures implemented in catchment area treatment plan

such as afforestation and soil conservation measures, and their effects on flora,

terrestrial fauna, aquatic fauna (fish migration) are the aspects which should be

evaluated and monitored under the head monitoring of ecosystem. The findings of

this study should be made available to authority implementing CAT plan, restoration

of muck disposal and quarry areas, reservoir rim treatment on periodic basis so as to

make necessary change if need arise and the implementation more meaningful

during construction and operation phase of the project. Since, the study is subject

specific, services of expert agencies will be required to carry out the same.



Therefore, the financial provisions of Rs. 5.0 Lac has been made and provided in the

final cost estimate of environmental monitoring plan. This fund will also take care of

the expenditure for other studies which are required by the regulatory authority from

time to time and also cater to the needs of expenditures to be incurred on public

awareness programmes for environmental conservation.

18.8. Monitoring of Muck Disposal.

It has already been made eloquent in the relevant muck management plan that the

excavated material shall be evacuated from site with suitable usable muck to be

utilized in project works by the project proponents and also allowed to be used by

private users and the non-usable muck is to be disposed of on designated areas so

as not be interfere with either environment/ecology or the river flow regime. Thus

these is an imperative need to monitor regularly the quantum of muck generated and

its disposal for which purpose the project proponent shall furnish monthly statement

of muck/debris disposal to project proponent and J & K Pollution Control Board.

18.9. Monitoring of Socio-Economic Structure

The baseline socio-economic structure of the project affected zone / area and the

project affected villages shall be monitored after the area involved for project

components and the submergence area are demarcated by setting-up of FRL pillars

in the reservoir area and demarcation of land required for different project

components, colonies, muck disposal sites and borrow areas etc. The detailed study

of socio-economic structure of the project affected families can be authentically

carried out after the property survey in the submergence zone conducted by the

project proponent, which should be taken up before a comprehensive EIA study is

undertaken.

During transfer phase of the affected property / assets, the monitoring should be

carried out to assess changes and discrepancies in respect of number of PF and

their aspects as evaluated before the statutory deadline fixed by the government.

Besides this, monitoring of implantation of various community development schemes

/ programmes needs to be carried out every quarter so that the benefits from these

schemes accrue expeditiously. The monitoring needs to be carried out pari-pasu with

the implementation of R & R plans and social development works and also two years

after completion of these plans in order to assess the socio-economic changes

brought about due to establishment of the project.

18.10. Sharing of Monitoring Results

The results of monitoring of various environment attributes either during or post

construction would be shared by the monitoring agency, whosoever including State

Pollution Control Board, with the project proponents and other agencies of the

Government as and when required. Monitoring agency may disseminate the results

in any other forms.

18.11. Capacity Building



Since the effectiveness of Environmental Assessment & implementation depends

considerably on the understanding and preparedness of their Engineers and in

particular their Environmental Team (Consisting of Environmental Officer, EO &

Forest Officer, FO). It is important that project proponent makes effort to sensitize the

Engineers and Environmental Team on management of environmental issues,

provides guidance, and encourages them to build requisite capacities. Capacity

building can be achieved by two prong strategy.

training programme for existing staff

Technical Assistance: Recruitment of additional staff /knowledge sharing with consultants, having requisite expertise.

18.11.1. Training Programme

Purpose of training

All the issues discussed in the comprehensive EIA/EMP report, will at some stage

require a certain element of training in the process of developing capacity within the

project proponent. A number of the identified issues will be new to the existing

environmental team and their staff members. It is therefore vital that a major

programme of training is developed and implemented by project proponent.

Before commencing any training, there are a number of activities which needs to be

completed. The first step is to ensure that all procedures in the environmental

management system have been properly worked out. As part of this process, there is

a need to closely evaluate the existing organizations both at central and local level in

relation to their suitability and current capacity to take on the new responsibilities.

This exercise needs to clearly identify the performance requirements of the various

officials involved. Duties and responsibilities need to be clearly defined for the

institutions as a whole and individually for each category of staff. It is only on this

basis that the new staff performance requirements can be established, and the

training required for existing and new staff can be determined.

When developing a training programme of this nature, it is important to acknowledge

that this is not a one-time event. It is rather the start of a long-term training service

which not only strengthens capacity, but also contributes to sustain this capacity

within the organization.

Training Strategy

A key concept in training programmes for project proponent / any organization is to

provide training through a combination of formal classroom training and practical on-

the-job sessions. Technical assistance should be made available to provide training,

guidance and advisory support in all aspects of works implementation in order that

the key players (Environmental as well as technical team) become fully conversant

with, and capable of carrying out their respective duties.



Training for the various categories of staff need to be carried out with varying

duration and through different approaches, such as on-site and classroom training,

workshops, seminars and practical on-the-job training.

Concept of Training

Training is always an effective up-front quality assurance measure. Experience

shows that there is a great demand for training in technical subjects for the

government staff in charge of work supervision. Effective training programmes

involve both the introduction of new technology as well as in-depth studies of the

particular skills required in each position in the works organization. As the training

content for these reasons relate to practical hands-on skills, the training often

consists of dissemination of best practices and work methods which have been

proved most effective in projects with similar tasks and working conditions (i.e.

neighboring provinces, pilot projects, etc.).

Training Methods

The most effective way of addressing such training needs is by carrying out the

training in an environment which to the extent possible resembles the real situation in

which the trainees will eventually operate.

Classroom Sessions although training needs to focus on practical skills, which are

the best, taught in the field, there is always a demand for a certain theoretical

foundation on which the practical skills are placed. For example, experience shows

that it is useful to review basic methodology and regulations, which in turn is

explained in the context of environmental management system in railway works. Also

for technical subjects such as impact categorization, selection of mitigation

measures, EMP as part of bidding document and others, there is a demand for an

introduction to the subjects in a class-room environment, during which (i) the theory

is reviewed, and (ii) a general briefing of the field exercises is conducted, before the

field sessions commence.

After the initial classroom training and skills development sessions, further practical

training should be carried out in a full-scale demonstration situation. This includes

establishing training/demonstration sites fully equipped with the same type of tools

and equipment that contractors will be using.

On-the-job Training It has been proved that on-the-job training is the most effective

method of training most categories of government staff. This involves the extensive

use of practical demonstrations and skill training at full-scale training sites. This

approach is very effective for the training of managers, engineers and supervisors

with the on-site training being supported by classroom components tailored for the

various categories of staff.

Short Courses and Workshops Intensive refresher courses for periods of one to

three days are useful for addressing specific problem areas. Such courses or

workshops are organized to supplement on-the-job training for some of the technical



and administrative staff. Short courses can either be arranged through the provision

of technical assistance, an in-house training facility, or by contracting other training

institutions within the country.

Seminars- Seminars are useful as a means for disseminating data and information,

in particular for senior government officials at central and local level, as well as

representatives of other government agencies. Seminars can be an effective

platform for policy makers, planners and administrators to review the importance of a

Environmental Management System. Equally important, this type of seminar is

important in terms of creating awareness of the potential of utilizing new

organizational arrangements, work methods, and involvement of the private sector,

beyond the boundaries of a particular programme.

Training Module Details

A comprehensive training programme should be planned for the project by the

Project Implementation Unit (PIU) intended to address all components of the project.

Developing a comprehensive idea about the Environmental requirements, project

proponent /PIU will fix the role/responsibility to effectively manage the environment

components involved. In general, the training programme is proposed by planning

consultant, during the design stage of project.

The programme should be intended for all Contractors, Construction Supervision

Consultants (if any). As and when found necessary PIU in consultation with EMU will

select appropriate modules for the training of contractors and for the training of

engineers responsible for supervision and maintenance work. List of appropriate

training modules and their time frames is discussed in subsequent paragraphs

The training components may be broadly divided into the following categories:

Principles and policies for (natural and social) environmental mitigation in

development projects;

Legal and institutional aspects; project mandates;

Probable (natural and social) environmental impacts and losses in establishing

hydro-electric projects;

The EMP in project proponent consisting of

i) The construction stage environmental concerns;

ii) The environmental designs and implementation plans;

iii) The project entitlement framework;

iv) Types and aspects of vulnerability of the EPs;

v) Counseling and grievance redressal methods and mechanisms and

vi) Financial control mechanisms;

Monitoring, evaluation and reporting methods and mechanisms and,



Inter-sectoral and inter-agency collaboration, etc.

The institutional strengthening and the training programme with training components

have been provided in Table 18.4. The schedule of training and strengthening

programme is shown in Table 18.5. The cost of training and strengthening

programmes shall be made through the provision made under sub-head “A-

Preliminary” of the cost estimate under DPR.



Table 18.4 : Institutional Strengthening and Training

I Strengthening

Activity

Position

(Responsibilities)

Strengthening Programme Schedule Cost

Mitigation

measures

(covered under

EMP)

All personnel of PIU

engaged in

construction activities

Principles and policies for environmental mitigation in development projects

Basic features of the EMP

Environmental clauses in contract and their implications

7 days 3.0

Monitoring

measures

(covered under

Env.

Monitoring)

All officers of

environmental cell Monitoring requirements, monitoring techniques

Laws and other statutes associated with proposed project and various pollution control acts, environment (protection) act, mining act, hazardous material (handling) act, forest (conservation) act

Natural rehabilitation and resettlement policy

Environmental elevation techniques

Reporting requirement and mechanism

10 days 5.0

Total 8.0

II Training

Activity

Participants Course Content Schedule Cost

EMP

implementation

Re-design

conflict

resolution

All PIU engaged in

construction activity

and personnel of

environmental cell

Construction stage

environmental concern Construction stage environmental

concern including hot spot mitigation matrix

Environmental design and implementation plan

Grievance redressal methods and mechanism

7 days 3.0

Environmental

Process,

methods and

equipment

All personnel of

environmental cell

Comprehensive course

for environmental

surveys and statutory

requirement for

environmental and

forestry clearance

Environmental surveys including ambient air, noise, biological and water quality surveys.

Social surveys, survey questionnaire design, sampling techniques

Contract documents and incorporation of environmental clauses

Community consultation and

10 days 6.0



participatory technology generation methods

Legal or statutory requirement for environmental, social and forestry clearance of developmental projects

Environmental

policies and

programmes

All newly appointed

member of PIU,

apprentice, contractors

and NGO

Basic course Basic features of EIA & EMP

Principles and policies for environmental mitigation in development projects

Introduction to the designs, implementation schedule

Laws and other statues associated with proposed project and various pollution contracts

7 days 3.0

Total 12.0

Grand Total 20.0



Table 18.5 : Scheduling and Reporting

Sl.

No.

Activity Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Mitigation Measures

1. Catchment area treatment

2. Compensatory afforestation - - - - - - - -

3. Green belt development - - - - - - - -

4. Muck disposal

5. Borrow area treatment - - - - - - - -

6. Subsidized fuel arrangement

7. Solid waste management

8. Biodiversity management - - - - - - - -

9. Health management

10. R & R Plan - - - - - - - -

Monitoring

1. Environment monitoring

2. Muck disposal (monthly)

3. Erosion and siltation

4. CAT plan - - - - - - - - - -

Institutional Strengthening

1. Personnel of PIU - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

2. Personnel of env. cell - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Training

1. EMP Implementation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

2. Environmental process,

methods and equipment

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

3. Environmental policies and

programmes

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -



18.12. Cost of Environment Monitoring Programme

The total cost of environment monitoring plan works out to Rs 82.00 lac and is given

in Table 18.6.



Table 18.6 : Summary of Environment Monitoring Programme Sl.

No.

Aspect Parameters to

be monitored

Frequency

Location

Cost Estimates

(Rs. lac)

Implementing and

Pursuing Agency

During

Construction

During

Operation

During

Construction

During

Operation

Total

1 Air Quality

monitoring

SO2, NO

X, PM10

Quarterly for

5 years

Quarterly

for 2 years

4 locations as already

specified 9 3.6 12.6

J & K Pollution Control

Board or any approved

agency of MOEF

2 Noise Quality

Monitoring

Noise level Quarterly for

5 years

Quarterly

for 2 years


specified 3 1 4



agency of MOEF

3 Water quality

Monitoring

All parameters

given in water

quality

Quarterly for

5 years

Quarterly

for 2 years


specified 12 4.8 16.8



agency of MOEF

4 Water-related diseases Identification of

water-related

diseases, adequacy

of local vector

control and curative

measures etc.

Half yearly for

5 years

Half yearly

for 2 years

Villages adjacent to project

sites & labour colonies

6.5 2.5 9 C. M. O. (Kishtwar)

5. Erosion and Siltation Soil erosion rates,

Stability of banks

summer and

post

monsoon for

5 years

Daily Silt

observation

Dam site

5 0 5 Project Proponent as a

routine monitoring

6. Study on ecological flow

and research on endemic

fish fauna

- - - -

6 0 6 Cold Water Fisheries

Department through P.P.

7. Ecosystem

monitoring :

- Terrestrial & Aquatic

fauna

- Environmental studies

- Public awareness

programme

Wild life census,

field surveys

Once Once Free draining catchment

area of the project 9 0 9 J & K Forest Deptt. or WII



8. Celebration of Environment Day & Other Awareness raising programmes

Yearly for 5 years

- At village Gulabgarh 4 0 4 J & K Forest Deptt.

9. Miscellaneous like

payment to JKPCB for

fees in regard to consent

to establish the project

etc.

15.5 0 15.5 Project proponent

Total 70.00 11.90 81.90

Say 82.00



19. SUMMARY OF COST

19.1. Summary of Cost

The summary of cost estimate of various environment management plans as contained

in this report is enumerated below in Table-19.1.

Table 19.1 : Summary of Total Cost Estimate

S. No. Plans Cost (Rs. In Lac)

1. Catchment Area Treatment Plan 5000

2. Compensatory Afforestation Scheme 1800.00

3. Wildlife and Bio-diversity Management plan 110.00

4. Fisheries Management Plan 760.00

5. Resettlement & Rehabilitation Plan (for community development

works alone)

2954.00

6. Green Belt Development Plan 29.00

7. Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan 828.00

8. Muck Management Plan 1239.00

9. Restoration Plan for Quarry Sites Landscape and Restoration Plan 125.00

10. Disaster Management Plan 55.00

11. Water, Air and Noise Management Plan 95.00

12. Public Health Delivery Plan 160.00

13. Labour Management Plan 96.00

14. Sanitation and Solid Waste Management Plan 500.00

15. Local Area Management Plan 1135.00

16. Environmental Safeguards During Construction Activities Including

Road Construction

40.00

17. Energy Conservation Measures 346.00

18. Environmental Monitoring Plan 82.00


draft environmental management plan - J&k State Pollution ...

Documents

Transcript of draft environmental management plan - J&k State Pollution ...